Tf behavioral sciences 2017 by SCIENTIFIC BOOKS INFORMATION

ROUTLEDGE

Behavioral Sciences 2017 New and Forthcoming Titles

www.routledge.com/psychology

Welcome

THE EASY WAY TO ORDER

Welcome to the 2017 Behavioral Sciences Catalogue. In this catalogue you will find information on the Routledge list which covers Cognitive Psychology, Developmental Psychology, Neuropsychology, Social Psychology, Research Methods, Statistics, Testing and Measurement, Work and Organizational Psychology, and Mental Health. We welcome your feedback on our publishing programme, so please do not hesitate to get in touch â&#x20AC;&#x201C; whether you want to read, write, review, adapt or buy, we want to hear from you, so please visit our website below or please contact your local sales representative for more information.

Alternatively, you can call or email the contacts provided below.

Contacts UK and Rest of World: Bookpoint Ltd Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400524 Email: book.orders@tandf.co.uk

USA:

Taylor & Francis Tel: 800-634-7064 Email: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

Asia:

www.routledge.com/psychology www.routledge.com/mentalhealth

Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +65 6508 2888 Email: sales@tandf.com.sg

China:

Taylor & Francis China Tel: +86 10 58452881 Email: cynthia.ji@tandfchina.com

India:

Taylor & Francis India Tel: +91 (0) 11 43155100 Email: inquiry@tandfindia.com

eBooks We have over 50,000 eBooks available across the Humanities, Social Sciences, Behavioural Sciences, Built Environment, STM and Law, from leading Imprints, including Routledge, Focal Press and Psychology Press. These eBooks are available for both individual and institutional purchase.

INDIVIDUALS Our eBooks are available from Amazon, Apple iBookstore, Google eBooks, Ebooks.com, Kobo, Barnes & Noble, Waterstones, Mobipocket, VitalSource, and CourseSmart.

LIBRARIES AND INSTITUTIONS Subscribe to or purchase a wide range of eBook packages or pick and mix your own from our complete collection (a minimum number of titles applies). FREE TRIALS are available. For more information, please visit www.tandfebooks.com or contact your local sales team.

eUpdates Register your email at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

Partnership Opportunities at Routledge At Routledge we always look for innovative ways to support and collaborate with our readers and the organizations they represent. If you or your organization would like to discuss partnership opportunities, from reciprocal marketing activities to commercial enterprises, please do get in touch on partnerships@routledge.com.

Considering Books for Course Use? This symbol shows books that are available as complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty considering them for course adoption. To obtain your copy visit the URL listed beneath the title in the catalog and select your choice of print or electronic copy. Visit www.routledge.com or in the US you can call 1-800-634-7064. This symbol shows books that are available as electronic inspection copies only.

Trade Customers' Representatives, Agents and Distribution For a complete list, visit: www.routledge.com/representatives

Prices, publication dates and content are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice.

Contents PSYCHOLOGICAL SCIENCE ............................................................................................................................................... 2 Biopsychology ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2 Cognitive Psychology ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3 Consumer Psychology ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13 Counseling Psychology ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 14 Critical Psychology ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 15 Developmental Psychology ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 16 Economic Psychology .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Educational Psychology ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 Feminist Psychology ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 27 Health Psychology ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 28 History of Psychology ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31 Introductory Psychology .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 32 Neuropsychology ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34 Psychological Methods and Statistics ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 37 Social Psychology ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43 Sport Psychology .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 51 Testing, Measurement and Assessment ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 52 Work and Organizational Psychology ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 53

MENTAL HEALTH .............................................................................................................................................................. 56 Behavioral Medicine .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 56 Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Clinical Psychology ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 57 Clinical Social Work ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 58 Counseling .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 59 Creative Arts and Expressive Therapies ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 65 Death Studies ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 67 Jung and Analytical Psychology .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 68 Marriage, Family and Sex Therapy ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 71 Positive Psychology ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 76 Psychiatry and Clinical Psychology - Adult ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 77 Psychoanalysis .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 81 Psychological Disorders ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 91 Psychotherapy .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 93 School Psychology .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 104 Trauma Studies ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 106

BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE ..................................................................................................................................... 108 Social Neuroscience ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 108

Index ................................................................................................................................................................................ 109

BIOPSYCHOLOGY 4 Volume Set

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Biological Psychology Edited by Philip Winn and Madeleine Grealy Series: Critical Concepts in Psychology As research in and around biological psychology burgeons as never before, this new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Psychology series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of literature. Edited by two leading scholars, the collection gathers foundational and canonical work, together with innovative and cutting-edge applications and interventions. Routledge Market: biological psychology September 2017: 234x156: 1736pp Hb: 978-0-415-68696-9: £895.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415686969

Routledge International Handbook of Psychobiology Edited by Philip Murphy, Edge Hill University, UK Series: Routledge International Handbooks The International Handbook of Psychobiology brings together some of the world’s leading experts in biological psychology in a single comprehensive and authoritative volume. The handbook will be split into six parts, covering topics as diverse as the effect s of sleep, stress, food, and drugs on cognitive processes. Emerging ideas and cutting-edge debates in the field are considered alongside current controversies. The handbook will also explore the practical implications and potential impacts of psychobiological research for daily life, making it essential reading for anyone interested in biopsychology. Routledge Market: biological psychology July 2017: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-1-138-18800-6: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64276-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138188006

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Obese Humans and Rats

Sleep and Cognition

Stanley Schacter and Judith Rodin Series: Psychology Revivals Originally published in 1974, this volume examines the behavioural similarities of obese humans and animals whose so-called feeding centre (the ventro-medial hypothalamic nuclei) has been lesioned. Both the obese human and the VMH-lesioned animal seem to share a hyposensitivity to the internal (physiological) cues to eating and hypersensitivity to external cues associated with food. This will make this invaluable reading for all concerned with the history of obesity and the issues of regulatory behaviour. Psychology Press Market: Comparative Psychology February 2017: 234x156: 182pp Hb: 978-1-138-82916-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-1-315-73768-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138829169

Edited by Caroline Horton Why do we need to sleep? What are the purpose of dreams? How does sleep affect cognition? Sleep and Cognition willexplore the impact of sleep on cognitive performance, drawing evidence from the complementary fields of behavioural neuroscience, cognitive neuroscience and cognitive psychology. Bringing together leading international researchers, the book will provide an essential overview of the relationship between sleep and cognition. Beginning with an introduction to the various functions of sleep, the book will then consider different assessment methodologies, and the range of associated sleep disorders. It is an essential text for all students interested in the psychology of sleep. Psychology Press Market: Cognitive Psychology August 2017: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-93799-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93800-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67598-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138938007

TEXTBOOK

Psychopharmacology R. H. Ettinger This textbook introduces students to the mechanisms of action of a wide range of drugs used to treat psychological disorders as well as a range of drugs used recreationally. It presents psychopharmacology in the context of the behavioral disorders (including affective disorders, psychoses, attention disorders) and not by traditional drug classification. Students in many applied fields within a beyond psychology - including psychopharmacology, drugs and behavior, neuroanatomy and physiological psychology - require the foundation of knowledge that this text provides before entering more advanced professional programs. Psychology Press Market: Psychopharmacology February 2017: 229 x 178: 306pp Hb: 978-1-138-83307-4: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-83308-1: £45.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26932-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138833081

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Auditory and Visual Pattern Recognition

Cognitive and Computational Aspects of Face Recognition

Edited by David J. Getty and James H Howard Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Systematic scientific investigation of human perception began over 130 years ago, yet relatively little is known about how we identify complex patterns. A major reason for this is that historically, most perceptual research focused on the more basic processes involved in the detection and discrimination of simple stimuli. Our main objective in this volume, first published in 1981, was not only to review existing contributions to our understanding of classification and recognition, but also to project fruitful areas and directions for future research. It covers four areas: complex visual patterns; complex auditory patterns; multi-dimensional perceptual spaces; theoretical pattern recognition. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-69212-1: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138692121

Explorations in Face Space Edited by Tim Valentine Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1995, much of the previous research on face recognition had been phenomena driven. Recent empirical work together with the application of computational, mathematical and statistical techniques have provided new ways of conceptualizing the information available in faces. This title provides a state of the art review of the field at the time in which the authors use a wide variety of approaches. What is common to all is that the authors base the accounts of the phenomena they study or their model of face recognition on the statistics of the information available in the population of faces. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 254pp Hb: 978-1-138-69933-5: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138699335

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Basic Processes in Reading

Compassion-Focused Therapy

Perception and Comprehension

An Introduction to Theory, Research and Practice

Edited by David LaBerge and S. Jay Samuels Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1977, this volume contains the most recent theoretical views and experimental findings by prominent psychologists at the time, working in areas they considered to be most basic to the reading processes. The volume divides conveniently into two areas, perception and comprehension. The initial chapters deal with the perceptual processes involved in reading. The second half of the volume delves into the area of comprehension. The interested reader will find a wide variety of topics covered in the volume that reflect the amazingly wide range of cognitive functions that are part of the reading process.

Paul Gilbert, Professor of Clinical Psychology at the University of Derby, UK. Originally developed to help individuals who suffer high levels of shame and self criticism, compassion-focused therapy encourages the client to employ self-soothing actions, and to generate feelings of inner warmth and self-reassurance as they engage with CBT. Compassion Focused Therapy: An Introduction to Theory, Research and Practice provides an explanatory introduction to compassion-focussed therapy as well as an overview of the field, indicating how the approach can be used in practice. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Clinical Psychology September 2017: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-48532-6: £65.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415485326

Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-138-20518-5: £99.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138205185

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Big Data in Cognitive Science

Early Word Learning

Edited by Michael N. Jones, Indiana Univetsity, USA Series: Frontiers of Cognitive Psychology

Edited by Gert Westermann and Nivedita Mani, University of Oxford, UK Series: Current Issues in Developmental Psychology

The primary goal of this volume is to present cutting-edge examples of mining large and naturalistic datasets to discover important principles of cognition and to evaluate theories in a way that would not be possible without such scale. It explores techniques that have been underexploited by cognitive psychologists and explains how big data from numerous sources can inform researchers with different research interests and shed further light on how brain, cognition and behavior are interconnected. The book fills a major gap in the literature and has the potential to rapidly advance knowledge throughout the field. It is essential reading for any cognitive psychology

Word learning may seem like a relatively simple task facing young language learners, when compared with the demands of learning grammar. However, closer enquiry highlights the multiple challenges in lexical acquisition. In this compilation, international experts consider word learning to be a continuous learning process, examining children’s interaction with words in their entirety. This novel approach looks at the full evolution of the word from the proto-word unit devoid of meaning, to mapping meaning, to skilled recognition. The book draws on cutting-edge research in infant eye-tracking, neuroimaging techniques and computational modelling to bring together diverse perspectives.

researcher. Psychology Press Market: Cognitive Psychology November 2016: 229 x 152: 374pp Hb: 978-1-138-79192-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-79193-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-41357-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138791930

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Psychology Press Market: Language Development April 2017 Hb: 978-1-138-84351-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84352-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73097-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138843523

New in Paperback

Companion Website

COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Even Odder Perceptions

Eye Movements and Psychological Processes

Richard L. Gregory Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

Edited by Richard A. Monty and John W. Senders Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

Our senses bring us all the information we have about the outside world, but do they tell the truth? If you’ve never questioned this before you may be about to. Take a stroll round the fertile garden of the late great scientist Richard Gregory’s mind. Originally published in 1994, you will be led, through a series of whimsical tales and amusing anecdotes, to a personal vista of some of the most profound and puzzling questions in science today. Almost without realising you will be drawn into the debate on Hamlet’s feelings, Schrödinger’s cat, thinking machines and much more. You may be charmed, entertained, amused or confused but you will always be left pondering.

In the 10 years prior to publication the quantity of research on eye movements as they pertain to psychological processes had been increasing at a rapid rate. First published in 1976, the editors’ purpose was to bring together investigators representing different theoretical positions and methodological approaches to present their recent findings, to debate the theoretical points of view, and to identify and discuss the major research problems on eye movements at the time. Including contributions from promising graduate students as well as those already established as authorities in the field.

Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 282pp Hb: 978-1-138-69976-2: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138699762

Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 564pp Hb: 978-1-138-21820-8: £125.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138218208

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Eye Guidance in Natural Scenes

Eye Movements and the Higher Psychological Functions

A Special Issue of Visual Cognition Edited by Benjamin W. Tatler Series: Special Issues of Visual Cognition First Published in 2010. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis, an informa company.

Psychology Press Market: Visual Cognition January 2017: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-1-848-72715-1: £60.99 Pb: 978-1-138-99086-9: £30.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138990869

Edited by John W. Senders, Dennis F. Fisher and Richard A. Monty Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1978, this volume reflects the proceedings of a conference held in February 1977 in California and is a natural successor to the earlier volume Eye Movements and Psychological Processes (1976). The second conference was aimed at providing a greater opportunity for discussing the "higher mental processes" touched on in the first volume. Part 1 is devoted to an intensive review of the underlying processes and psychological functions of eye movements. In further parts it goes on to look at: methodology and models; cognitive processes; reading processes; looking at static and dynamic display; and finally chapters on problems and applications. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-1-138-21975-5: £110.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138219755

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Eye Movements Cognition and Visual Perception Edited by Dennis F. Fisher, Richard A. Monty and John W. Senders Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1981, this volume represents the edited proceedings of the third symposium on eye movements and behaviour sponsored by the US Army Human Engineering Laboratory. The conference, titled "The Last Whole Earth Eye Movement Conference" was held in Florida in February 1980. The present volume is intended to serve as a complementary text to the earlier texts Eye Movements and Psychological Processes (Monty & Senders, 1976) and Eye Movements and the Higher Psychological Functions (Senders, Fisher & Monty, 1978), rather than a revision and update of them. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 374pp Hb: 978-1-138-21834-5: £99.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138218345

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

False and Distorted Memories

Human Memory

Edited by Robert A. Nash, Aston University, UK and James Ost, Portsmouth University Series: Current Issues in Memory Processes of remembering generally serve us well, but there are circumstances in which they can lead us to develop a distorted sense of our past. Research into the phenomenon of false memory has increased considerably over the last twenty years, focusing on the implications of distorted memories in legal and therapeutic contexts, and the perhaps less‐dramatic consequences for our sense of self and identity. False and Distorted Memories draws on the expertise of leading international researchers to present an up‐to-date snapshot of key developments in the field. It will also explore future directions, whilst synthesizing new findings on the causes, contexts and consequences of false memories. Psychology Press Market: MEMORY October 2016: 234x156: 166pp Hb: 978-1-138-83201-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-83202-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73624-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138832022

Third Edition Gabriel A. Radvansky, University of Notre Dame, USA This textbook provides a complete and up-to-date survey of the research and theory on human memory. Throughout, the author weaves applications from psychology, medicine, law, and education to show the usefulness of the concepts in everyday life and multiple career paths. Opportunities for students to explore the assessment of memory in laboratory-based settings are also provided. Now in full color, and with a greater array of pedagogical features than previous editions, it provides a core text for undergraduate or beginning graduate courses in human memory, human learning and memory, neuropsychology of memory, and seminars on topics in human memory. Routledge Market: Cognitive Psychology March 2017: 254 x 178: 680pp Hb: 978-1-138-66540-8: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-66541-5: £77.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54276-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138665415

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Frames of Mind

Imagining the Future

Ability, Perception and Self-Perception in the Arts and Sciences

Insights from Cognitive Psychology

Liam Hudson Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

Edited by Karl K. Szpunar, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA and Gabriel A. Radvansky, University of Notre Dame, USA

Contrary Imaginations was a study of two types of intelligent schoolboy – the converger with his preference for science and the diverger with his leaning towards the arts. This title, first published in 1968, extends and enriches this classification and begins to detect the existence of two subcultures. Within these it is not merely a question of leanings towards science or the arts as a vocation: respect for authority, masculine and feminine tendencies, qualities of perception, and the prevalent myths about various callings are all involved. The result is a very human and well-grounded investigation of the profound forces which, in varying ways, influence young people in choosing a career.

One particularly adaptive feature of human cognition is the ability to mentally preview specific events before they take place in reality. This book presents a collection of current perspectives from researchers around the globe, who are working to develop a deeper understanding of the manner in which simulations of future events are constructed; the role of emotion and personal meaning in the context of episodic simulation; and how the ability to imagine specific future events relates to other forms of future thinking such as the ability to remember to carry out intended actions. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology.

Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 146pp Hb: 978-1-138-20768-4: £80.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138207684

Routledge Market: Cognitive Psychology / Episodic Future Thinking April 2017: 246x189: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78940-0: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415789400

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Handbook of Writing Research, Second Edition

Individual Differences in Judgement and Decision-Making

Edited by Charles A. MacArthur, University of Delaware, USA, Steve Graham, Mary Lou Fulton Teachers College, Arizona State University, USA and Jill Fitzgerald, University of North Carolina, USA The definitive reference in the field, this volume synthesizes current knowledge on writing development and instruction at all grade levels. Prominent scholars examine numerous facets of writing from sociocultural, cognitive, linguistic, neuroscience, and new literacy/technological perspectives. The volume reviews the evidence base for widely used instructional approaches, including those targeting particular components of writing. Issues in teaching specific populations--including students with disabilities and English learners--are addressed. Innovative research methods and analytic tools are clearly explained, and key directions for future investigation identified. Guilford Press Market: Literacy November 2016: 254 x 178: 464pp Hb: 978-1-462-52243-9: £50.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52931-5: £30.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529315

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

A Developmental Perspective Edited by Maggie E. Toplak, York University, Canada and Joshua Weller, Oregon State University, USA Series: Current Issues in Thinking and Reasoning Drawing on the expertise of a range of international contributors, this volume provides the first integrated exploration of research in individual differences, developmental psychology and judgement and decision-making. Despite the substantial work that has been conducted on the development of judgement and decision-making processes, most of this research has dismissed any heterogeneity in studies as error variance. This book aims to rectify this approach through consideration of the role of individual differences in the development of these processes. It will also introduce new research on theoretical approaches to the field, and the methods used to test them. Psychology Press Market: Cognitive Psychology November 2016: 234x156: 229pp Hb: 978-1-138-64055-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64056-6: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63653-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138640566

New in Paperback

Companion Website

COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 8th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

4th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Learning & Behavior

Modern Psychometrics

Eighth Edition

The Science of Psychological Assessment James E. Mazur, Southern Connecticut State University, USA This book reviews how humans and animals learn and how their behaviors are changed as a result of learning. It describes the most important principles, theories, controversies, and experiments that pertain to learning and behavior that are applicable to diverse species and different learning situations. Both classic studies and recent trends and developments are explored, providing a comprehensive survey of the field. Real-world examples and analogies make the concepts and theories more concrete and relevant to students.Thoroughly updated, each chapter features many new studies and references that reflect recent developments in the field., as well as engaging

pedagogical features. Routledge Market: Learning and Behavior December 2016: 254 x 178: 392pp Hb: 978-1-138-68994-7: £110.00 eBook: 978-1-315-45028-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138689947

John Rust, Director, The Psychometrics Centre, University of Cambridge, UK, Michal Kosinski, The Psychometrics Cetre, University of Cambridge, UK and David Stillwell Psychometrics plays an increasingly important role in all our lives as testing and assessment occurs from preschool until retirement. The fourth edition of this popular text introduces the reader to the subject in all its aspects including how to construct your own test, and covering recent developments in internet testing and digital footprint. Modern Psychometrics combines an up to date scientific approach with a full consideration of the political and ethical issues involved in the implementation of psychometrics testing in today’s highly networked society, particularly in the context of diversity and internationalism. It will be invaluable to students and practitioners at all levels. Routledge Market: Psychological Testing August 2017: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-63863-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-63865-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63768-6 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-44215-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138638655

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Memory and Miscarriages of Justice

Moral Inferences

Mark Howe, Lauren Knott and Martin Conway Memory and Miscarriages of Justice provides an authoritative introduction to the role of memory in law. The legal system has been slow to adapt to research findings on memory, even though such findings have implications for the use of memory as evidence, not only in the case of eyewitness testimony, but also for how jurors, barristers, and judges weigh evidence. This book draws on the latest research to identify common misunderstandings and misconceptions about memory and bring to the forefront, the modern understanding of memory and its role in the legal system. Psychology Press Market: Cognitive Psychology June 2017: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-80558-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-80560-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-75218-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138805606

Edited by Jean-François Bonnefon and Bastien Trémolière Series: Current Issues in Thinking and Reasoning Moral Inferences draws on the expertise of world-leading researchers to provide a ground-breaking exploration of reasoning and morality. Historically, these two areas of research have largely been conducted in isolation, which has resulted in a lack of integration between the latest morality research and current theories in reasoning, despite the prominent role reasoning plays in morality. This volume will explore the relationship between the two, emphasising the importance of synthesising work from both morality and reasoning researchers in order to see the bigger picture. It will appeal to researchers from both fields, acting as a springboard for future research. Psychology Press Market: Cognitive Psychology January 2017: 234x156: 214pp Hb: 978-1-138-93797-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93798-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67599-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138937987

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Memory, Attention, and Aging

Neuropsychology of Visual Perception

Selected Works of Fergus I. M. Craik Fergus I. M. Craik, University of Toronto, Canada Series: World Library of Psychologists Memory, Attention, and Aging is a collection of some of the most influential journal articles previously published by Fergus Craik and his collaborators, with new introductory material unifying the research of this noted cognitive psychologist. The reprinted articles are grouped into six sections reflecting Craik’s various research interests across his career: Short-term or "Primary Memory," Levels of Processing, Studies of Cognitive Aging, Attention and Memory, Cognitive Neuroscience, and Bilingual Studies. Grouping the most highly cited and groundbreaking articles of Fergus Craik in one volume, this book will be of interest to a wide spectrum of students and professional researchers. Routledge Market: Cognitive Psychology November 2016: 229 x 152: 330pp Hb: 978-1-138-64830-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-44044-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138648302

Edited by Jason W. Brown Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1989, this sourcebook for anatomic studies in the neuropsychology of visual perception contains chapters on disorders of visual agnosias, impaired object perception and spatial neglect, and abnormal visual imagery. The neurological basis of visual perception and the disorders that result from brain damage are discussed. At the time the chapters in this volume constituted a state of the art survey in this area and provided data that were essential for the development of models of normal image and object formation. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 282pp Hb: 978-1-138-21661-7: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138216617

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Odd Perceptions

Perception and Information

Richard L. Gregory Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

Paul J. Barber and David Legge Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

First published in 1986, this title presents the rich subject of perception. How we experience colours, shapes, sounds, touches, tickles, tastes and smells is a mysterious and rich inquiry. Gregory argues that perception becomes really interesting when we consider how objects are identified and located in space and time as things we interact with, using our intelligence to understand them. The essays convey the crucial importance of the major scientists and their achievements in the study of perception; but they also show us how much we can learn from our surroundings, our language, our times, our successes and our failures. Why are we so often fooled, in scientific as well as

Perception is about the reception, selection, acquisition, transformation and organization of sensory information. This book, originally published in 1976, discusses a number of aspects of human perception within a theoretical framework in which man is considered as a processor of information. The main emphasis is on visual perception with particular reference to looking and pattern recognition; selective listening and speech recognition are also discussed.

everyday life? Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 242pp Hb: 978-1-138-69970-0: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138699700

Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 146pp Hb: 978-1-138-69161-2: £80.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138691612

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Perceiving, Acting and Knowing

Perception of Print

Toward an Ecological Psychology

Reading Research in Experimental Psychology

Edited by Robert Shaw and John Bransford Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1977, the chapters in this volume derive from a conference in 1973. Through these essays the authors express a collective attitude that a careful scrutiny of the fundamental tenets of contemporary psychology may be needed. In some essays specific faults in the foundations of an area are discussed, and suggestions are made for remedying them. In other essays the authors flirt with more radical solutions, namely, beginning from new foundations altogether. Although the authors do not present a monolithic viewpoint, a careful reading of all their essays under one cover reveals a glimpse of a new framework by which theory and research may be guided. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 504pp Hb: 978-1-138-20386-0: £125.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138203860

Edited by Ovid J.L. Tzeng and Harry Singer Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception In the late 1970s, reading research had become a true interdisciplinary endeavour with flavours of anthropology, artificial intelligence, cognitive psychology, educational psychology, linguistics, neuroscience and instructional technology. Given appropriate integration, results from these diverse perspectives can enhance our understanding of reading behaviour hugely, both in its acquisition and in its skilled functioning. Thus, the enthusiasm for such interdisciplinary interaction had been intense for some time. The National Reading Conference had been doing everything possible to accelerate this interaction. First published in 1981, the chapters in this book are the fruits of that effort. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 338pp Hb: 978-1-138-21077-6: £99.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138210776

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Perception

Perception Through Experience

From Sense to Object John M. Wilding Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception First published in 1982, this book introduces the student to the central problem of all perceptual theories: just how does the perceiver identify particular objects? In focusing on the problem, Dr Wilding provides a coherent, well organized framework for its study, bypassing the conventional split between perception and reaction time evidence which was common to most textbooks at the time. The author draws on evidence from a wider number of research traditions and argues that each has a contribution to make to any account of perception. Throughout he emphasizes the methodological basis of the research discussed, in order to provide students with a solid foundation for their own practical work. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 316pp Hb: 978-1-138-20657-1: £99.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138206571

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

M.D. Vernon Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception The term ‘visual perception’ covers a very wide range of psychological functions. This title, originally published in 1970, which provides a broad survey of this vast field of knowledge, would have proved a valuable general account for students taking degree courses in psychology at the time. Professor Vernon examines a large number of experiments carried out over the previous twenty years, their findings, the conclusions drawn from them, and – equally important – the still unanswered questions which some of them raised. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 318pp Hb: 978-1-138-20357-0: £99.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138203570

New in Paperback

Companion Website

COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Perceptions and Representations

Perspectives on Mental Representation

The Theoretical Bases of Brain Research and Psychology

Experimental and Theoretical Studies of Cognitive Processes and Capacities

Keith Oatley Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception First published in 1978, this study examines the shortcomings of some theoretical approaches to psychological and neurophysiological mechanisms at the time. Keith Oatley illustrates the extent of these by showing how inefficient brain researchers would be in trying to understand a computer, which is considerably simpler than the human brain. He concludes that we need better theories than those usually espoused in psychology, and goes on to expound a theory of cognitive representation and inference in perception. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 274pp Hb: 978-1-138-69981-6: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138699816

Edited by Jacques Mehler, Edward C.T. Walker and Merrill Garrett Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1982, the editors felt that their field was clearly in need of explanatory accounts for many different areas. This volume presents statements of the status of research in several areas by scholars at the forefront of the discipline. It tries at the same time to juxtapose theoretical and experimental perspectives in order to display some of the major lines of tension in the field. Divided into 5 parts it covers: Theoretical Perspectives; Experimental Studies in Processing; Neuropsychological Studies in Processing; Studies in Development; followed by Commentary on some specific chapters. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 502pp Hb: 978-1-138-69732-4: £125.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138697324

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Perceptual Organization

Problem Solving

Edited by Michael Kubovy and James R. Pomerantz Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1981, perceptual organization had been synonymous with Gestalt psychology, and Gestalt psychology had fallen into disrepute. This book, then, is the product of the editors’ curiosity about the status of ideas at the time, first proposed by Gestalt psychologists. For two days in 1977, they held an exhilarating symposium that was attended by some 20 people, not all of whom are represented in this volume. At the end of their symposium it was agreed that they would try, in contributions to this volume, to convey the speculative and metatheoretical ground of their research in addition to the solid data and carefully wrought theories that are the figure of their

Perspectives from Cognition and Neuroscience S. Ian Robertson Problem solving is an integral part of everyday life, yet few books are dedicated to this important aspect of human cognition. Problem Solving provides a clear introduction to the underlying mental processes involved in solving problems, examining the methods and techniques used by both novices and experts. Alongside a comprehensive update throughout, this edition also features new content on creative problem solving, insight, and neuroscience. Each chapter is written in an accessible, student-friendly style and features a range of pedagogy, including activities, chapter summaries and further reading.

Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 524pp Hb: 978-1-138-20126-2: £125.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138201262

Psychology Press Market: Cognitive Psychology November 2016: 246x174: 274pp Hb: 978-1-138-88956-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-88957-6: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71279-6 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-20300-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138889576

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Perspective in Perspective

Psychoanalytic Defense Mechanisms in Cognitive Multi-Agent Systems

research.

Lawrence Wright Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1983, this book is about the way we see things – or think we do, which is by no means the same – and about the ways in which we have tried to reproduce that visual concept in diagrams, pictures, photographs, films and television. Whatever the medium, if any degree of realism is intended, some use of perspective is inevitable, and some understanding of it can aid the appreciation of the result. But here the technicalities of perspective geometry are treated as far as possible non-technically, by a common-sense approach. The general reader may thereafter find himself seeing things – and representations of them – in a new light. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 246x174: 402pp Hb: 978-1-138-22035-5: £110.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138220355

Friedrich Gelbard, Vienna University of Technology, Austria Human cognitive processes and, in particular, defense mechanisms as described in psychoanalysis, bring about new notions and paradigms for artificial intelligence systems, particularly because such mechanisms accomplish filter functionalities and other system stabilizing tasks within such systems. Despite this, cognitive systems lack the capability to analyze complex systems. Incorporating Psychoanalytic Defense Mechanisms into Cognitive Multi-Agent Systems addresses this dilemma by exploring a way to technically describe, model and implement psychoanalytic defense mechanisms in the course of a project that provides a functional model of the human mind. Routledge Market: Cognitive science/Artificial intelligence August 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-29298-7: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-23231-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138292987

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Psychological Representations in Mind and World

Psychology of Music

Edited by Holly A. Taylor, Tufts University, USA and Jeffrey M. Zacks, Washington University in St Louis, USA

From Sound to Significance

This volume pulls together interdisciplinary research on structured representations of information as they exist in the mind and in the world. It explores how mental and physical representations affect cognition more generally, including memory accuracy and distortion, spatial cognition, the understanding and creation of vizualizations, and understanding events and gestures. The contributors are all internationally recognized researchers whose work is at the cutting-edge of the field. Its coverage will appeal to graduate-level cognitive scientists, technologists, philosophers, linguists, and educators. Psychology Press Market: Cognitive Science June 2017: 229 x 152 Hb: 978-1-138-82969-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-82970-1: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138829701

Siu-Lan Tan, Dept Kalamazoo College, USA, Peter Pfordresher, University at Buffalo, the State University of New York, USA and Rom Harré, Georgetown University, Washington, USA The only concise introduction to the subject, this thoroughly revised new edition of The Psychology of Music combines a comprehensive summary with critical assessments of existing research. The contents range from basic-level perception to broader socio-cultural issues, capturing the interdisciplinary breadth of the field while covering the central topics in depth. For the new edition, the authors have expanded coverage to include non-classical forms of music, added more real-world connections, and included a new chapter on practical applications. Created with a new companion website, the text will be invaluable to students in the area and anyone else interested in the psychology of music. Psychology Press Market: Psychology September 2017: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-1-138-12466-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12468-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64802-6 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-65116-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124684

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychology Library Editions: Perception

Psychopathology and personality dimensions

Various Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

The Selected works of Gordon Claridge

Psychology Library Editions: Perception (35 Volume set) brings together a broad range of titles across many areas of perception, from social to visual perception. The series of previously out-of-print titles, originally published between 1963 and 1995, includes contributions from many respected authors in the field. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-68824-7: £3075.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138688247

Gordon Claridge, Oxford University, UK Series: World Library of Psychologists The concept of schizotypy, developed by Professor Gordon Claridge, sees mental illness not as a pathology suffered by a few, but as the end of a continuum experienced by us all. In this fascinating collection, Claridge charts the development of a model that blurs the line between madness and sanity, conditions such as schizophrenia and other forms of psychosis seen as dimensions of ‘normal’ personality and temperament rather than separate abnormalities. Each article is prefaced by an introduction that contextualises where it sits in the wider literature, building to illustrate a radical and influential model of mental illness that continues to resonate today. Routledge Market: Psychological Disorders July 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-28761-7: £120.00 eBook: 978-1-315-26821-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138287617

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychology of Emotion

Recognising Faces

2nd Edition Paula M. Niedenthal, University of Wisconsin, USA and François Ric, Universite de Bordeaux, France This textbook reviews fundamental issues in the definition and measurement of emotion, including: conscious and unconscious processes; how emotions arise in, and are constrained by, social processes; the regulation of emotion; and the manner in which culture shapes some of these processes. Throughout, both biology and social situationndare treated as important forces in the elicitation and the experience of emotion. The 2 Edition includes greater coverage of neuroscientific approaches and a new chapter devoted to the brain. There is also a new chapter on happiness. With a more developed set of pedagogical features, this revised edition may be used as a primary text on courses on Emotion. Psychology Press Market: Social Psychology January 2017: 254 x 178: 312pp Hb: 978-1-848-72511-9: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72512-6: £46.99 eBook: 978-1-315-27622-9 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-841-69402-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848725126

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Vicki Bruce Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Each of us is able to recognise the faces of many hundreds if not thousands of people known to us. We recognise faces despite seeing them in different views and with changing expressions. In this book, originally published in 1988, the author describes the progress which has been made by psychologists towards understanding these perceptual and cognitive processes, and points to theoretical directions which may prove important in the future. Though emphasising theory, the book also addresses practical problems of eyewitness testimony, and discusses the relationship between recognising faces, and other aspects of face processing such as perceiving expressions and lipreading. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 166pp Hb: 978-1-138-20335-8: £80.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138203358

New in Paperback

Companion Website

COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Routledge International Handbook of Self-Control in Health and Wellbeing

The Nature and Development of Mathematics

Edited by Denise de Ridder, Utrecht University, the Netherlands, Marieke Adriaanse, University of Utrecht, the Netherlands and Kentaro Fujita, Ohio State University, USA Series: Routledge International Handbooks The ability to prioritise long-term goals above short-term gratifications is crucial to living a healthy and happy life. We are bombarded with temptations, whether from fast-food or faster technologies; the psychological capacity to manage our lives within such a challenging environment has far-reaching implications for the well-being not only of the individual, but also society as a whole. This is the first handbook to map this burgeoning area of research by applying it to health outcomes. Including contributions from leading scholars worldwide, the book incorporates new research findings that suggest that simply inhibiting our immediate impulses isn’t the whole story. Routledge Market: Health Psychology June 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-12386-1: £140.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64857-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138123861

Cross Disciplinary Perspectives on Cognition, Learning and Culture Edited by John Adams, Patrick Barmby, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa and Alex Mesoudi, Department of Anthropology, Durham University, UK The human experience of number has intrigued researchers for centuries. Numeracy and mathematics play fundamental roles in the development of societies and civilisations, and yet there is an essential mystery to these concepts. This cross-disciplinary collection asks three core questions: Is maths natural? What is the impact of our environment on mathematical understanding? And how can we improve human mathematical ability? Concluding with a discussion that seeks to bring the various cross-disciplinary perspectives together, the book offers a uniquely diverse approach to some of the core issues in what it means to understand mathematics, and to live in a world of numbers. Routledge Market: Mathematics March 2017: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-138-12441-7: £90.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64816-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124417

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Talking the Talk

The Perception of Causality

Trevor A. Harley, University of Dundee, UK

Albert Michotte Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

This book provides an accessible and comprehensive introduction to psycholinguistics, which is the study of the psychological processes involved in language. It shows how it’s possible to study language experimentally, and how psychologists use these experiments to build models of language processing. Structured around questions that people often ask about language, the emphasis of Talking the Talk is on how scientific knowledge can be applied to practical problems. It also stresses how language is related to other aspects of psychology, particularly in whether animals can learn language, and the relation between language and thought.

Originally published in 1963, this is a classic work on the psychology of perception. By means of suitable patterns on a partly concealed rotating disc Michotte was able to give the impression of objects in movement; and where certain conditions of speed, position, and time-interval were satisfied, his subjects received the impression of a causal interaction between two objects – for example, the impression that one object has ‘bumped into’ another (the ‘Launching Effect’) or is carrying it along (the ‘Entraining Effect’). In a further group of experiments Michotte studies the conditions in which moving objects look as though they are alive.

Language, Psychology and Science

Psychology Press Market: Psychology/Linguistics March 2017: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-1-138-80044-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-80045-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-75545-8 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-841-69340-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138800458

Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 452pp Hb: 978-1-138-69839-0: £110.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138698390

Dummy text to keep placeholder

4 Volume Set

The Development of Perception, Cognition and Language

The Psychology of Attention (4-vol. set)

A Theoretical Approach Paul van Geert Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1983, the aim of this book was to discuss some fundamental problems of cognitive developmental psychology at the time. The first part of the book deals with the concept of development in relation to the structure of developmental theories. It is argued that theories originate from (implicit) conceptual analyses of (implicit) final state definitions. Starting from this specific view on the nature of developmental theories, the second part of the book discusses perception and perceptual development. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 408pp Hb: 978-1-138-69443-9: £110.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138694439

Edited by Michael I Posner Series: Critical Concepts in Psychology As research in and around the psychology of attention continues to flourish, this new four-volume collection meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a complex body of research. With a full index, together with a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, The Psychology of Attention is an essential work of reference. The collection will be useful for researchers and advanced students as a vital one-stop research and instructional resource. Routledge Market: Psychology of Attention November 2016: 234x156: 2266pp Hb: 978-1-138-84832-0: £900.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138848320

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Psychology of Perception

The Thinking Mind

A Philosophical Examination of Gestalt Theory and Derivative Theories of Perception

A Festschrift for Ken Manktelow Edited by Niall Galbraith, University of Wolvehampton, UK, Erica Lucas, Staffordshire University, UK and David Over, Durham University, UK

D. W. Hamlyn Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1957, the primary aim of this study was to shed light upon the logical character of the psychology of perception. D.W. Hamlyn begins by delimiting the field of psychological inquiry into perception, then gives a detailed account of the types of explanation appropriate in the field. He maintains that these explanations have certain important peculiarities which distinguish them from other scientific inquiries. In view of the central importance of Gestalt Theory in this field an account is given of its origins, and its main features are critically discussed. The work should still be of interest to both philosophers and psychologists. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 130pp Hb: 978-1-138-20265-8: £80.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138202658

The Thinking Mind brings together some of the world’s leading researchers in this broad overview of thinking and reasoning. The book emphasises how cutting edge research can help us understand how we think in everyday life, exploring modern perspectives on a variety of traditional and contemporary topics, including Wason’s reasoning tasks, logic, meta-reasoning, thinking and culture, thinking in design, developmental reasoning, rationality and game theory, moral thinking, mood and thinking, the effect of environment and context on reasoning. The book will appeal to students and researchers of thinking and reasoning. Psychology Press Market: Cognitive Psychology October 2016: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-93786-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93787-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67607-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138937871

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Psychology of Person Identification

Towards a Deeper Understanding of Consciousness

Brian Clifford and Ray Bull, University of Derby, UK Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

Selected works of Max Velmans Max Velmans, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK. Series: World Library of Psychologists

Originally published in 1978, the laws and procedures governing person identification parades, photofit pictures and the forms of questions asked to obtain a description, had been increasingly called into question. The problem had been highlighted by several well publicised court cases, and considered by the Devlin Committee. This book reviews the status of psychological knowledge at the time concerning the many aspects of person identification and scientifically evaluates the methods and procedures used.

In the World Library of Psychologists series, international experts themselves present career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces - extracts from books, key articles, salient research findings, and their major practical theoretical contributions. In this volume Max Velmans reflects on his long-spanning and varied career, considers the highs and lows in a brand new introduction and offers reactions to those who have responded to his published work over the years. Velmans’ approach is multi-faceted and represents a convergence of numerous fields of study – culminating in fascinating insights that are of interest to philosopher, psychologist and

Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 270pp Hb: 978-1-138-69192-6: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138691926

neuroscientist alike.

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Reciprocity of Perceiver and Environment

Vision Without Space

The Evolution of James J. Gibson's Ecological Psychology Thomas J. Lombardo Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1987, this title intended to historically reveal, through tracing Gibson’s development, the substance of his views and how they bore upon general philosophical issues in theories of knowledge, and to investigate in detail the historical context of Gibson’s theoretical position within psychology. Though the author has included a history of Gibson’s perceptual research and experimentation, the focus is to explicate the ‘dynamic abstract form’ of Gibson’s ecological approach. His emphasis is philosophical and theoretical, attempting to bring out the direction Gibson was moving in and how such changes could restructure the theoretical fabric

Routledge Market: Consciousness October 2016: 234x156: 242pp Hb: 978-1-138-69944-1: £120.00 eBook: 978-1-315-51677-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138699441

Glyn Humphreys, Oxford University, UK and Jane Riddoch In this book Humphreys and Riddoch review the case of GK, a patient who suffered from Balint’s syndrome following a series of bilateral strokes. Balint's syndrome is a relatively rare disorder in which patients appear only to 'see' one thing at a time. Balint's syndrome patients provide a rare glimpse into the operation of visual processes when stripped of spatial context, since such patients are typically highly impaired at judging and acting to spatial information. The book reviews cases of Balint's syndrome in relation to the work conducted into GK's problem – looking at his spatial attention, object recognition, reading, and 'binding' of visual information. Psychology Press October 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-848-72075-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72169-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-38575-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848721692

of psychology. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 418pp Hb: 978-1-138-20039-5: £110.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138200395

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Visual Allusions

Workshops in Perception Rod Power, Steven Hausfeld and Angela Gorta Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

Pictures of Perception Nicholas Wade Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception In this book a leading researcher and artist explores how we see pictures and how they can communicate messages to us, both directly and indirectly by making allusions to objects in space or to stored images in our minds. Originally published in 1990, Dr Wade provides fascinating examples of pictures that communicate hidden messages, either by implying something else, or by a shape or portrait which is carried covertly within another design. He analyses image processing stages in vision, demonstrating that the various stages may be related to styles in representational art. He shows how the way we have been taught to look at and recognise objects, affects the way we see them. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 246x174: 300pp Hb: 978-1-138-20508-6: £99.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138205086

Originally published in 1981, Workshops in Perception is designed to enable students to devise their own experiments in sensory processes or perception. The thirty workshops include over a hundred different possible student projects covering the full range of the senses and interactions among them. The topics range from simple perimetry to the perception of language and social situations. In addition to more traditional topics such as illusions, adaptation and after-effects, they include lifespan perceptual development, musical illusions, and even a consumer-oriented study of road atlases. Each of the ten major sections has a general introduction to the topic with suggestions for reading. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 194pp Hb: 978-1-138-20054-8: £80.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138200548

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Visual Object Processing A Cognitive Neuropsychological Approach Edited by Glyn W. Humphreys and M. Jane Riddoch Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1987, this book, attempted to bring together work by researchers concerned with the functional and neurological mechanisms underlying visual object processing, and the ways in which such mechanisms can be neurologically impaired. The editors termed it a ‘Cognitive Neuropsychological’ approach, because they believed it tried to relate evidence from neurological impairments of visual object processing to models of normal performance in a new and important way. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 334pp Hb: 978-1-138-20973-2: £99.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138209732

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Working Memories Alan Baddeley, University of York, UK The Cognitive Revolution of the 1950’s dramatically changed the way that psychological research and studies were undertaken. Leaving behind traditional behaviourist approaches popular at the time, psychology began to utilise artificial intelligence and computer science to develop testable theories and design ground-breaking new experiments. In Working Memories, Alan Baddeley draws on his own personal experience of this time, recounting the radical development of a science in parallel with his own transatlantic career. The book will present unique insights into the mind and psychological achievements of one of the most influential psychologists of our time. Psychology Press Market: MEMORY March 2017: 216x138: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-64634-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64635-3: £19.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138646353

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Context and Cognition in Consumer Psychology

Online Consumer Behavior, 2nd Edition

How perception and emotion guide action

Theory and Research

Gordon Foxall, Cardiff University, UK

Edited by Angeline G. Close, University of Texas at Austin, USA Series: Marketing and Consumer Psychology Series

In <EM>Context and Cognition in Consumer Research</EM>, the leading scholar in the field of consumer behavior analysis, Gordon Foxall, summarizes a 30-year research journey to present the most thorough examination to date of the different paradigms within consumer psychology. Foxall explores both the role of cognitive science in consumer research and the nature of cognitive psychology itself, discussing the implications of an intentional approach for our understanding of such subjects as consumers' attitudes and behavior, normal and addictive choices, innovative behaviors and brand choices. The book supplies an overview of behavioral and cognitive perspectives on consumer psychology that will be essential reading for researchers and students in the field, whether from a psychology or business and marketing background. Routledge Market: Psychology/consumer psychology October 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-77819-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-1-315-77210-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138778191

Social media has changed the way consumers and advertisers behave. It is crucial to understand how consumers think, feel and act regarding social media, online advertising, and online shopping. In this new edition, contributors discuss new topics such as mobile technology, cyberbullying, online shopping, and the dark side of consumer behavior. This book is one of the first to present scholarly theory and research to help explain and predict online consumer behavior. Routledge Market: Consumer Psychology June 2017: 229 x 152: 400pp Pb: 978-1-138-95002-3: £32.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138950023

3rd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Digital Advertising

Routledge International Handbook of Consumer Psychology

Theory and Research Edited by Shelly Rodgers, University of Missouri, USA and Esther Thorson, Michigan State University, USA Digital Advertising offers a detailed and current overview of the field that draws on current research and practice by introducing key concepts, models, theories, evaluation practices, conflicts, and issues. With a balance of theory and practice, this book helps provide the tools to evaluate and understand the effects of digital advertising and promotions campaigns. New to this edition is discussion of big data analysis, privacy issues, and social media, as well as thought pieces by leading industry practitioners. This book is ideal for graduate and upper-level undergraduate students, as well as academics and practitioners.

Edited by Cathrine V. Jansson-Boyd, Department of Psychology, Anglia Ruskin University, UK and Magdalena J. Zawisza Series: Routledge International Handbooks This handbook provides an authoritative and comprehensive outline of the current state of research across a wide range of areas within Consumer Psychology. Its aim is to encourage and guide future research, and to emphasize up-to-date and novel, cutting-edge work in the field. It will be an essential reference for researchers, practitioners and students around the world in areas of consumer psychology, consumer behaviour, marketing, economic psychology, behavioural economics and persuasion.

Routledge Market: Consumer Psychology March 2017: 229 x 152: 392pp Hb: 978-1-138-65442-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65445-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62325-2 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-65526-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138654457

Routledge Market: Psychology/consumer psychology November 2016: 246x174: 730pp Hb: 978-1-138-84649-4: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-72744-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138846494

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

STUDENT REFERENCE

Handbook of Consumer Psychology

The Psychology of Fashion

Edited by Curtis P. Haugtvedt, The Ohio State University, Columbus, USA, Paul M. Herr, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA University of Colorado at Boulder and Frank R. Kardes, University of Cincinnati, Ohio, USA Series: Marketing and Consumer Psychology Series

Carolyn Mair, London College of Fashion, University of the Arts, UK Series: The Psychology of Everything

The revision of this book contains an updated collection of chapters written by the world's leading researchers in the field of consumer psychology. The Handbook presents a comprehensive overview of latest developments and trends, and includes sections on social cognition, motivation, and social neuroscience, among others. It is appropriate for graduate level courses in marketing, psychology, communications, consumer behavior and advertising. Routledge Market: Consumer Psychology August 2017: 254 x 203: 1000pp Hb: 978-1-138-12408-0: £140.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12412-7: £74.95 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124127

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

The Psychology of Fashion provides a succinct overview of how our thinking and behavior is affected by the fashion industry. From how clothing can affect our cognitive processes to the way retail environments manipulate consumer behavior, the book takes an evidence-based approach that separates myth from reality. It examines how fashion design can undermine healthy body image, and how psychology can inform a more sustainable perspective on the production and disposal of clothing. Including further reading for those wishing to explore the topic further, this is the ideal introduction for anyone interested in this fascinating area. Routledge Market: Fashion September 2017: 186x123: 150pp Hb: 978-1-138-65866-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65867-7: £14.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62066-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138658677

New in Paperback

Companion Website

COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A Global Portrait of Counselling Psychology

Mothering Babies in Domestic Violence

Edited by Rodney K. Goodyear, University of Redlands, CA, USA and James W. Lichtenberg, University of Kansas, USA

Beyond Attachment Theory

This volume provides an overview of the profession of counselling psychology as it developed and is currently practiced in eight different countries. It examines the social and cultural factors that lead to the emergence of, and have shaped the history of, counselling psychology; the training, preparation and credentialing of professionals; and the practices and practice settings of counselling psychologists. This book was originally published as a special issue of Counselling Psychology Quarterly. Routledge Market: Counselling / Global Practice May 2017: 246x174: 130pp Hb: 978-1-138-72207-1: £105.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138722071

Fiona Buchanan Series: Women and Psychology Drawing on in-depth interviews and group discussions, this timely book sheds new light on the impact of domestic violence on the formation of mother/infant relationships by placing women’s experiences of that violence at its heart. It challenges the dominant attachment theory paradigm, offering an alternative understanding of how primary relationships between women and infants are formed in these situations. It reflects current policy and practice focus on early intervention and prevention, but its unique analysis of real-life experiences provides new multi-disciplinary approaches to helping women, children, and anyone raised in a setting of domestic violence. Routledge Market: Psychology/Domestic violence August 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-18766-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18767-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64299-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138187672

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Counselling Psychology

The Routledge International Handbook of Critical Positive Psychology

Edited by Victoria Galbraith, Assessor for the British Psychological Society Qualification in Counselling Psychology serving the Division of Counselling Psychology's training committee. She also works in her own private practice. Series: Topics in Applied Psychology This is the first textbook to provide a complete overview of counselling psychology. Covering the underlying principles and philosophy of the profession, it also offers a uniquely applied perspective in a concise, student-friendly format. From the relationship between research and practice to key ethical and professional issues, it is supported by case studies and a range of features which illustrate the many personal and professional challenges that counselling psychologists face. Written by some of the most eminent practising psychologists in the field, and including further reading and a glossary of terms, this is an essential introduction for any student of this growing field. Routledge Market: Counselling Psychology July 2017: 246x174: 332pp Hb: 978-1-138-64835-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64836-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62649-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138648364

Edited by Nicholas J. L. Brown, Tim Lomas, lecturer at the University of East London, Associate Programme Leader for the MSc in Applied Positive Psychology and Coaching Psychology and Francisco Jose Eiroa-Orosa Series: Routledge International Handbooks The Routledge International Handbook of Critical Positive Psychology is the first volume to critically appraise this influential but controversial field of study. The book critically examines not only the scientific foundations of positive psychology, but also the sociocultural and political tenets on which the field rests. Part 1 evaluates the current field of knowledge, including research methodologies and the concepts of happiness and well-being. Part 2 takes the debate further, discussing how positive psychology can be applied in a wider variety of settings than is presently the case, engaging with the reality of people’s lives rather than adhering to theoretical constructs. Routledge Market: Positive Psychology June 2017: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-1-138-96143-2: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-65979-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138961432

STUDENT REFERENCE

Dummy text to keep placeholder

How to Become a Counselling Psychologist

Trans and Sexuality

Elaine Kasket Series: How to become a Practitioner Psychologist

An existentially-informed enquiry with implications for counselling psychology

Counselling Psychologists can play a fundamental and inspiring role in people’s lives. In a confidential environment, their aim is to bring insight and resolution to psychological and emotional issues, increasing resilience and happiness as a result. But how do you qualify, and what sort of role is it? This is the first guide to this fascinating and growing profession, providing an overview of what the job involves, the educational and training route, and the issues anyone newly qualified will face. The book features testimonials from those working in the field, alternative career paths, and tips on how to make the most of opportunities available.

Christina Richards, Nottingham Gender Clinic, UK Series: Explorations in Mental Health

Routledge Market: Counselling Psychology July 2017: 216x138: 136pp Hb: 978-1-138-94821-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94824-2: £12.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66967-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138948242

This book explores the sexuality of transgender people, examining key research to consider new ethical methods for investigating sexuality. Integrating existential thought into the theoretical framework of the book, emphasis is placed on links to both phenomenology and counseling psychology, and their engagement with freedom and authenticity. The participants at the heart of the study relate their experiences in psychiatric and psychological settings, as well as in wider cultural and community surroundings. The book positions their stories against the discourse of medicalization and pathologisation, before offering wider implications and practical applications for counseling psychology. Routledge Market: Counseling Psychology / Gender Studies July 2017: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-90356-2: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-69682-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138903562

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

CRITICAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Adopted Women and Biological Fathers Reimagining stories of origin and trauma Elizabeth Hughes, Birkbeck, University of London, UK Series: Women and Psychology Adopted Women and Biological Fathers offers a critical and deconstructive challenge to the dominant notions of adoptive identity. The author explores adoptive women’s experiences of meeting their biological fathers and reflects on personal narratives to give an authoritative overview of both the field of adoption and the specific history of adoption reunion. This book takes as its focus the narratives of 14 adopted women, as well as the partly fictionalised story of the author and examines their experiences of birth father reunion in an attempt to dissect the ways in which we understand adoptive female subjectivity through a psychosocial lens. Routledge Market: Feminist Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 208pp Pb: 978-1-138-69101-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53637-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138691018

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Marxism and Psychoanalysis In or against Psychology? David Pavon-Cuellar, Universidad Michoacana de San Nicolas de Hidalgo in Morelia, Mexico Series: Concepts for Critical Psychology Marxism and Psychoanalysis is a detailed consideration of the relationship between the ideas of Freud and Marx, and a development of how those ideas can be critically applied to the ideology of psychology. Adopting a broad multicultural perspective, the book examines how Marxist and Freudian psychologies redefine and transform the discipline, how they interrogate and contradict it, and how they lead to a rich new metapsychological critique. Unique in its triple focus on Marxism, psychoanalysis, and critical psychology, the book will be indispensable for anyone engaged in these fields, and to researchers with a more general interest in psychology, psychosocial studies and political theory. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis January 2017: 216x138: 230pp Hb: 978-1-138-91656-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91658-6: £28.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68954-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138916586

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychogeography and Psychology Alexander John Bridger Series: Concepts for Critical Psychology Psychogeography considers the effect of the geographical environment on people’s emotions and behavior. It also contains the tools for a critical engagement with our built environment and the potential for its conceptual independence from the narrow dictates of shopping, work and transport. This volume is the first to address the relation between psychology and psychogeography, and to pull together the key theories, approaches and debates shaping work in this area to date. Drawing on multi-disciplinary research and international fieldwork examples, Psychogeography and Psychology provides an essential intervention in the field for interested scholars and students from a range of backgrounds. Routledge Market: critical psychology/geography August 2017: 216x138: 172pp Hb: 978-1-138-12454-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12455-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64809-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124554

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Abnormal Child and Adolescent Psychology

Aging and Development

A Developmental Perspective, Second Edition

Social and Emotional Perspectives Peter Coleman, Southampton University, UK and Ann O'Hanlon, Dundalk Institute of Technology, Ireland Series: International Texts in Developmental Psychology

Linda Wilmshurst, Private Practice Abnormal Child and Adolescent Psychology is organized around five prominent and recurring themes: the course of normal development proceeds in an orderly and predictable direction; maladaptive behaviors represent deviations from the normal path; maladaptive behavior is represented by a continuum of severity based on the degree to which behaviors deviate from the norm; individual, interpersonal, contextual and cultural factors interact in a reciprocal way to influence normal development and abnormal deviations; theoretical input from diverse perspectives can guide our understanding of underlying processes that precipitate behaviors and the different developmental pathways that might result. Routledge Market: Graduate Students March 2017: 254 x 178: 736pp Hb: 978-1-138-96051-0: £185.00 Pb: 978-1-138-96050-3: £55.00 eBook: 978-1-315-66027-1 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-138-96570-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138960503

The psychology of aging usually focuses upon cognitive changes, with a particular focus on dementia and other forms of cognitive decline. But getting older is about more than simply changes to the brain and related health issues. Changes to our social and emotional lives are also hugely significant as we adapt across our lifespan. The second edition of Aging and Development is the only textbook available that responds to the growing interest in social, personal and emotional development in older age. Ideally suited to complement texts on cognitive change, the book provides a holistic developmental perspective on aging. Routledge Market: Developmental Psychology, Ageing February 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-848-72326-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72327-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-72694-6 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-340-75894-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848723276

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Adolescence and the Brain Anne-Lise Goddings and Kathryn Mills, Institute of Cognitive Neuroscience, UCL, UK Series: Adolescence and Society The last 20 years have dramatically transformed our understanding of the developing human brain during adolescence. By combining information from neuroimaging studies with evidence from animal research, psychological research, epidemiology and histology, we can piece together the major developments, and relate these to typical adolescent behaviours. There is immense potential for the fields of health, education and law to learn from this growing knowledge of the adolescent brain. Conversely, in this relatively young field of adolescent neuroscience, there are many important questions as yet unanswered. The aim of this book is to describe what we know about the adolescent brain from a neuroscience perspective, to increase knowledge and understanding among students and professionals. Routledge Market: Adolescent Development December 2016: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-84770-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84771-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-72660-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138847712

TEXTBOOK

Black Adolescent Development Stephanie I Coard Black Adolescent Development is the first text to provide a comprehensive overview of contemporary black adolescents in the United States—from social, psychological, economic, educational, medical, historical, and comparative perspectives. The text illustrates how race, socioeconomic status, and environmental forces shape this critical period in the development of black youth, and will make clear that, while they share common attributes with all adolescents, black adolescents also possess characteristics that are unique to them alone. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology December 2016: 229 x 152: 304pp Hb: 978-1-848-72486-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72487-7: £37.99 eBook: 978-1-315-76492-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848724877

TEXTBOOK

Advancing Developmental Science Philosophy, Theory, and Method Edited by Anthony S. Dick, Florida International University, USA and Ulrich Müller, University of Victoria, Canada Advancing Developmental Science reviews the state-of-the-science in theoretical, methodological, and topical research, with a unique focus on the scholarship that developed within a process-relational framework. It establishs how this broad conceptual framework differs from others, introduces definitions and key figures in different topical areas within developmental science, and lays out a rationale for the topics discussed. Comprehensive in its treatment of the foundational issues that are at the forefront of human development, this text is a necessary resource for graduate students and reserachers interested in how the person changes over the life span. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology March 2017: 229 x 152: 368pp Hb: 978-1-138-96003-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-96004-6: £37.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138960046

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Children's Agency

Different Childhoods

A Critical, Psychosocial Perspective

Non/Normative Development and Transgressive Trajectories

Sheila Greene, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland and Elizabeth Nixon, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Edited by Lindsay O'Dell, Open University, UK, Charlotte Brownlow, University of Southern Queensland, Australia, Hanna Bertilsdotter Rosqvist and Jan du Preez

This novel book approaches the topic of children’s agency from a fresh perspective, emphasising what psychological and developmental science can bring to a debate which has been dominated by sociology and anthropology. It reviews research on agency from family, school and wider society domains, pinpointing both strengths and weaknesses and drawing out ways in which theory and practice in relation to children as agents in their own lives might be developed. Combining a psychosocial approach with perspectives from sociology, anthropology and education it offers a stronger theoretical base for research and policy and will be essential reading for students and professionals in these fields.

This edited collection opens up new avenues for exploring children’s development as contextual, provisional and locally produced, rather than a unitary, universal and consistent process. Drawing on work by Burman, James and Prout, this book builds on existing debates around notions of ‘difference’ and focuses on novel applications of theory and method. It interrogates the notion of ‘different childhoods’ as theorized and critiqued within the sociology of childhood, critical developmental psychology, childhood studies and critical criminology and is essential reading for students in these fields wishing to examine notions of development.

Routledge Market: Developmental Psychology November 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-64922-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64923-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62591-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138649231

Routledge Market: Developmental Psychology June 2017: 234x156: 230pp Hb: 978-1-138-65403-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65404-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62346-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138654044

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Conflict Narratives in Middle Childhood

Discrimination in Childhood and Adolescence

The Social, Emotional, and Moral Significance of Story-Sharing

A Developmental Intergroup Approach

Marsha D. Walton, Rhodes College, USA and Alice J. Davidson

Christia Spears Brown, University of Kentucky, USA

Conflict Narratives in Middle Childhood: The Social, Emotional, and Moral Significance of Story-Sharing presents evidence from twenty years of research, examining nearly 3000 narratives from 1600 children in eight settings in two countries about their own experiences with interpersonal conflict. Close readings, combined with systematic analysis of dozens of features of the stories reveal that when children are invited to write or tell about their own conflicts, they produce accounts that are often charming, sometimes heartbreaking, and that always bring to light their social, emotional, and moral development.

This book details, synthesizes, and analyzes the perception and impact of discrimination in childhood and adolescence across multiple stigmatized social groups. By looking at the similarities and differences in discrimination across all social groups, we can more fully understand its mechanisms of influence. Before we can fully address the achievement gap between White and ethnic minority children, the high rates of suicidal thoughts among LGBT youth, and the underrepresentation of girls in STEM careers, we must first examine the ways in which discrimination influences and is understood by children, with their unique cognitive constraints and within the specific contexts in which they live.

Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology March 2017: 229 x 152: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-67074-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67075-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-351-86601-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138670754

Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology March 2017: 229 x 152: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-93997-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93998-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-20838-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138939981

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Deconstructing Developmental Psychology

Early Childhood Intervention

Erica Burman, The University of Manchester, UK Deconstructing Developmental Psychology interrogates the assumptions and practices surrounding the psychology of child development, providing a critical evaluation of the role and contribution of developmental psychology within social practice.

Routledge Market: Psychology/Education/Childhood Studies November 2016: 246x174: 370pp Hb: 978-1-138-84695-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84696-8: £32.99 eBook: 978-1-315-72712-7 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-39562-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138846968

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Working with Families of Young Children with Special Needs Edited by Hanan Sukkar, Carl J. Dunst and Jane Kirkby, Monash University, Australia Series: Evolving Families This book explores the family-centred practices and systems factors which influence families’ experiences raising children with complex needs. It also considers the ways in which professionals can work with families to build and support parent and child competence. Conceptual and practical work from Australia, Canada, Europe and the United States present descriptions of and implications for different family system frameworks and early-childhood programs. Contributors in this edited volume bring together contemporary information that bridges the research to practice gap in supporting families of young children with disabilities or delays. Routledge Market: Psychology December 2016: 234x156: 262pp Hb: 978-1-138-91851-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68844-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138918511

New in Paperback

Companion Website

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Encounters with John Bowlby

Grandparenting

Tales of Attachment

Contemporary Perspectives Arturo Ezquerro, trainer at the Institute of Group Analysis

Susan Moore, Swinburne University, Australia and Doreen Rosenthal, The University of Melbourne, Australia

Encounters with John Bowlby is an insightful, heartfelt and faithful homage to John Bowlby, the ‘father’ of attachment theory. The book unfolds as a touching and absorbing biographical journey into his life and work, where Bowlby is portrayed vividly through his individual, family and group attachment history, as well as his personal and professional development. This is a thoroughly researched and unique volume, co-constructed from the privileged position of sitting at the feet of the founder of the theory, drawing on his lifelong research and knowledge.

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Psychoanalysis November 2016: 234x156: 236pp Hb: 978-1-138-66763-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-66764-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54555-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138667648

This dedicated account of grandparenting offers a synthesis of social and psychological research on this important life stage. The book covers many of the issues today that impact the grandparent experience such as care-giving, intergenerational relationships, and the role of grandparents in changing family structures. It examines biological, psychological, social/ familial, gender, cultural and economic dimensions and reveals the health and wellbeing benefits of grandparenting, reflecting the contemporary positive approach to aging. It provides a comprehensive, up-to-date evidence base for students in health, sociology and psychology and those interested in gerontology and the lifespan. Routledge Market: Gerontology October 2016: 234x156: 180pp Hb: 978-1-138-64033-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64034-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63671-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138640344

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Family, Self, and Human Development Across Cultures

Human Development from Middle Childhood to Middle Adulthood

Theory and Applicatoins

Growing Up to be Middle-Aged

Cigdem Kagitcibasi Series: Psychology Press & Routledge Classic Editions

Lea Pulkinnen and Katja Kokko, University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Çigdem Kagitçibasi's influential volume was a tour de force of integration and synthesis that challenged the existing assumptions in mainstream western psychology about the nature of individuals. During the past two decades since the original volume’s publication, cultural and cross-cultural research and theory on the self, family, and human development have expanded greatly. Nevertheless, basic issues and paradigms show some stability. This Classic Edition is a critical assessment, consideration, and reflection of the recent scholarship in this field. It provides an overall evaluation of the book in the light of some current prevailing perspectives and appraises these perspectives. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology March 2017: 229 x 152: 512pp Hb: 978-1-138-22879-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-22880-1: £32.99 eBook: 978-1-315-20528-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138228801

Growing Up to be Middle-Aged focuses on human development from middle childhood to middle adulthood, through analysis of the research findings of the ground-breaking Jyväskylä Longitudinal Study of Personality and Social Development (JYLS). The JYLS project, which began in 1968, has generated extensive publications over many years but this is the first comprehensive summary which presents the conceptual framework, the research design and methodology and the findings. The study looks at the development over time of issues related to personality, identity, health, anti-social behaviour and well-being. It is ideal for lifespan courses and researchers. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology April 2017: 234x156: 340pp Hb: 978-1-138-84014-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84015-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73294-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138840157

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Girls and Boarding School Developmental, Cultural and Educational Narratives Soosan Latham, York University, Toronto, Canada and Roya Ferdows, Certified Life/Leadership Coach This unique collection of narratives describing the boarding school experience combines key issues of identity and lifespan development with cross-cultural perspectives. Focusing on the journey of Persian girls growing up in British boarding schools during the 1960’s and 70’s and based on extensive qualitative data, each chapter provides vivid, embodied reflections of everyday life at boarding school and the impact of this experience on adult life. It will be of interest to students in Cultural, Developmental and Educational Psychology and the Humanities, as well as Clinical Psychologists and Educators looking at the impact of boarding school on adolescent development. Routledge November 2017 Hb: 978-1-138-73065-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-73068-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-18929-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138730687

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Handbook of Children's Rights

Human Awareness

Global and Multidisciplinary Perspectives

Its Social Development

Edited by Martin D. Ruck, Michele Peterson-Badali and Michael Freeman With contributions from a wide range of international scholars, The Handbook of Children’s Rights brings together research, theory, and practice from diverse perspectives on children’s rights. It address some of the major scholarly tensions and policy debates comprising the current discourse on children’s rights, including the best interests of the child, evolving capacities of the child, states’ rights versus children’s rights, rights of children versus parental or family rights, and balancing protection and participation. This comprehensive and cosmopolitan volume serves as an important reference for scholarly and policy-driven interest in the voices and perspectives of children and youth. Routledge Market: Behavioral and Social Sciences/Human Rights December 2016: 254 x 178: 618pp Hb: 978-1-848-72478-5: £185.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72479-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-76630-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848724792

Ivana Marková Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception In this innovative book, first published in 1987, the author introduces the subject of human awareness from the perspective of developmental and social psychology. Using a wide range of psychological and other sources, both classic and more recent from around the world, the book begins with a discussion of awareness as a biological and cultural-historical phenomenon. The reader is then guided through such issues as one’s awareness of others, self-awareness, interpersonal communication, and the search of human beings for recognition by others. The final chapter focuses on human awareness as a relationship between the self and society, with particular emphasis on social stability and change. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 278pp Hb: 978-1-138-69705-8: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138697058

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Handbook of Gerontology Research Methods

Human Development and International Development

Understanding successful aging Edited by Leigh Riby, Northumbria University, UK Series: Research Methods in Developmental Psychology: A Handbook Series The Handbook of Gerotology Research Methods is a primer that provides an overview of key areas of interest, as well as an understanding of the most important research challenges and issues in this growing field. Written by a collection of international scholars, the book addresses both typical and atypical aging, highlighting hot topics such as dementia, exercise, nutrition, stress, diabetes, Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s disease. Each chapter concludes with a series of practical tips on how to undertake successful research in this area. It is essential reading for students and researchers interested in the psychology of aging, and in related fields such as health psychology and social care. Routledge Market: Developmental Psychology / Gerontology December 2016: 234x156: 252pp Hb: 978-1-138-77903-7: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-77906-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-77153-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138779068

Daniel A Wagner This book examines the field of international development through a unique psychological lifespan lens as well as economic and comparative educational perspectives. It provides an overview of the variety of approaches to international development, with a special focus on children, learning, and schooling. Using both qualitative and quantitative research, the book focuses on how to optimize healthy human development rather than economic outcomes. Numerous charts and graphs illustrate key points. Each chapter opens with a vignette to engage the reader and concludes with a case study. The book is ideal for students, researchers, and practitioners interested in international development. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology July 2017: 229 x 152: 320pp Hb: 978-1-848-72606-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72607-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-11530-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848726079

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Healthy Aging

Innocence Destroyed

Towards inclusive interventions

A Study of Child Sexual Abuse

Christine Stephens and Mary Breheny Series: Critical Approaches to Health

Jean Renvoize Series: Psychology Revivals

What does it mean to age well? This important new book redefines what ‘successful’ aging means, challenging the idea that physical health is the only criteria to gauge the aging process, and that an aging population is necessarily a burden on society. Using Sen’s capabilities approach as a starting point, the book outlines a nuanced perspective that transcends the purely biomedical view, recognising ideas of resilience, as well as the experiences of older people themselves in determining what it means to age well. Robustly examining what it means to live well as an older person, it will be hugely valuable for students of gerontology and social care, and professionals working in the field.

How common is child sexual abuse? How can victims and abusers best be treated? In Innocence Destroyed, originally published in 1993, Jean Renvoize uses interviews with victims and with experienced professionals, as well as new data from Britain, North America and Australia, to give a clear picture of the problem of child sexual abuse – its extent, its effects, and the most up-to-date recommendations for treating its victims and preventing its recurrence at the time. For those new to the subject, her book provides a readable account of a complex area, and for the more experienced worker it gives as invaluable overview of the findings of other professionals in the field.

Routledge Market: Geontology and Aging July 2017: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-1-138-19392-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19394-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63909-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138193949

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Routledge Market: Mental Health February 2017: 216x138: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-29205-5: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138292055

New in Paperback

Companion Website

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

International Handbook of Positive Aging

Language Brokering in Immigrant Families

Edited by Rachael Elizabeth Docking, Anglia Ruskin University, UK and Jennifer Stock, Anglia Ruskin University, UK Series: Routledge International Handbooks Our increasingly aging population will have a considerable impact on society and policy development is required. This book focuses on positive aging, based on research conducted by the new Centre for Positive Ageing within the University of Greenwich in collaboration with NHS partners, service users, and international research leaders in the field of aging. Sections include the body over the life course (focusing on patient empowerment), well-being and care delivery. It will be essential for those working in developmental psychology, clinical psychology, mental health, health sciences, medicine, neuropsychological rehabilitation, sociology, anthropology, social policy and social work. Routledge Market: Psychology/Gerontology June 2017: 246x174: 266pp Hb: 978-1-138-93305-7: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67875-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138933057

Theories and Contexts Edited by Robert S. Weisskirch, California State University, Monterey Bay, USA Language Brokering in Immigrant Families brings together an international group of researchers to share their findings on language brokering—when immigrant children translate for their parents and other adults. Given the large amount of immigration occurring worldwide, it is important to understand how language brokering may support children’s and families’ acculturation to new countries. The chapter authors include overviews of the existing literature, insights from multiple disciplines, the potential benefits and drawbacks to language brokering, and the contexts that may influence children, adolescents, and emerging adults who language broker. Routledge Market: Family Studies April 2017: 229 x 152: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-18511-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18514-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64471-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138185142

TEXTBOOK

4 Volume Set

Introduction to Human Development and Family Studies

Moral and Ethical Development

Bridget A. Walsh, University of Nevada, Reno, USA, Lydia DeFlorio, University of Nevada, Reno, USA and Melissa M. Burnham, University of Nevada, Reno, USA Introduction to Human Development and Family Studies is the first text to introduce human development and family studies as inextricably linked areas of study, giving students a complex yet realistic view of individuals and families. Designed as an introductory text and supplemented with in-text and online resources, it will provide a solid foundation for students early in their curriculum of study who are interested in entering professions within or related to human development and family studies. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology March 2017: 254 x 178: 360pp Hb: 978-1-138-81531-5: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81532-2: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-20800-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138815322

Edited by Helen Haste, Harvard University, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Psychology As serious work by psychologists in moral and ethical development continues to flourish, this new title from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Psychology series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to map and make sense of a vast body of literature. Edited by a leading scholar with a long record of research and publication, Moral and Ethical Development is a four-volume collection which brings together the very best foundational and cutting-edge contributions. Routledge Market: Moral and Ethical Development September 2017: 234x156: 1736pp Hb: 978-1-138-88996-5: £900.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138889965

3rd Edition • NEW EDITION

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Introduction to Vygotsky

Nurturing Natures

Edited by Harry Daniels, University of Oxford, UK This thoroughly updated third edition provides students with an accessible overview of Vygotsky’s work, combining reprints of key journal and text articles with rich editorial commentary. Lev Vygotsky provided the twentieth century with an enticing mix of intellectual traditions within an attempt to provide an account of the social formation of the mind. His legacy is an exciting, but at times chaotic fusion of ideas. Retaining a multi-disciplinary theme, this new edition begins with a review of current interpretations of Vygotksy’s original work. Harry Daniels goes on to consider the development of Vygotsky’s work against a backdrop of political turmoil in the developing USSR. Routledge Market: Psychology and Education April 2017: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-12521-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12522-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64765-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138125223

Attachment and Children's Emotional, Sociocultural and Brain Development Graham Music, Tavistock and Portman Clinics, London, UK The new edition of this bestselling book examines the essential research about children’s emotional development, with an expert balance of theory and clinical implications. Integrating the latest research from attachment theory, neuroscience, evolutionary theory and psychology, and with a new chapter on moral development, Music explores how we develop capacities for language, play or memory. Issues of nature and nurture are addressed and the effects of different kinds of early experiences are unpicked. It is invaluable for students in developmental psychology as well as counsellors, clinicians and psychotherapists in mental health, nursing, education and social work. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology/Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy October 2016: 246x174: 364pp Hb: 978-1-138-10143-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-10144-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65693-9 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-848-72057-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138101449

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Peer Abuse Among Young People

Positive Youth Development in Global Contexts of Social and Economic Change

a contextual account Carlene Firmin Series: Adolescence and Society Peer on peer abuse is on the rise but there is a lack of literature on the topic. Taking a sociological and feminist perspective, this book reshapes the way this abuse is perceived by examining the interplay between the nature of the abuse and the gendered social context. Using case studies, chapters explore associations between abusive incidents and young people’s homes, peer groups, schools and neighbourhoods, in addition to broader societal influences such as pornography and politics. It will be invaluable for students and researchers in social work, education, criminology, sociology and psychology, as well as practitioners and policy makers concerned with the protection of young people. Routledge Market: Adolescent Development June 2017: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-93222-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93223-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67938-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138932234

Edited by Anne C. Petersen, University of Michigan, USA, Silvia H. Koller, Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, Frosso Motti-Stefanidi, National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece and Suman Verma, Panjab University, India The youth of the world are our most important assets. When youth develop positively, they have the power to benefit themselves, their families, communities, and societies. These tremendous benefits accrue for many generations, so investments in youth represent a highly cost-effective opportunity for positive change. This is the first volume to focus globally on the effects of social and economic change on youth, and on the opportunity to support youth through policy, programs, and interventions to develop positively despite challenges. It highlights research demonstrating youth assets and resilience as well as programs and interventions that increase the likelihood that youth will thrive. Routledge Market: Developmental Psychology December 2016: 229 x 152: 322pp Hb: 978-1-138-67080-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67081-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-30727-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138670815

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Perception and Understanding in Young Children

Religion and Families

An Experimental Approach

An Introduction

Peter Bryant Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception Originally published in 1974, this book presents a theory of cognitive development based on simple but powerful processes of inference. The author produces strong experimental evidence which not only challenged Piaget’s ideas, but more importantly synthesized the old and new findings at the time into a newer theory of perceptual development. This book caused many people at the time to take a fresh look at the subjects dealt with, and so will still be of interest for students of child development in its historical context. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 206pp Hb: 978-1-138-69168-1: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138691681

Poetry Out Loud and Learning to Read Kate Prentice and Usha Claire Goswami, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Essays in Developmental Psychology The profile of poetry aloud is rising due to recent changes in the National Curriculum and the popularity of recitation competitions. This unique book explores the connection between poetry and literacy development through current psychological theory. Taking an experimental perspective, it covers current developmental and neuroscientific theories about phonology, prosody and metrical structure to explain how rhyme and rhythm are crucial for emerging literacy. Based on never-before published findings, the authors provide the rationale for a novel poetic intervention that explores this link, and its implications for the contemporary classroom. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology December 2016: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-84239-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84240-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73160-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138842403

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Loren D. Marks, Brigham Young University, USA and David C. Dollahite, Brigham Young University, USA Series: Textbooks in Family Studies This is the first multidisciplinary text to address the connection between religion and family life. The latest literature is reviewed along with narratives drawn from interviews with 200 diverse families which bring the concepts to life. Written by two of the leading researchers in the field, prior to writing the book, the authors read the sacred texts of many faiths, interviewed religious leaders, and attended religious services for a wide array of faiths. The result is an engaging account of why and how families are impacted by their religion. The book examines both traditional and non-traditional families from a score of denominations within Christianity, Judaism, and Islam. Routledge Market: Family Studies October 2016: 229 x 152: 276pp Hb: 978-1-848-72545-4: £105.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72546-1: £32.99 eBook: 978-1-315-81459-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848725461

Social Cognition Development Across the Life Span Edited by Jessica Sommerville and Jean Decety, University of Chicago, USA Series: Frontiers of Developmental Science Social Cognition brings together writings that highlight cutting-edge research and theories on the development of social cognition and social behavior across species and the life span. The volume is organized according to two central themes that address issues of continuity and change both at the phylogenetic and the ontogenetic level. First, the book addresses to what extent social cognitive abilities and behaviors are shared across species, versus abilities and capacities that are uniquely human. Second, it covers to what extent social cognitive abilities and behaviors are continuous across periods of development within and across the life span, versus their change with age. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology October 2016: 229 x 152: 330pp Hb: 978-1-138-85993-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-85994-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-52057-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138859944

New in Paperback

Companion Website

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Teachers, Learners, Modes of Practice

The Future of Child Development Lab Schools

Theory and Methodology for Identifying Knowledge Development

Applied Developmental Science in Action

David Kirk Dirlam Series: Explorations in Developmental Psychology

Edited by Nancy Barbour and Brent A. McBride The Future of Child Development Lab Schools explores ways to enhance the viability of child development laboratories through the creation of a research consortium that provides a model for enacting Applied Developmental Science (ADS). Each chapter provides examples of how faculty at various sites have enacted ADS research, how the politics on campuses support or thwart the potential for ADS research, what possibilities there are for a consortium of laboratory settings to engage in cross-site research, and what a consortium of laboratory settings might be able to accomplish in the world of Applied Developmental Science.

Summarizing a half century of work on the problem of identifying units of analysis for complex human behaviour, this book introduces modes of practice as a unit of analysis for the science and design of human activities, and shows how to record them and create field guides at scales from individual to society. Revealing scientific analysis of human practices has been hampered by the lack of a unit of analysis, Dirlam describes how the difficulties of defining a unit are overcome by combining insights from mathematics and human development. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 229 x 152: 292pp Hb: 978-1-138-64118-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-63066-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138641181

Psychology Press Market: Child Development October 2016: 229 x 152: 118pp Hb: 978-1-138-89865-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-89866-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-44040-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138898660

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Adolescent Brain

The Visual World of the Child Eliane Vurpillot Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

Changes in learning, decision-making and social relations Eveline A. Crone, University of Leiden, the Netherlands Series: Essays in Developmental Psychology This book covers new insights from brain research that help us to understand what happens when children turn into adolescents, and from adolescents into young adults. Why do they show increases in sensation-seeking, risk taking and sensitivity to opinions of friends? With the arrival of neuroimaging techniques, it is now possible to unravel what goes on in an individual’s brain when completing cognitive tasks, when playing computer games, or when engaging in online social interactions. These findings inform us how children learn, control thoughts and actions, plan activities, control emotions and think about intentions of others, offering a new perspective on behavior and motivations of adolescents. Psychology Press Market: Adolescent Development December 2016: 234x156: 150pp Hb: 978-1-138-85595-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-85596-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-72001-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138855960

In this English translation, first published in 1976, the author, provided the most detailed review of the development of visual perception in children at the time. Her book, which gave the first comprehensive study of the relationship between cognitive development and perceptual activities in small children, explores how they interpret visual information and gradually build up a picture of the world. She saw perception as a form of knowledge which the child exploits and adapts in a variety of ways at different stages of development. This is brilliantly demonstrated in her own research on the strategies children use in judging things as ‘different’ or ‘the same’. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 216x138: 372pp Hb: 978-1-138-21079-0: £99.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138210790

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Art of Holding in Therapy

Theory of Mind Development in Context Edited by Virginia Slaughter, University of Queensland, Australia. and Marc de Rosnay, University of Wollongong, Australia.

An Essential Intervention for Postpartum Depression and Anxiety Karen Kleiman, The Postpartum Stress Center, Pennsylvania, USA First conceptualized by D.W. Winnicott, holding in this book refers to a therapist’s capacity to respond to postpartum distress in a way that facilitates an immediate and successful therapeutic alliance. Readers will learn how to contain high levels of agitation, fear, and panic in a way that cultivates trust and the early stages of connectedness. Also addressed through vignettes are personality types that make holding difficult, styles of ineffective holding, and how to modify holding techniques to accommodate the individual woman. A must-read for postpartum professionals, the techniques learned in this book will help clients achieve meaningful and enduring recovery. Routledge Market: Postpartum Depression February 2017: 229 x 152: 275pp Hb: 978-1-138-90496-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90495-8: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69611-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138904958

Theory of Mind Development in Context is the first book of its kind to explore how children’s environment shapes their theory of mind and, in turn, their ability to interact effectively with others. Based on world-leading research, and inspired by the ground-breaking work of Candida Peterson, the collected chapters demonstrate that children’s understanding of other people is shaped by their everyday environment. Specifically, the chapters illustrate how theory of mind development varies with broad cultural context, socio-economic status, institutional versus home rearing, family size, parental communication style, and aspects of schooling. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Psychology November 2016: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-81158-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81159-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74918-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138811584

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Understanding Child Development

Vygotsky and Marx

Sara Meadows, University of Bristol, UK

Toward a Marxist Psychology

Understanding Child Development follows a thematic approach and outlines the main areas of developmental psychology in childhood at introductory level. It draws together strands of knowledge from psychology, neuroscience, social and cognitive sciences in a concise and accessible format. Alongside coverage of classic and contemporary theories and research it has a clear focus on applications, looking at the child in real-world settings. Coverage new to this edition includes the latest research on Theory of Mind, bullying, cultural variations in development, parental discipline, behavioural genetics, prenatal development and foetal learning. Routledge Market: Psychology and Education June 2017: 246x189: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-78867-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78869-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-22322-3 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-08436-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415788694

Edited by Carl Ratner, Institute for Cultural Research and Education, USA and Daniele Nunes Henrique Silva, University of Brasilia, Brazil This book documents the neglect in Vygotskyian studies of Vygotsky’s deep use of Marxist concepts. Chapters then overcome this neglect. They explain his use of many Marxist concepts in his theoretical and methodological writings, demonstrating how Vygotsky utilized specific Marxist meanings in his work on consciousness, signs, development, imagination, creativity, secondary language acquisition, and unit of analysis. Chapters also address how Vygotsky dealt with incompatible theories and methodologies, illustrating how Marxist and Vygotskyian psychology can grow from anti-Marxist, anti-Vygotskyian approaches to psychology, such as psychoanalysis. Routledge Market: History of Psychology April 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-24480-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24481-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-27663-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138244818

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Understanding your Toddler

Vygotsky at Work and Play

What science tells us about parenting pre-schoolers

Lois Holzman, East Side Institute, USA

Sarah Kuppen

The new edition of this modern classic examines the influence of Lev Vygotsky on contemporary psychology. The author has developed a unique performance-based methodology of development and learning that draws upon a fresh, often unconventional reading of Vygotsky. This book shows this methodology at work in psychotherapy, classrooms and the workplace, highlighting the many ways Vygotsky’s cultural theory of human development has led to a rethinking of psychology’s fundamental conceptions. It will provide essential reading for a wide audience of students and practitioners in psychology, psychotherapy, social sciences and education.

Fashions in parenting come and go and it can be difficult for parents to reconcile the many recommendations of friends, family and media gurus. This book, which is based on many findings from scientific research, provides a welcome evidence-based guide to parenting children from 2 years old until they begin infant school. Topics are selected based on the main anxieties facing parents of toddlers such as behaviour management, language development and family routines. Each chapter includes a list of frequently asked questions and answers, and the presentation of practical tips. This will be valuable reading for all professionals working with children as well as parents looking for guidance. Routledge Market: Parenting and Families June 2017 Hb: 978-1-138-85790-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-85791-9: £14.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71835-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138857919

Routledge Market: Developmental Psychology December 2016: 216x138: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-93784-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93785-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67608-1 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-65316-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138937857

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Vygotsky

Why Siblings Matter

An Intellectual Biography

The role of sibling relationships in development and well-being

Anton Yasnitsky, Independent Researcher, Canada and René Van Der Veer, University of Leiden, the Netherlands

Naomi White and Claire Hughes, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Essays in Developmental Psychology

This intellectual biography offers a fundamentally novel account of the life and times of Lev Vygotsky, who has long been considered a pioneer in the field of learning and human development. Based on the most recent archival investigations in original Russian, this book explores a number of personae that Vygotsky assumed at different periods of his life. The authors present a ground-breaking account that is far from the shiny success story typically associated with ‘the cult of Vygotsky’. It is an essential contribution to Vygotskian scholarship and of interest to advanced students and researchers in history of psychology, history of science, Soviet/Russian history and philosophy of science.

Why Siblings Matter is a cornerstone text on siblinghood, offering a much-needed scientific update on the supportive role of sibling relationships. Integrating findings from a 10 year longitudinal study alongside wider research, it provides a lifespan perspective examining the impact of sibling relationships on children’s development and well-being. Sibling relationships in diverse populations are discussed and practical implications of the research are considered, with take-home messages for promoting positive sibling interactions. It will be invaluable for students and researchers in developmental psychology and family studies and professionals in education, health and social work.

Routledge Market: Developmental Psychology July 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-80673-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-80674-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-75150-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138806740

Routledge Market: Developmental Psychology April 2017: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-64144-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64145-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63048-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138641457

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

ECONOMIC PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Behavioral Economics and Healthy Behaviors Key Concepts and Current Research Edited by Yaniv Hanoch, School of Psychology, Plymouth University, UK, Andrew Barnes and Thomas Rice This important book provides the first overview of the role that behavioural economics can play in tackling the most pernicious health issues we face today. Each chapter discusses the core theoretical concepts while synthesizing what research has shown us so far. Covering a range of key topics, from the prevention of HIV and the promotion of exercise to the cessation of smoking and adherence to medication in chronic conditions, it is the first collection to consolidate how this dynamic field can inform our health-related behaviours. It will be essential reading for students and researchers in psychology and economics, as well as policy makers and practitioners working in public health. Routledge Market: Behavioural Economics May 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-63820-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-63821-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63793-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138638211

4 Volume Set

Expressive Therapies Edited by Nicholas Mazza, Florida State University, USA Series: Major Themes in Mental Health As serious research in and around expressive therapies flourishes as never before, this four-volume set from Routledge’s new Major Themes in Mental Health series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of literature. Edited by a leading scholar, the collection assembles foundational and canonical work, together with innovative and cutting-edge applications and interventions. For novices, the collection will be particularly useful as an essential database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. And, for more advanced scholars and practitioners, it will be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For both, Expressive Therapies will be valued as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Psychology Press Market: Expressive Therapies August 2017: 234x156: 1736pp Hb: 978-1-138-84809-2: £800.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138848092

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Urban Poverty, Inequality and Health Critical Perspectives Darrin Hodgetts, University of Waikato, New Zealand and Ottilie Stolte, University of Waikato, New Zealand Series: Critical Approaches to Health When discussing health, we talk about ailments and afflictions, the potential of modern medicine and the behaviours that affect our health. Yet although these relationships exist, they undermine a more socio-economic understanding of health. This timely book takes a critical perspective to argue that urban poverty and health inequalities are intimately interconnected, and the increasing disparity between rich and poor will necessarily exacerbate health issues within urban communities. Looking at issues of class, age, gender, ethnic and disability-based inequalities, the book offers both critical theory and grounded solutions to enable those living in poverty to live more healthy lives. Routledge Market: Health Psychology May 2017: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-12436-3: £90.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64820-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124363

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY NEW IN PAPERBACK

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Adolescent Literacies

Handbook of Social and Emotional Learning

A Handbook of Practice-Based Research

Research and Practice

Edited by Kathleen A. Hinchman and Deborah A. Appleman Showcasing cutting-edge findings on adolescent literacy teaching and learning, this unique handbook is grounded in the realities of students' daily lives. It highlights research methods and instructional approaches that capitalize on adolescents' interests, knowledge, and new literacies. Attention is given to how race, gender, language, and other dimensions of identity--along with curriculum and teaching methods--shape youths' literacy development and engagement. The volume explores innovative ways that educators are using a variety of multimodal texts, from textbooks to graphic novels and digital productions. It reviews a range of pedagogical approaches. Guilford Press Market: Education January 2017: 254 x 178: 501pp Hb: 978-1-462-52767-0: £50.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527670

Edited by Joseph A. Durlak, Loyola University Chicago, USA, Celene E. Domitrovich, CASEL, Chicago, USA, Roger P. Weissberg, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA and Thomas P. Gullotta, Eastern Connecticut State University, and Child and Family Agency of Southeastern Connecticut, Inc, USA The burgeoning multidisciplinary field of social and emotional learning (SEL) now has a comprehensive and definitive handbook covering all aspects of research, practice, and policy. The prominent editors and contributors describe state-of-the-art intervention and prevention programs designed to build students' skills for managing emotions, showing concern for others, making responsible decisions, and forming positive relationships. Conceptual and scientific underpinnings of SEL are explored and its relationship to children's and adolescents' academic success and mental health examined. Guilford Press Market: Education November 2016: 254 x 178: 634pp Hb: 978-1-462-52015-2: £63.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52791-5: £33.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527915

2nd Edition • READER • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Early Intervention for Reading Difficulties, Second Edition

Literacy in the Disciplines A Teacher's Guide for Grades 5-12 Thomas DeVere Wolsey and Diane Lapp

The Interactive Strategies Approach

This book gives all teachers in grades 5-12 practical strategies for building the unique literacy skills that students need for success in their respective subject areas. Drawing from interviews with leading educators and professionals in science, mathematics, history, the arts, and other disciplines, the authors explain what disciplinary literacy is and discuss ways to teach close reading of complex texts, discipline-specific argumentation skills, academic vocabulary, the use of multimodal tools and graphic organizers, and more. User-friendly features include classroom materials, lesson plans, practice activities, and recommended online teaching videos.

Donna M. Scanlon, Kimberly L. Anderson and Joan M. Sweeney Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy Grounded in a strong evidence base, this indispensable text and practitioner guide has given thousands of teachers tools to support the literacy growth of beginning and struggling readers in grades K–2. The interactive strategies approach (ISA) is organized around core instructional goals related to enhancing word learning and comprehension of text. The book provides guidance for assessment and instruction in whole-class, small-group, and one-to-one settings, using the curricular materials teachers already have. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can download and print 26 reproducible forms in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Guilford Press Market: Education January 2017: 254 x 178: 450pp Hb: 978-1-462-52810-3: £57.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52809-7: £27.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528097

Guilford Press Market: Education November 2016: 254 x 178: 230pp Hb: 978-1-462-52793-9: £47.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52792-2: £17.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527922

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Handbook of Research on Reading Comprehension, Second Edition

Literacy Learning Clubs in Grades 4-8 Engaging Students across the Disciplines

Edited by Susan E. Israel

Heather Kenyon Casey

This esteemed reference work and professional resource, now substantially revised, integrates classic and cutting-edge research on how children and adolescents make meaning from text. The comprehension tasks and challenges facing students at different grade levels are explored, with attention to multiple text types and reading purposes. Preeminent researchers offer a range of perspectives--cognitive, neuroscientific, sociocultural, pedagogical, and technological--on key aspects of comprehension. Effective approaches to assessment, instruction, and intervention are reviewed. The volume also addresses issues in teaching specific populations.

Literacy learning clubs are highly motivating small-group collaborations that can improve tweens' and teens' academic achievement, support their social-emotional development, and increase their enjoyment of reading and writing. This book explains the research basis for the author's approach and offers practical instructions for implementation in English language arts, social studies, science, and mathematics classrooms, illustrated with detailed case examples. Links to the Common Core State Standards are identified, and multimodal methods and new literacies emphasized throughout. User-friendly features include end-of-chapter reflection questions and suggested activities.

Guilford Press Market: Education January 2017: 254 x 178: 696pp Hb: 978-1-462-52889-9: £94.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52888-2: £57.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528882

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Guilford Press Market: Literacy May 2017: 254 x 178: 184pp Hb: 978-1-462-52994-0: £47.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52993-3: £17.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529933

New in Paperback

Companion Website

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Self and Social Identity in Educational Contexts Edited by Kenneth I. Mavor, University of St Andrews, UK, Michael J. Platow, The Australian National University and Boris Bizumic, The Australian National University This innovative volume integrates social identity theory with research on teaching and education to shed new and fruitful light on a variety of different of pedagogical concerns and practices. It brings together researchers at the cutting edge of new developments and with a wealth of teaching and research experience. Self and Social Identity in Educational Contexts will appeal to advanced students and researchers in education, psychology and social identity theory. It will also be of immense value to educational leaders and practitioners, particularly at tertiary level. Routledge Market: psychology/social psychology February 2017: 234x156: 366pp Hb: 978-1-138-81513-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81515-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74691-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138815155

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Teaching Emergent Bilingual Students Flexible Approaches in an Era of New Standards Edited by C. Patrick Proctor, Alison G. Boardman and Elfrieda H. Hiebert Recent educational reform initiatives such as the Common Core State Standards (CCSS) largely fail to address the needs--or tap into the unique resources--of students who are developing literacy skills in both English and a home language. This book discusses ways to meet the challenges that current standards pose for teaching emergent bilingual students in grades K-8. Leading experts describe effective, standards-aligned instructional approaches and programs expressly developed to promote bilingual learners' academic vocabulary, comprehension, speaking, writing, and content learning. Innovative policy recommendations and professional development approaches are also presented. Guilford Press Market: Education October 2016: 229 x 152: 246pp Hb: 978-1-462-52719-9: £50.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52718-2: £21.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527182

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

FEMINIST PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Feminist Spirituality under Capitalism Witches, Fairies and Nomads Kathleen Skott-Myhre Series: Concepts for Critical Psychology Industrial modernity's worship of rationality had a profound effect on women’s ways of knowing, marginalizing them along with other alternate forms of knowledge such as the imagination and the unconscious. Feminist Spirituality under Capitalism discusses the importance of women’s spiritual knowledge throughout history and under the current socio-economic consensus. Within a critical analysis of the subjugation of certain knowledges, it investigates in particular the role that psychology and psychiatry have played in the repression of women. Aimed at students and researchers in the social sciences, the book will also appeal to anyone interested in politics, activism and social change. Routledge Market: psychology/women's studies July 2017: 216x138: 172pp Hb: 978-1-138-91773-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91774-3: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68886-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138917743

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Revisiting the Cultural Scaffolding of Rape Nicola Gavey Expanded and updated with a new chapter and extensive critical commentary, the revised edition of this award-winning book combines an overview of the existing literature on rape with an analysis of recent research to examine the psychological and cultural implications of contemporary sexual violence. Just Sex? argues that feminist theory on sexual victimization has gone both too far and not far enough. It presents the reader with a challenging and original perspective on the issues of rape, sex and the body, incorporating subjects including new material on sexism, misogyny and social media, male victims, and sexual violence with LGBTQ relationships and communities. Routledge Market: Social Psychology/Sexual Violence October 2017: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-138-68035-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68036-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56378-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680364

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Neurobiology of Motherhood Maternal Subjectivities and Embodied Experiences Linda Burnett, The Learning Centre, University of New South Wales, Australia Series: Women and Psychology Linda Burnett offers a genuinely new perspective on motherhood, arguing that most feminist scholarship is unduly reluctant to acknowledge the role of biological and material factors involved. The importance of embodiment and affect in recent critical work makes this a timely intervention. The innovative theoretical framework, marrying psychoanalysis and neuroscience with systems-based infant research, combined with interviews conducted with mothers themselves will make an original contribution to the field. This book will be of interest to scholars and students working in women and gender studies, psychology, psychoanalysis, feminist studies, and sociology. Routledge Market: psychology/gender studies July 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-848-72425-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72426-6: £29.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848724266

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Addiction, Behavioral Change and Social Identity

Digital Health

The path to resilience and recovery

Critical and Cross-disciplinary perspectives

Edited by Sarah Buckingham and David Best, Department of Law and Criminology, Sheffield Hallam University, UK

Deborah Lupton Series: Critical Approaches to Health

Changing health-related behaviour is for many people a lonely and isolating experience. Individual willpower is often not enough, particular in addressing addictive behaviour, but research increasingly points to the potential of group identity to shape behaviour change and support recovery. This important collection explores the social and cognitive processes that enable people who become part of recovery groups to address their addictive issues. Supported online by a range of models of implementation with practical guidance, it will be essential reading for students, researchers and policy makers across health psychology and social care.

The rise of digital health technologies is, for some, a panacea to many of the public health challenges we face today. This is the first book to articulate a critical response, answering a number of questions around the interests they represent, and their effects on patients, physicians and how we conceive of public health. Citing empirical research throughout, the book discusses how self-tracking devices change the patient-physician relationship, and how the gamification of healthcare affects the way we see our bodies. Cross disciplinary, it will be relevant across students and researchers of sociology, psychology, anthropology and cultural studies, as well as professionals in the field.

Routledge Market: Health Psychology November 2016: 234x156: 212pp Hb: 978-1-138-93407-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93408-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67820-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138934085

Routledge Market: Health policy August 2017: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-12344-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12345-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64883-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138123458

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Behavioral and Technological Addictions

Disability and Sexual Health

Selected Works of Mark Griffiths

Critical Psychological Perspectives

Mark Griffiths, Nottingham Trent University, UK Series: World Library of Psychologists

Poul Rohleder, Stine Hellum Braathen and Mark Thomas Carew, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK Series: Critical Approaches to Health

In this volume Mark Griffiths presents a carefully selected set of highlights from his previously published work which provides a summary of his thought and an important guide to the psychology of behavioral and technological addiction. Following a new introduction, the opening section considers addiction in a general sense, with subsequent sections devoted to gambling addiction (online and offline), gaming and internet addiction. Taken as a whole, the papers offer a unique snapshot of the field which will be indispensable to scholars, researchers and students of the psychology of addictive behavior. Psychology Press Market: psychology/social psychology August 2017: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-848-72273-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-87990-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848722736

The sexual lives of people with disabilities are rarely discussed. It is as if, because someone has a biological or psychological impairment, they do not exist as a sexual being. As such, many people with disabilities feel marginalised and powerless not only in their day-today lives, but also in their ability to form sexual relationships, and a range of health issues are raised as a result. Illustrated by research drawn from a range of international contexts, this book is the first to examine this important but seldom acknowledged issue. It will be essential reading for students and researchers interested in critical psychology, as well as anyone working with people with disabilities. Routledge Market: Health Psychology July 2017: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-12371-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64868-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138123717

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Constructing Pain

E-Health Technology

Historical, psychological and critical perspectives

Theory, Development and Evaluation

Robert Kugelmann, University of Dallas, US Series: Critical Approaches to Health Everyone experiences pain, whether it’s emotional or physical, chronic or acute. Pain is part of what it means to be human, and so an understanding of how we relate to it as individuals - as well as cultures and societies - is fundamental to who we are. This book provides a multi-disciplinary perspective on pain, from how societies have understood pain historically, to how medical advances have influenced how we experience pain psychologically. Making Pain offers a comprehensive and enlightening treatment of an important issue to us all, and will be fascinating reading for students and researchers within health psychology, healthcare and nursing. Routledge Market: Health Psychology November 2016: 234x156: 158pp Hb: 978-1-138-84120-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84122-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73236-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138841222

Edited by Lisette van Gemert-Pijnen, University of Twente, the Netherlands and Robbert Sanderman, University of Twente and University of Groningen, The Netherlands This is the first book to provide a comprehensive overview of the social and technological context in which e-health applications have arisen, the psychological principles on which they are based, and the key development and measurement issues to their successful intervention. Covering the use of e-health applications across both mental and physical health issues, it is an ideal companion not only for students of health psychology, public health and beyond, but also professionals wishing to become cognisant of this important area. Including case studies throughout to illustrate key issues and theories, this is a complete guide to what e-health means, and how it can be used in practice. Routledge Market: Public Health October 2017: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-23042-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-23043-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-38590-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138230439

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders

Managing for Resilience

A biopsychosocial treatment approach

A Practical Guide for Employee Well-being and Organizational Performance

Edited by Simon R. Knowles, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia, Julian Stern and Geoff Hebbard This book brings together world experts in the field of functional gastrointestinal disorders (FGIDs) who practice integrated and holistic approaches, to provide an up-to-date and comprehensive evaluation of a range of topics associated with the biopsychosocial treatment of FGIDs. Key themes include: neurological and biological aspects of FGIDs and psychological processes; common concerns and issues faced in relation to diagnosis, ongoing medical decisions and interventions; and differences and challenges associated with FGIDs across individual life-stages. Each chapter provides crucial practical recommendations, as well as future directions of psychosocial work in multi-team environments. Routledge Market: Health Psychology August 2017: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-94703-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67035-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138947030

Edited by Monique Crane, Department of Psychology, Macquarie University, Australia In an era of longer hours and shorter contracts, of tighter margins and frequent organizational change, stress can undermine both the mental health and performance of employees. A culture of resilience in the workplace, however, offers the potential to support psychological well-being and improve the performance of both people and organizations. This is the first book to provide managers with a guide to fostering psychological resilience within their teams. It synthesises not only the latest cutting-edge research in the area, but also translates this into practical advice for a range of organizational settings. Routledge Market: Management and Psychology May 2017: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-12463-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12464-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64803-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124646

5th Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Handbook of Pediatric Psychology, Fifth Edition

Palliative Care

Edited by Michael C. Roberts and Ric G. Steele

Psychosocial perspectives

Thousands of practitioners and students have relied on this handbook, now thoroughly revised, for authoritative information on the links between psychological and medical issues from infancy through adolescence. Sponsored by the Society of Pediatric Psychology, the volume explores psychosocial aspects of specific medical problems, as well as issues in managing developmental and behavioral concerns that are frequently seen in pediatric settings. The book describes best practices in training and service delivery and presents evidence-based approaches to intervention with children and families. All chapters have been rigorously peer reviewed by experts in the field.

Alison Rodriguez, Dept Behavioural Sciences, School Of Human & Health Sciences, University of Huddersfield, UK Series: Critical Approaches to Health

Guilford Press Market: Psychology April 2017: 254 x 178: 650pp Hb: 978-1-462-52978-0: £57.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-606-23328-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529780

Death is inevitable, and yet for most of us it is also unimaginable. This enlightening book is not about death and dying, but about how life-limiting illnesses influence culture, society and how we understand ourselves. It provides a critical, existential perspective on palliative care, examining the key issues affecting both those with life-limiting conditions, and their friends and families. Examining the lived experience of people across the lifespan, and supported by the author’s primary research, its contribution will make it essential reading for both professionals working in palliative care, as well as students and researchers of health psychology, nursing and social care. Routledge Market: Health Psychology April 2017: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-12352-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12354-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64879-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138123540

4th Edition • READER • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Health and Medical Geography, Fourth Edition

Peer Support for Chronic Disease

Michael Emch, Elisabeth Dowling Root and Margaret Carrel

Principles and Practice

Why are rainfall, carcinogens, and primary care physicians distributed unevenly over space? The fourth edition of the leading text in the field has been updated and reorganized to cover the latest developments in disease ecology and health promotion across the globe. The book accessibly introduces the core questions and perspectives of health and medical geography and presents cutting-edge techniques of mapping and spatial analysis. It explores the intersecting genetic, ecological, behavioral, cultural, and socioeconomic processes that underlie patterns of health and disease in particular places, including how new diseases and epidemics emerge.

Jeff Charles Dunn, Melissa Hyde, Menzies Health Institute Queensland, Griffith University, Gold Coast, Australia. and Suzanne Chambers

Guilford Press Market: Geography March 2017: 254 x 178: 512pp Hb: 978-1-462-52006-0: £43.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462520060

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

This is the first book to provide not only guidance on how to set up and monitor a peer support intervention, but also the theoretical principles on which it is based. Widely applied by a range of community agencies, peer support is a cost effective and highly accessible therapeutic intervention to provide social and emotional support, and the book explores how it can be used for a range of patients, including those with cardiovascular disease, diabetes, cancer or suffering from a mental illness. Including testimonials and advice on program management and evaluation, the book also takes a cross-cultural approach that will enable it to be used in a range of contexts. Routledge Market: Health Psychology November 2017: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-65318-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65319-1: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62377-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138653191

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Rethinking Obesity

The Routledge International Handbook of Psychosocial Epidemiology

Critical Perspectives on Research, Policy and Practice Lee Monaghan, Emma Rich and Andrea Bombak, Foothills Medical Centre, Canada Series: Critical Approaches to Health The obesity ‘crisis’ feels so pervasive that to challenge its fundamental tenets seems almost perverse. And yet to foster a salutogenic approach to health requires a more nuanced and critical perspective on the terms through which our understanding of obesity is currently framed. Taking an informed perspective to the clinical effects of dieting, and examining how the issue of weight loss is experienced by both men and women, this insightful account disentangles the socio-economic structures so often ignored in the current debate. It offers a framework for more informed and ethical health policy and practice in this area, unburdened by stigmatisation and simplistic ‘lifestyle’ solutions. Routledge Market: Healthcare September 2017: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-99971-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-99974-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65808-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138999749

Edited by Mika Kivimaki, David G. Batty, Ichiro Kawachi, Harvard School of Public Health, USA and Andrew Steptoe Series: Routledge International Handbooks The health effects of psychosocial factors are a controversial topic. Do positive and negative emotions affect our physical health? And can we improve life expectancy by being happier or more positive? Provides methodological rigour, critical analysis and policy implications, this important book is the first to map what we know about psychosocial epidemiology, taking advantage of a huge growth in research, including several ‘mega’ studies. With chapters on a range of chronic conditions, and authored by leading researchers in the field, it will be invaluable resource for students and research across both behavioural and medical sciences, as well as those working in health and social care. Routledge Market: Epidemiology and Psychology October 2017: 234x156: 484pp Hb: 978-1-138-94254-7: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67309-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138942547

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Surrogacy, Psychology and Health A Critical Perspective Damien W Riggs and Clemence Due Series: Critical Approaches to Health The inalienable right to have children is a cornerstone to western societies, and yet for many people, surrogacy remains their only option. This important new book explores this highly contested area through a critical psychology perspective, discussing the many socio-cultural issues and health concerns faced by surrogates, prospective parents and clinical providers. Including empirical research conducted by the authors with both heterosexual and homosexual couples, this is the first book to look holistically and cross-culturally at this provocative topic, and will be of interested to students and researchers within health psychology, gender studies and social work. Routledge Market: Health Psychology June 2017: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-12361-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12365-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64875-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138123656

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The New Psychology of Health Unlocking the Social Cure Catherine Haslam, Professor of Clinical Psychology and Cognitive Neuropsychology at the University of Queensland, Australia, Jolanda Jetten, University of Queensland, Australia, Tegan Cruwys, Lecturer in Applied Psychology, University of Queensland, Australia, Genevieve Dingle, Lecturer at the School of Psychology, University of Queensland, Australia and Alex Haslam, Professor of Social and Organisational Psychology, University of Queensland, Australia Advancing the Social Cure provides a comprehensive analysis and practical guide to social identoty and health for students, researchers and practitioners. It presents a new psychology of health, one that focuses on the role that social capital and related factors play in a range of health outcomes. Much of this work has until now lacked a strong theoretical foundation, and so has offered a limited basis for understanding when and why social processes affect health. This pathbreaking volume provides that theoretical framework and shows how it can both guide management of a range of core health problems and supplement this with concrete strategies and approaches for intervention. Routledge Market: psychology/health psychology May 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-12387-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12388-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64856-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138123885

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

A Recent History of Lesbian and Gay Psychology From Homophobia to LGBT Peter Hegarty, School of Psychology, University of Surrey, UK This is a groundbreaking contemporary history of how psychological research, practice, theory, and legal activism engaged with the gay and lesbian movement in the United States over the past 50 years. It details the development of LGBT psychology via a succession of Supreme Court decisions and the paradigm shifts they led to in researchers’ and policy makers’ assumptions, methods, and interpretations. The book also considers the lessons of the recent past for psychology’s current turn to consider the needs and issues of gender minorities such as transgender and intersex people. It concludes with an examination of the ways in which history suggests this engagement might proceed. Routledge Market: Psychology/Sexuality May 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-67939-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67940-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56344-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138679405

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Neglected Perspectives on Science and Religion Historical and Contemporary Relations Wayne Viney, University of Northern Colorado, USA and William Douglas Woody, University of Northern Colorado, USA This book explores historical and contemporary relations between science and religion, providing new perspectives on familiar topics such as evolution and the Galileo affair, applying discoveries in the social sciences to science and religion, and exploring common differences in science and religion. The book also includes discussions of religious and scientific treatments of the origins of males and females, evolving views of sex and gender, and contemporary tensions about topics such as same-sex marriage. This book is ideal for graduate and upper-level undergraduate students, as well as anyone interested in science and religion. Routledge Market: Religion & Science / Psychology April 2017: 229 x 152: 296pp Hb: 978-1-138-28475-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28476-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-21375-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138284760

TEXTBOOK

The History and Evolution of Psychology A Philosophical and Biological Perspective Brian D Cox, Hofstra University, USA This book discusses key figures in history in the context of their time, takes students on a carefully-formulated, chronological journey through the build-up of psychology from ancient times to the present, and seeks to draw students into the way science is done, rather than merely presenting them with historical fact. Students will learn not only the ‘what’, but the ‘why’ of the history of psychology and will acquire the necessary background historical material to fully understand those concepts. Organized around a series of paradigms, the book seeks to portray psychology as an on-going, evolving process, rather than a theory. Routledge Market: History of Psychology October 2017: 229 x 178: 528pp Hb: 978-1-138-20743-1: £140.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20744-8: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46229-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138207448

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

STUDENT REFERENCE

Against Religion

How to Become a Forensic Psychologist

Tamas Pataki, University of Melbourne, Australia

Julie Harrower, Associate Research Fellow, Coventry University, UK and Jo Bailey, Lead Psychologist, Public Sector Prisons, National Offender Management Service, UK Series: How to become a Practitioner Psychologist

Against Religion applies a psychoanalytic perspective, though with several novel features, to the understanding of some important aspects of religions, particularly to fundamentalist religions. Religious ideology, practices and institutions satisfy many human needs, but these and the modes of their satisfaction may become distorted by religions and they may then nurture and accommodate malign characteristics. The manner in which religion enters into personal development and the ways in which religions can symbolically or delusorily satisfy the very needs they manufacture are explained in this book, as well as the reasons for the continuing resurgence of religion in some parts of the globe. Routledge Market: Psychology/Religion November 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-69812-3: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-51981-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138698123

Forensic psychology has grown significantly in recent years, with increasing numbers of professionals working in the field. But how do you qualify as a forensic psychologist, and what is the job really like? This is the first guide to a role we usually only see through the lens of television or film dramas. It provides an overview of what the job involves, the educational qualifications and training you will need to take, and what those first few years in the job are actually like. Including tips on how to make the most of opportunities available, the book also features testimonials from forensic psychologists currently working in the field, plus information on related careers paths. Routledge Market: Forensic Psychology August 2017: 216x138: 136pp Hb: 978-1-138-93814-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93815-1: £12.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67583-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138938151

Dummy text to keep placeholder

STUDENT REFERENCE

Dynamic Risk Factors

How to become an educational psychologist

What role should they play in the explanation, assessment and rehabilitation of offenders?

Jeremy Swinson and Phil Stringer, University College London, UK Series: How to become a Practitioner Psychologist

Edited by Tony Ward, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand and Clare-Ann Fortune, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand Dynamic risk factors are the children of risk prediction. They were identified to help practitioners assess risk of recidivism and to set treatment targets likely to reduce reoffending. In this publication, the nature and function of dynamic risk factors are investigated and their strengths and limitations identified. This book was originally published as a special issue of Psychology, Crime and Law.

Routledge Market: Psychiatry/Criminal Psychology February 2017: 246x174: 212pp Hb: 978-1-138-29073-0: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138290730

This is the first book to provide an overview of the educational and professional pathway to becoming an educational psychologist, summarizing what the role entails as well as what training is required. It features testimonials from people currently working in the field not only on what helped them along the way, but also what they would have done differently. Written by two educational psychologists with a wealth of experience in both education and training, this is the perfect companion for anyone interested in this varied, rewarding and popular profession. Routledge Market: Educational Psychology September 2017: 216x138: 136pp Hb: 978-1-138-68231-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68232-0: £12.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54527-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138682320

Dummy text to keep placeholder

3rd Edition • READER • NEW EDITION

Genealogy, Psychology and Identity

Making Maps, Third Edition

Tales from a family tree

A Visual Guide to Map Design for GIS

Paula Nicolson, Emeritus Professor, University of London (Royal Holloway), UK The popularity of amateur genealogy and family history has soared in recent times. Genealogy, Psychology and Identity explores this popular international pastime and offers reasons why it informs our sense of who we are, and our place in both contemporary culture and historical context. We will never know any of the people we discover from our histories in person, but for several reasons we recognize that their lives shaped ours. Paula Nicolson draws on her experiences tracing her own family history to show how people can connect with archival material, using documents and texts to expand their knowledge and understanding of the psychosocial experiences of their ancestors. Routledge Market: Family history/psychology November 2016: 234x156: 120pp Hb: 978-1-138-99866-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-99867-4: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65858-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138998674

John Krygier and Denis Wood Lauded for its accessibility and beautiful design, this text has given thousands of students and professionals the tools to create effective, compelling maps. Using a wealth of illustrations--most in full color--to elucidate each concisely presented point, the revised and updated third edition continues to emphasize how design choices relate to the reasons for making a map and its intended purpose. All components of map making are covered: titles, labels, legends, visual hierarchy, font selection, how to turn phenomena into visual data, data organization, symbolization, and more. Guilford Press Market: Geography October 2016: 293pp Pb: 978-1-462-50998-0: £37.99 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-609-18166-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462509980

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY 2nd Edition • READER • NEW EDITION

4th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Natural Hazards, Second Edition

Simply Psychology

Explanation and Integration

Michael W. Eysenck, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

Burrell E. Montz, Graham A. Tobin and Ronald R. III Hagelman What can we learn from the spatial patterns of disasters? What human and structural factors need to be addressed to explain hazard vulnerability? As populations grow and the climate warms, how can natural hazards be mitigated? Thoroughly revised and updated, and now with a more global perspective, the second edition of this accessible text provides an integrated framework for understanding and managing natural hazards. Numerous case studies from around the world illustrate the complexities of extreme geophysical events and highlight their physical, social, political, and economic dimensions. Guilford Press Market: Geography May 2017: 254 x 178: 446pp Hb: 978-1-462-52918-6: £77.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52917-9: £40.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529179

Simply Psychology, 4th edition, is an engaging and reader-friendly introduction to the key principles of psychology. Organized around the major approaches to the subject, it covers biological, developmental, social, and cognitive psychology, as well as individual differences. Including a wealth of supportive features, the new edition now includes coverage of neuroscience and abnormal psychology, as well as new critical thinking questions and ‘psychology in context’ boxes to illustrate the application of psychology in a range of professions. Featuring a comprehensive companion website, this is the ideal textbook for anyone looking for an accessible introduction to psychology. Routledge Market: Introductory Psychology November 2017: 246x189: 462pp Hb: 978-1-138-69895-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69896-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-51793-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138698963

STUDENT REFERENCE

4th Edition • READER • NEW EDITION

Psychology: The Basics

The Geography of Urban Transportation, Fourth Edition

Matt Jarvis Series: The Basics

Edited by Genevieve Giuliano and Susan Hanson

Psychology: The Basics is a concise and balanced guide which separates the facts from the fiction in this popular area of study. Introducing the key ideas, issues and debates affecting students of psychology today, it answers such questions as: What is psychology? Is there a difference between the brain and the mind? Is there more to development than nature v nurture? Why do people behave differently in groups? What role does biology play? How should you approach a research project? With a glossary of key terms and suggestions for further reading, Psychology: The Basics provides a well rounded introduction for anyone approaching the study of Psychology for the first time. Routledge Market: Psychology August 2017: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-02611-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-02612-4: £16.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138026124

More than a simple update, the fourth edition of this leading text features numerous chapters by new authors addressing the latest trends and topics in the field. The book presents the foundational concepts and methodological tools that readers need in order to engage with today's pressing urban transportation policy issues. Coverage encompasses passenger and freight dynamics in the American metropolis; the local and regional transportation planning process; and questions related to public transit, land use, equity, energy consumption, air pollution, transportation finance, sustainability, and more. Guilford Press Market: Geography May 2017: 254 x 178: 400pp Hb: 978-1-462-52965-0: £50.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-593-85055-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529650

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Searching for an Autoethnographic Ethic

The Science of Psychology

Stephen Andrew Series: Writing Lives: Ethnographic Narratives This volume is a call for integrity in autoethnographic research. Stephen Andrew weaves together philosophy, theory, and extended self-reflections to demonstrate how and why qualitative researchers should assess the ethical quality of their work. He offers tools designed to limit the likelihood of self-indulgence in first-person writing. Instructive and exemplary, his work: Is written in a relatable style that draws readers in and encourages them to think critically about their writing. Examines the history of qualitative and autoethnographic research. Provides implementable strategies for textualizing lived experiences and relationships with others. Routledge Market: Psychology December 2016: 229 x 152: 160pp Hb: 978-1-629-58497-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-629-58498-0: £24.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781629584980

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Concepts, History and Debates Richard D Gross This engaging overview, written by renowned author Richard Gross, is an accessible account of the main conceptual themes and historical developments of Psychology. Covering the core fields of individual differences, cognitive, social, developmental psychology, as well as evolutionary and biopsychology, it will enable readers to understand how key ideas and theories have had impact across a range of topics. This is the only concise textbook to give students a thorough grounding in the major conceptual ideas within the field, as well as the key figures whose ideas have helped to shape it. Routledge Market: Introductory Psychology October 2017: 246x174: 350pp Hb: 978-1-138-68384-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68385-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54430-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138683853

New in Paperback

Companion Website

NEUROPSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Acquired Language Disorders in Adulthood and Childhood

Handbook of Child Language Disorders

Selected Works of Elaine Funnell

Edited by Richard G. Schwartz

Edited by Nicola Pitchford, University of Nottingham, UK and Andrew W Ellis, University of York, UK Series: World Library of Psychologists This volume of papers recognises Professor Elaine Funnell’s major contribution to the study of neuropsychology. Published over a 20-year period, the papers included here address the two major themes that permeate through Elaine’s work: adult neuropsychology of semantic disorders, with a focus on disorders of naming in dementia, and acquired language and literacy disorders in childhood. With section commentaries by Dr Nicola Pitchford and Dr Karalyn Patterson, the book represents a significant and original contribution to the field. It will be of great interest to researchers and postgraduates in neuropsychology and language disorders.

2nd Edition This second edition brings together a distinguished group of clinical and academic researchers who present novel perspectives to researching the nature of language disorders in children. It is divided into five sections: Typology; Bases; Deficits, Assessment, and Intervention; Context; and Research Methods. Topics addressed include autism, specific language impairment, dyslexia, hearing impairment, genetic syndromes, along with introductions to genetics, speech production and perception, neurobiology, linguistics, and cognitive science. With its global context, it also includes studies concerning children acquiring more than one language, and variations within and across languages. Psychology Press Market: Language Disorders February 2017: 254 x 178: 654pp Hb: 978-1-848-72595-9: £185.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72596-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-28353-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848725966

Psychology Press Market: Language Disorders November 2016: 234x156: 266pp Hb: 978-1-138-19318-5: £120.00 eBook: 978-1-315-63953-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138193185

4 Volume Set

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Aphasia

Learning Disabilities Edited by Chris Code, University of Exeter, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Psychology

Aphasia—from the Greek aphatos (‘speechless’)—describes impairments and disabilities in the use of language arising from, for example, strokes, trauma, tumours, surgery, or progressive brain deterioration. It includes problems with the expression and comprehension of language in speech, reading, writing, and signing. A new title from Routledge Major Works, this is a four-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research. The materials gathered in Volume I include explorations of the foundations of aphasiology. The major works collected in the second volume examine theoretical developments, while Volume III is organized around contemporary issues in aphasiology. The final volume makes sense of clinical issues, such as recovery, assessment, and rehabilitation.

Biology and Practice Edited by Yitzchak Frank, Mount Sinai Medical Center, New York, USA This volume critically reviews and assesses recent research studies of learning disabilities, and explains how knowledge of the biological bases of learning disabilities can help the clinician diagnose and treat patients. Throughout, there is reference to the range of new investigative tools that advances in neuroimaging have provided. Psychology Press Market: CLINICAL NEUROPSYCHOLOGY December 2016: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-1-848-72897-4: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848728974

Routledge Market: APHASIA February 2017: 234x156: 1687pp Hb: 978-1-138-84856-6: £900.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138848566

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Developmental Disorders of the Brain

Neurobehavioural Disability and Social Handicap Following Traumatic Brain Injury

Edited by Nicole J. Rinehart, Deakin University, Australia, John L. Bradshaw, Monash University, Australia and Peter G. Enticott, Deakin University, Australia. Series: Brain, Behaviour and Cognition Developmental Disorders of the Frontostriatal System and Cerebellar Axis presents a unique overview of a wide range of neurodevelopmental disorders. Along with an exploration of frontostriatal developmental disorders such as autism, schizophrenia and depression, this book also includes coverage of developmental dysfunction in the cerebellar axis and its associated disorders; Friedreich ataxia, Williams syndrome and fragile X. The book draws on the latest biological, clinical and evolutionary perspectives to provide a comprehensive introduction to these wide-ranging disorders. Psychology Press Market: Developmental Neuropsychology October 2016: 234x156: 378pp Hb: 978-1-138-91188-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91190-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69228-9 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-841-69227-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138911901

Edited by Tom M. McMillan, University of Glasgow, UK and Rodger Ll. Wood, Swansea University, UK Series: Brain, Behaviour and Cognition Neurobehavioural disability (NBD) follows many forms of serious brain injury and is a major constraint on social independence. This book brings together a group of leading academics and practicing clinicians to provide an overview of the nature of NBD, considering how it translates into social handicap, and what can be done to address associated problems, through social and behavioural rehabilitation, vocational training, and family education. This fully revised edition explores the range of cognitive, emotional, and behavioural effects of brain damage most commonly associated with damage to the frontal and associated structures of the brain that govern social behaviour. Psychology Press Market: Neuropsychology February 2017: 234x156: 266pp Hb: 978-1-138-92392-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92393-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68471-0 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-863-77890-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138923935

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

NEUROPSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Neuropsychological Evaluation of Somatoform and Other Functional Somatic Conditions

Nonverbal Learning Disabilities Cesare Cornoldi, Irene Cristina Mammarella and Jodene Goldenring Fine

Assessment Primer

Increasing numbers of children and adolescents are being diagnosed with nonverbal learning disabilities (NLD), yet clinicians and educators have few scientific resources to guide assessment and intervention. This book presents up-to-date knowledge on the nature of NLD and how to differentiate it from DSM-5 disorders such as autism spectrum disorder and developmental coordination disorder. Effective strategies for helping K-12 students and their families address the challenges of NLD in and outside of the classroom are illustrated with vivid case material.

Edited by Kyle Brauer Boone, University of California, Los Angeles, USA Series: American Academy of Clinical Neuropsychology/Psychology Press Continuing Education Series Neuropsychologists are provided with little formal education and training on the identification and measurement of medically unexplained symptoms, yet these conditions are highly prevalent. In these cases, neuropsychologists must rely on test results to guide diagnostic formulations. However, personality and cognitive test results are frequently misinterpreted in this population of patients. This volume provides neuropsychologists with comprehensive information and specific practice recommendations for the assessment of patients with medically unexplained symptoms. Psychology Press Market: CLINICAL NEUROPSYCHOLOGY March 2017: 229 x 152: 416pp Hb: 978-1-848-72636-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72637-6: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26699-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848726376

Guilford Press Market: Psychology October 2016: 229 x 152: 202pp Hb: 978-1-462-52758-8: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527588

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Neuropsychological Rehabilitation

Stuttering and Cluttering

The International Handbook

Frameworks for Understanding and Treatment

Edited by Barbara A. Wilson, Caroline M. van Heugten, Maastricht University, The Netherlands, Jill Winegardner and Tamara Ownsworth, Griffith University, Australia Divided into sections, the first part looks at general issues in neuropsychological rehabilitation including theories and models, assessment and goal setting. The book goes on to examine the different populations referred for neuropsychological rehabilitation then focuses on the rehabilitation of first cognitive and then psychosocial disorders. New and emerging approaches such as brain training and social robotics are also considered, alongside an extensive section on rehabilitation around the world, particularly in under-resourced settings. The final section offers some general conclusions and an evaluation of the key issues in this important field. Psychology Press Market: Neuropsychology June 2017: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-1-138-64309-3: £140.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64311-6: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62953-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138643116

David Ward, University of Reading, UK This fully updated new edition provides a comprehensive overview of the theory and treatment of disorders of fluency. It demonstrates how treatment strategies relate to theories explaining why stuttering and cluttering arise, and how they develop. Uniquely, it outlines the major approaches to treatment alongside alternative methods, including drug treatment and recent auditory feedback procedures. The book will continue to be essential reading for speech language therapy students, as well as qualified therapists, psychologists, and to people with speech differences. Psychology Press Market: Psychology / Speech and Language Therapy April 2017: 234x156: 456pp Hb: 978-1-848-72200-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72201-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-72707-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848722019

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Neuroscience for the Mental Health Clinician, Second Edition

Textbook of Clinical Neuropsychology

Steven R. Pliszka Accessible and succinct, this book has given thousands of clinicians and students the basic understanding of neuroscience that is essential in contemporary mental health practice. Steven R. Pliszka synthesizes current knowledge on the neurobiological bases of major psychiatric disorders. He explores the brain systems that underlie cognition, emotions, and behavior; how disturbances in these systems can lead to psychopathology; and the impact of genetic and environmental risk factors across development. The book also addresses the ways that both pharmacological and psychosocial treatments act on the brain as they bring about a reduction in symptoms. Guilford Press Market: Psychology October 2016: 229 x 152: 324pp Hb: 978-1-462-52712-0: £54.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52711-3: £23.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-572-30811-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527120

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Second Edition Edited by Joel E. Morgan, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, USA and Joseph H. Ricker, New York University, New York, USA The first edition of the Textbook of Clinical Neuropsychology set a new standard in the field in its scope, breadth, and scholarship. Unlike most other books in neuropsychology, the Textbook is organized primarily around syndromes, disorders, and related clinical phenomena. Written for the clinician at all levels of training, from the beginner to the journeyman, it presents contemporary clinical neuropsychology in a single comprehensive volume. The second edition contains over 50 new and completely revised chapters written by some of the profession's most recognized and prominent scholar-clinicians. Taylor & Francis Market: CLINICAL NEUROPSYCHOLOGY June 2017: 279 x 216: 1028pp Hb: 978-1-848-72695-6: £105.00 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-841-69477-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848726956

New in Paperback

Companion Website

NEUROPSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Brain Injury Rehabilitation Workbook Edited by Rachel Winson, Barbara A. Wilson and Andrew Bateman Packed with practical tools and examples, this state-of-the-art workbook provides a holistic framework for supporting clients with acquired brain injury. Clinicians are guided to set and meet collaborative treatment goals based on a shared understanding of the strengths and needs of clients and their family members. Effective strategies are described for building skills and teaching compensatory strategies in such areas as attention, memory, executive functions, mood, and communication. Particular attention is given to facilitating the challenging process of identity change following a life-altering injury. Guilford Press Market: Psychology November 2016: 282pp Pb: 978-1-462-52850-9: ÂŁ30.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528509

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOLOGICAL METHODS AND STATISTICS 6th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

3rd Edition • NEW EDITION

Advanced and Multivariate Statistical Methods

Data Analysis

Practical Application and Interpretation

A Model Comparison Approach To Regression, ANOVA, and Beyond, Third Edition

Craig A. Mertler and Rachel Vannatta Reinhart Ideal for non-math majors, Advanced and Multivariate Statistical Methods teaches students to interpret, present, and write up results for each statistical technique without overemphasizing advanced math. This highly applied approach covers the why, what, when and how of advanced and multivariate statistics in a way that is neither too technical nor too mathematical. Students also learn how to compute each technique using SPSS software. Routledge Market: Research Methods and Statistics October 2016: 279 x 216: 374pp Hb: 978-1-138-28971-0: £145.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28973-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-1-315-26697-8 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-936-52309-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138289734

Charles M. Judd, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA, Gary H. McClelland, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA and Carey S. Ryan, University of Nebraska at Omaha, USA Noted for its model-comparison approach and unified framework based on the general linear model (GLM), this classic text provides readers with a greater understanding of a variety of statistical procedures including analysis of variance (ANOVA) and regression. The use of the consistent framework along with consistent vocabulary and notation is used throughout to develop fewer but more powerful model building techniques. The authors show how all ANOVA and multiple regression techniques can be accomplished within the GLM framework. Routledge Market: Statistics May 2017: 254 x 178: 400pp Hb: 978-1-138-81982-5: £105.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81983-2: £53.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74413-1 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-138-01265-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138819832

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

TEXTBOOK

An Introduction to Psychological Tests and Scales

Data Presentation with SPSS Explained

Kate Loewenthal and Christopher Alan Lewis An Introduction to Psychological Tests and Scales provides a clear, concise and jargon-free primer for all those embarking in fieldwork or research analysis. The book contains detailed guidelines for locating and constructing psychological measures, including descriptions of popular psychological measures and step-by-step instructions for composing a measure, entering data, and computing the reliability and validity of test results. Fully revised and updated, the third edition will continue to be an invaluable tool for undergraduates and postgraduates in psychology and a useful text for students and professionals in related disciplines. Psychology Press Market: Research methods/psychology July 2017: 234x156: 188pp Hb: 978-1-138-67425-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67426-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56138-7 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-841-69139-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138674264

TEXTBOOK

Perry R. Hinton, Warwick University, UK and Isabella McMurray, University of Bedfordshire, UK This introductory guide provides a clear detailed explanation of how to present data in tables and graphs using the popular software application SPSS. Using practical examples the book is simple to use for students and professionals who have collected data for a dissertation, project, or any other type of research-related exercise. No assumptions are made about the statistical or IT knowledge of the reader. The book is specifically written for students and researchers in a range of disciplines who have had little or no training in statistics but who still need to present their data clearly. Hints and tricks, FAQs, hundreds of colour screenshots, and online datasets complete the package. Routledge Market: Social Sciences/Statistics April 2017: 246x189: 416pp Hb: 978-1-138-91659-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91660-9: £28.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68952-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138916609

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Applied Multivariate Statistical Concepts

Embodiment in Qualitative Research

Debbie L. Hahs-Vaughn, University of Central Florida, USA

Laura L. Ellingson, Santa Clara University

This new book covers the classic and cutting edge multivariate techniques used in today’s research. Through clear writing and engaging pedagogy and examples using real data, Hahs-Vaughn walks readers through the most used methods to learn why and how to apply each technique so they can implement and interpret results. Screenshots from SPSS and other packages are integrated throughout. Designed for utmost flexibility, readers can review chapters in any sequence after the first four. Outlines, key concepts, and vignettes related to key concepts preview what’s to come in each chapter and problems encourage critical thinking. Only crucial equations are included.

This book connects critical, interdisciplinary theorizing of embodiment with creative, practical strategies for engaging in embodied qualitative research. It equips researchers both to resist the mind-body split and to infuse their research with the vitality that comes from embracing knowledge production as deeply embedded in sensory experience. Each chapter offers flexible starting points for doing embodiment at every stage of qualitative research and provides strategies that relate to a variety of methodologies. The writing style will appeal to researchers seeking to bridge abstract theorizing and pragmatic strategies, and critical scholars who want to integrate embodied ways of knowing.

Routledge Market: Statistics November 2016: 254 x 178: 648pp Hb: 978-0-415-84235-8: £150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-84236-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-81668-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415842365

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Routledge Market: Research Methods/Qualitative May 2017: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-1-629-58230-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-629-58231-3: £24.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781629582313

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOLOGICAL METHODS AND STATISTICS Dummy text to keep placeholder

5th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Growth Modeling

Latent Variable Models

Structural Equation and Multilevel Modeling Approaches

An Introduction to Factor, Path, and Structural Equation Analysis, Fifth Edition

Kevin J. Grimm, Nilam Ram and Ryne Estabrook Growth models are among the core methods for analyzing how and when people change. Discussing both structural equation and multilevel modeling approaches, this book leads readers step by step through applying each model to longitudinal data to answer particular research questions. It demonstrates cutting-edge ways to describe linear and nonlinear change patterns, examine within-person and between-person differences in change, study change in latent variables, identify leading and lagging indicators of change, evaluate co-occurring patterns of change across multiple variables, and more. Guilford Press Market: Research Methods November 2016: 254 x 178: 537pp Hb: 978-1-462-52606-2: £50.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462526062

A. Alexander Beaujean and John C. Loehlin, University of Texas at Austin, USA This book introduces multiple-latent variable models by utilizing path diagrams to explain the underlying relationships in the models. This approach helps less mathematically inclined students grasp the underlying relationships between path analysis, factor analysis, and structural equation modeling more easily. A few sections of the book make use of elementary matrix algebra. An appendix on the topic is provided for those who need a review. The authors maintain an informal style so as to increase the book's accessibility. The book is not tied to a particular computer program, but special attention is paid to Mplus & Open Rx. Routledge Market: Statistics December 2016: 235 x 156: 376pp Hb: 978-1-138-91606-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91607-4: £40.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64319-9 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-805-84910-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138916074

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Introduction to Real World Statistics

Launching a Successful Research Program at a Teaching University

With Step-By-Step SPSS Instructions Edward T. Vieira, Jr. Introduction to Real World Statistics provides students with the basic concepts and practices of applied statistics, including data management and preparation; an introduction to the concept of probability; data screening and descriptive statistics; various inferential analysis techniques; and a series of exercises that are designed to integrate core statistical concepts. The author’s systematic approach, which assumes no prior knowledge of the subject,equips student practitioners with a fundamental understanding of applied statistics that can be deployed across a wide variety of disciplines and professions. Routledge Market: Research Methods March 2017: 279 x 216: 364pp Hb: 978-1-138-29231-4: £145.00 Pb: 978-1-138-29230-7: £42.99 eBook: 978-1-315-23302-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138292307

Robert S. Ryan, Kutztown University of Pennsylvania, USA and Avidan Milevsky, Kutztown University of Pennsylvania, USA This practical guide addresses the challenges of building and maintaining a college research program in an environment that does not focus on supporting research activity and for those with a heavy teaching load. The challenges faced by teacher-researchers and solutions to issues are reviewed. The steps for maximizing research productivity are outlined: time management, obtaining space, equipment, and funding, recruiting and managing subjects, and overcoming bureaucratic stumbling blocks. Chapters feature cases, figures, tables, summaries, suggested readings, and research references which provide a scientific grounding. The book appeals to college teachers of all levels and disciplines. Routledge Market: Research Methods October 2016: 229 x 152: 128pp Hb: 978-1-138-63887-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-63888-4: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-51657-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138638877

TEXTBOOK

Introduction to the New Statistics Estimation, Open Science, and Beyond Geoff Cumming, La Trobe University, Australia and Robert Calin-Jageman This accessible informal text is the first introductory statistics book to use an estimation approach from the get go to help readers better understand effect sizes, confidence intervals, and meta-analysis. In Chapter 6 the NHST approach is also introduced and the authors demonstrate how to translate back and forth between these two techniques. The Open Science framework which promotes data replication is integrated throughout. The book promotes critical thinking, comprehension, and retention. It can be used with or without the free ESCI software and videos which feature interactive simulations of key concepts. Exercises with commentary allow readers to test their knowledge of the topic. Routledge Market: Statistics October 2016: 254 x 178: 564pp Hb: 978-1-138-82551-2: £115.00 Pb: 978-1-138-82552-9: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-70860-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138825529

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Meta-analysis Using R Terri Pigott, Loyola University Chicago, USA, Ryan Williams, American Institue of Research, USA and Joshua R. Polanin, Vanderbitl University, USA This book covers basic and advanced meta-analytic methods using R. Readers learn how to produce results in R through the book’s review of both the basic underlying statistical theory along with the computational tools needed to complete the analysis. The book reviews power, effect sizes, meta-analytic SEM, network meta-analysis, and diagnostic test meta-analysis. An introduction to conducting systematic reviews is provided. Examples, exercises, and data sets from the social & behavioral sciences & medicine are provided. Appendix A describes R packages available for meta-analysis. The datasets in various formats, R code, links to R, and answers to the book‘s exercises are on the website. Routledge Market: Statistics November 2017: 229 x 152: 382pp Hb: 978-1-138-63974-4: £105.00 Pb: 978-1-138-63975-1: £32.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138639751

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOLOGICAL METHODS AND STATISTICS 3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

TEXTBOOK

Multilevel Analysis

Programming Behavioral Experiments with MATLAB and Psychtoolbox

Techniques and Applications, Third Edition Joop J. Hox, Utrecht University, the Netherlands, Mirjam Moerbeek, Utrecht University, The Netherlands and Rens van de Schoot, Utrecht University, the Netherlands Series: Quantitative Methodology Series

9 Simple Steps for Students and Researchers Erman Misirlisoy, Institute of Cognitive Neuroscience, University College London

Applauded for its clarity, this accessible text helps readers apply multilevel techniques to their research. Hox introduces a general framework on multilevel modeling which covers both observed and latent variables in the same model. Basic models and examples are discussed in non-technical terms with an emphasis on understanding the methodological and statistical issues involved in using these models. The estimation and interpretation of multilevel models is demonstrated using realistic examples from various disciplines including psychology, education, public health, and sociology. Routledge Market: Statistics January 2017: 229 x 152: 448pp Pb: 978-1-138-12136-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65098-2 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-848-72846-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138121362

Computer programming has become a crucial tool for students and researchers in experimental psychology and neuroscience but very few of them begin their degree with any relevant skills in this area. This handy guide offers a step-by-step tutorial in how to program a full experiment with MATLAB, starting from an entirely blank script. It carefully defines the function of each line as it moves along, allowing the reader to understand the immediate practical significance of everything they read and type. It is ideal for students and researchers who need to write up experiments without learning a programming language from the ground up, and is written deliberately to appeal to the uninitiated. Routledge Market: Psychology/Experimental Design November 2016: 216x138: 70pp Hb: 978-1-138-67192-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67193-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61666-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138671935

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Phenomenology of Practice

Psychometric Methods

Meaning-Giving Methods in Phenomenological Research and Writing

Theory into Practice

Max van Manen Series: Developing Qualitative Inquiry

Larry R. Price Series: Methodology in the Social Sciences

Presents a detailed description of key concepts and leading scholars of phenomenology as it has evolved over the past century—thoughtfully works through the methodological issues of phenomenological reflection, empirical methods, and writing that various phenomenological approaches offer for the applied researcher.

Routledge October 2016: 229 x 152: 412pp Hb: 978-1-611-32943-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-611-32944-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-42265-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781611329445

Grounded in current knowledge and professional practice, this book provides up-to-date coverage of psychometric theory, methods, and interpretation of results. Essential topics include measurement and statistical concepts, scaling models, test design and development, reliability, validity, factor analysis, item response theory, and generalizability theory. Also addressed are norming and test equating, topics not typically covered in traditional psychometrics texts. Examples drawn from a dataset on intelligence testing are used throughout the book, elucidating the assumptions underlying particular methods and providing SPSS (or alternative) syntax for conducting analyses. Guilford Press Market: Research Methods January 2017: 254 x 178: 552pp Hb: 978-1-462-52477-8: £57.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462524778

3rd Edition • READER • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Primer of Public Relations Research, Third Edition

Python for Experimental Psychologists

Don Stacks, Don W. Stacks, PhD, School of Communication, University of Miami, Coral Gables Thousands of public relations (PR) students and professionals have relied on this authoritative text to understand the key role of research in planning and evaluating PR campaigns. Revised and expanded to reflect today's emphasis on standards-based practice, the third edition has a heightened emphasis on setting baselines, creating benchmarks, and assessing progress. Stacks presents step-by-step guidelines for using a wide range of qualitative and quantitative methods to track output, outtakes, and outcomes, and shows how to present research findings clearly to clients. Every chapter features review questions and a compelling practice problem. Guilford Press Market: Creative Arts December 2016: 404pp Hb: 978-1-462-52270-5: £43.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-593-85595-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462522705

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edwin S. Dalmaijer, University of Oxford, UK Python for Experimental Psychologists provides researchers without prior programming experience with the knowledge they need to independently script experiments and analyses in Python. It teaches readers the basics of programming in Python, enabling them to go on and program their own experiments. The skills it offers include: how to display stimuli on a computer screen; how to get input from peripherals (e.g. keyboard, mouse etc.) and specialized equipment (e.g. eye trackers); how to log data; and how to control timing. Written informally and accessibly, the book deliberately focuses on the parts of Python that are relevant to experimental psychologists and cognitive neuroscientists. Routledge Market: Experimental Psychology/Programming October 2016: 246x174: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-67156-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67157-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61693-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138671577

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOLOGICAL METHODS AND STATISTICS Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Qualitative Inquiry in Neoliberal Times

Research Methods for Applied Psychologists

Edited by Norman K. Denzin, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, USA and Michael D. Giardina, Florida State University Series: International Congress of Qualitative Inquiry Series

Design, Analysis and Reporting

This volume analyzes the challenges presented to carrying out qualitative inquiry by the neoliberalization of education, publishing and government. Contributors ranging from seasoned academics to emerging scholars attend to questions of data, knowledge and reform, providing, in the process, insights that any qualitative researcher interested in the state of the field would find of value. Routledge Market: Research Methods/Qualitative April 2017: 229 x 152: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-22643-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-22644-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-39778-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138226449

Edited by Paula Brough, Griffith University, Australia and Stefano Occhipinti This is the first complete guide to the range of research methods available to applied psychologists. Ideal for students and researchers alike, and covering both quantitative and qualitative techniques, the book provides a concise overview of the options available for applied research, how to make sense of the data, and how to communicate the findings. There is coverage of sampling and ethical issues, before chapters on everything from experimental and quasi-experimental designs to longitudinal data collection, focus groups and smart phone apps. Written by researchers working in a range of different applied settings, this is a must-have book for anyone conducting psychological research. Routledge Market: Psychology Research Methods October 2017: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-69889-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69890-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-51797-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138698901

READER

6th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Regression Analysis and Linear Models

Research Methods for Public Administrators Elizabethann O'Sullivan, Gary Rassel, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, Maureen Berner and Jocelyn DeVance Taliaferro

Concepts, Applications, and Implementation Richard B. Darlington and Andrew F. Hayes Ephasizing conceptual understanding over mathematics, this user-friendly text introduces linear regression analysis to students and researchers across the social, behavioral, consumer, and health sciences. Coverage includes model construction and estimation, quantification and measurement of multivariate and partial associations, statistical control, group comparisons, moderation analysis, mediation and path analysis, and regression diagnostics, among other important topics. Engaging worked-through examples demonstrate each technique, accompanied by helpful advice and cautions. The use of SPSS, SAS, and STATA is emphasized, with an appendix on regression analysis using R. Guilford Press Market: Research Methods October 2016: 254 x 178: 661pp Hb: 978-1-462-52113-5: £57.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462521135

Research Methods for Public Administrators introduces students to the methodological tools public administrators and policy analysts use to conduct research in the twenty-first century. Full of engaging examples and step-by-step instructions to illustrate common research methods and techniques, this book provides future administrators with an unshakeable foundation in model building, research design, and statistical applications. Routledge Market: Sociology October 2016: 254 x 178: 530pp Pb: 978-0-205-85625-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56353-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780205856251

READER

6th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Research Design

SPSS Basics

Quantitative, Qualitative, Mixed Methods, Arts-Based, and Community-Based Participatory Research Approaches

Techniques for a First Course in Statistics

Patricia Leavy This user-friendly book provides a step-by-step guide to using the five major approaches to research design: quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research. Chapters on each approach follow a unique format--they present a template for a research proposal and explain in detail how to conceptualize and fill in every section. Terminology commonly used within each approach is identified, and key moments of ethical decision making are flagged. Interdisciplinary research examples draw on current events and social justice topics. Guilford Press Market: Psychology May 2017: 254 x 178: 286pp Hb: 978-1-462-52999-5: £60.99 Pb: 978-1-462-51438-0: £30.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462514380

Zealure C Holcomb This text takes the guesswork out of using SPSS, with screenshots that show each step for calculating each statistic. It includes extensive coverage of how to format raw SPSS output for inclusion in research reports.

Routledge Market: Research Methods and Statistics August 2016: 279 x 216 Pb: 978-1-936-52345-0: £40.00 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-936-52325-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781936523450

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOLOGICAL METHODS AND STATISTICS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Successful Academic Writing

The Hidden Worldviews of Psychology’s Theory, Research, and Practice

A Complete Guide for Social and Behavioral Scientists Anneliese A. Singh and Lauren Lukkarila Using rich examples and engaging pedagogical tools, this book equips students to master the challenges of academic writing in graduate school and beyond. The authors delve into nitty-gritty aspects of structure, style, and language, and offer a window onto the thought processes and strategies that strong writers rely on. Essential topics include how to: identify the audience for a particular piece of writing; craft a voice appropriate for a discipline-specific community of practice; compose the sections of a qualitative, quantitative, or mixed methods research article; select the right peer-reviewed journal for submitting an article; and navigate the publication process. Guilford Press Market: Psychology May 2017: 235 x 156: 258pp Hb: 978-1-462-52940-7: £54.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52939-1: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529391

Edited by Brent D. Slife, Brigham Young University, USA and Kari O'Grady, Loyola University, Maryland, USA Series: Advances in Theoretical and Philosophical Psychology By revealing underlying assumptions that influence the field of psychology, The Hidden Worldviews of Psychology’s Theory, Research, and Practice challenges psychologists to reconsider the origins of ideas they may take as psychological truths. Worldviews, or the systems of assumptions that provide a framework for psychological thinking, have great influence on psychological theory, research, and practice. This book attempts to correct these portrayals by describing the worldviews that have shaped psychological theory, practice, and research and demonstrating how taking worldviews into account can greatly advance psychology as a whole. Routledge Market: Theoretical and Philosophical Psychology March 2017: 216 x 140: 152pp Hb: 978-1-138-22965-5: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-28397-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138229655

Dummy text to keep placeholder

5th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Teaching Visual Methods in the Social Sciences

Using Sources Effectively

Edited by Sal Watt, Department of Sociology, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK and Caroline Wakefield, Senior Lecturer in Health Sciences, Liverpool Hope University, UK Qualitative research continues to gain ground across the social sciences but, while research has adopted creative methods of data collection, such creativity has yet to be felt significantly in the higher education curriculum. The aim of this book is to provide practitioners with a user friendly and practical guide to incorporating visual methods in an educational teaching setting and promote its use more widely. It will equip teachers in psychology and across the social sciences with the theoretical knowledge and pedagogic confidence to explore the potential use of visual methods as a research tool that enhances student experience. Routledge Market: social science/research methods May 2017: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-10134-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-10135-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65701-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138101357

Strengthening Your Writing and Avoiding Plagiarism Robert A. Harris Now in its fifth, expanded edition, Using Sources Effectively, Fifth Edition targets the two most prominent problems in current research-paper writing: the increase in unintentional plagiarism and the ineffective use of research source material. Designed as a supplementary textbook for both undergraduate and graduate courses, this book will help every student who uses research in writing. Included in this edition is coverage of research strategies and source selection (Chapter 2), a chapter on quoting sources effectively (Chapter 4), and a chapter on sentence patterns (Chapter 10). APA and MLA citation styles have been updated throughout the text. Routledge Market: Research Methods and Statistics February 2017: 279 x 216: 194pp Hb: 978-1-138-28966-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28968-0: £34.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-936-52335-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138289666

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The CIPP Evaluation Model

Visual Phenomenology

How to Evaluate for Improvement and Accountability

Encountering the Sublime Through Images

Daniel L. Stufflebeam and Guili Zhang The authoritative presentation of a leading evaluation approach, this book describes the CIPP (Context, Input, Process, and Product) Model's origin, concepts, and procedures. Unlike many models, CIPP provides for feedback throughout a program. Richly illustrated with evaluation cases, the book covers methods for engaging stakeholders; designing, budgeting, and contracting evaluations; collecting, analyzing, and reporting information; and conducting metaevaluations. User-friendly features include 24 reproducible checklists and forms and references to relevant computer programs. Guilford Press Market: Psychology April 2017: 235 x 187: 400pp Hb: 978-1-462-52924-7: £77.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52923-0: £40.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529230

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Erika Goble Series: Phenomenology of Practice This volume brings together personal narrative, human research methodology, and an extensive knowledge of aesthetic discourse to redefine the sublime in terms of direct and immediate experience. Erika Goble first traces the concept’s origin and development in Western philosophy, revealing how efforts to theorize aesthetic quality in axiomatic or objective frameworks fail to account for the variety of experiential paradoxes that can be evoked by a single image. She then examines several first-person descriptions of encounters with the sublime in order to reflect on a series of questions that have escaped aesthetic philosophy so far. Routledge Market: Education November 2016: 229 x 152: 174pp Hb: 978-1-138-20839-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20841-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-45929-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138208414

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOLOGICAL METHODS AND STATISTICS 7th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Writing Literature Reviews A Guide for Students of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Jose L. Galvan, Professor Emeritus, California State University, Los Angeles. and Melisa C. Galvan, Assistant Professor, California State University, Northridge. This useful guide educates students in the preparation of literature reviews for term projects, theses, and dissertations. The authors provide numerous examples from published reviews that illustrate the guidelines discussed throughout the book. New to the seventh edition: Each chapter breaks down the larger holistic review of literature exercise into a series of smaller, manageable steps. Practical instructions for navigating today’s digital libraries. Comprehensive discussions about digital tools, including bibliographic and plagiarism detection software. Chapter activities that reflect the book’s updated content. New model literature reviews. Routledge Market: Research Methods and Statistics April 2017: 254 x 178: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-29421-9: £120.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31574-6: £40.99 eBook: 978-1-315-22938-6 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-936-52337-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415315746

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A Psychological Inquiry into the Meaning and Concept of Forgiveness

Coping with Lack of Control in a Social World Edited by Marcin Bukowski, Institute of Psychology, Jagiellonian University, Poland, Immo Fritsche, Department of Social Psychology, University of Leipzig, Germany, Ana Guinote, Professor of Psychology, University College London, UK. and Mirosław Kofta, Professor of Psychology at the University of Warsaw, Poland Series: Current Issues in Social Psychology

Jennifer M. Sandoval, Practicing psychologist in southern California, USA Series: Researching Social Psychology This book explores the psychological nature of forgiveness for the subjective ego and what Jung called the objective psyche. Utilizing analytical, archetypal, and dialectical psychological approaches, the notion of forgiveness is traced from its archetypal and philosophical origins in Greco-Roman mythology through its birth and development in Judaic and Christian theology, to its modern functional character as self-help commodity, relationship remedy, and global necessity. Offering a deeper understanding of the concept of "true" forgiveness as a soul event, Sandoval reveals the transformative nature of forgiveness and the implications this notion has on the self and analytical psychology. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 229 x 152: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-67135-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-61706-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138671355

Feeling a lack of personal control is a critical problem faced by contemporary individuals, particularly when set against the emphasis that Western society places on free will and independence. Confronted with this, people deliberately seek effective cognitive and behavioral strategies to help them regain a sense of mastery. Coping with Lack of Control in a Social World provides a unique integration of cutting-edge research on this timely topic, surveying the effects of control deprivation on social cognition, coping strategies, and how individuals relate to the broader social context. It will appeal particularly to students and scholars within social, organizational, and health psychology. Psychology Press Market: Psychology/social cognition October 2016: 234x156: 244pp Hb: 978-1-138-95792-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95793-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66145-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138957930

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Aggression and Violence

Criminal Psychology

A Social Psychological Perspective

David Canter, University of Huddersfield, UK Series: Topics in Applied Psychology

Edited by Brad J. Bushman, Ohio State University, USA and VU University Amsterdam, The Netherlands Series: Frontiers of Social Psychology This book provides a scholarly overview of aggression and violence by internationally renowned researchers in the field. Multiple perspectives are taken, including social psychology, cognitive neuroscience, psychophysiology, gender studies, developmental psychology, and family studies. It looks at the two major risk factors for aggressive behavior: individual and contextual. Common individual and group-wide targets of violence are also examined. Other contemporary issues covered include gun violence, the role of the media, cyberbullying and terrorism. Psychology Press Market: Social Psychology October 2016: 229 x 152: 330pp Hb: 978-1-138-85988-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-85989-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-52469-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138859890

A fully revised and updated version of this concise and accessible introduction to criminal psychology, written by one of the world's leading authorities, which familiarizes students with the key concepts and important contemporary debates in the field. It considers the perspectives of all the main protagonists: victim, perpetrator, and examining psychologist. Each chapter contains discussion of ethical issues, research methods, and real-world applied examples. The integrated and interactive approach, combined with full online support and comprehensive coverage, make this book the ideal companion for courses in criminal psychology. Routledge Market: psychology/criminal psychology May 2017: 246x174: 290pp Hb: 978-0-415-71479-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-71481-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-88242-0 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-340-92892-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415714815

Dummy text to keep placeholder

4 Volume Set

Conceptual Metaphor in Social Psychology

Cross-Cultural Psychology

The Poetics of Everyday Life Mark J. Landau, University of Kansas, USA Series: Essays in Social Psychology This volume gives an in-depth overview of how the interdisciplinary study of metaphor gives us profound insights into how people create meaning. It reveals four core concepts: how metaphor is deeply woven into daily sociocultural experiences; how metaphor is an essential cognitive mechanism to understand and experience abstraction; how metaphor use interacts with the sociocultural context; and why metaphor has significant outcomes in a large range of contexts. It is essential reading for social psychologists interested in metaphor and the cognitive underpinnings of social behavior, and will also appeal to many in cognitive psychology, linguistics, anthropology, communication, and philosophy. Psychology Press Market: Social Psychology December 2016: 229 x 152: 234pp Hb: 978-1-848-72470-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72471-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-31201-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848724716

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by David L. Sam and John W Berry, Attached is a new signed contract for a collection called Cross-Cultural Psychology: Critical Concepts. There is an advance of £750 due to be paid, and the editors have requested the £1000 expenses fee, so this also needs to be paid. The editors have requested the monies be paid into a single account, details attached. Any queries, let me know. Cheers, Simon Simon Alexander Senior Development Editor, Major Works Series: Critical Concepts in Psychology The consequences of globalization and mass migration are such that, it has been estimated, over 200 million people are living in countries other than where they were born. Homogeneous societies have evolved into multicultural entities with traditional social and geographic boundaries giving way to increasingly complex representations of identity. This new collection will include foundational and canonical work in cross-cultural psychology, as well as cutting-edge analyses, discussions of theory and research, and papers addressing policy implications. Routledge Market: Cross-Cultural Psychology June 2017: 234x156: 1736pp Hb: 978-1-138-84837-5: £800.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138848375

New in Paperback

Companion Website

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Developing Minds

Ethnocentrism

Psychology, neoliberalism and power

Integrated Perspectives

Elise Klein, School of Social and Political Sciences, University of Melbourne, Australia Series: Concepts for Critical Psychology Development policy makers and practitioners are becoming increasingly sophisticated in their ability to target ‘development’ interventions and the psychological domain is now a specific frontier of their interventional focus. This landmark study considers the problematic relationship between development and psychology, tracing the deployment of psychological knowledge in the production/reproduction of power relations within the context of development policy and intervention. It examines knowledge production and implementation by two central actors of development policy - the World Bank and the state - and ends by proposing a critical psychology for more emancipatory forms of development.

Boris Bizumic, The Australian National University Ethnocentrism is a concept that has made a huge contribution to the social sciences but is in need of reinvigoration. This original study reconceptualizes ethnocentrism as a social psychological, attitudinal construct, presenting a novel reorganization of the literature and proposing a broad, multidisciplinary approach to the subject. It explores the origins of ethnocentrism, such as those relating to evolution, fear, self-aggrandisement, and social factors. It also discusses some of the consequences of ethnocentrism - prejudice, nationalism, and discrimination – and considers its future as a scientific concept and as a real - world phenomenon affecting psychology and the social sciences. Routledge Market: Social psychology/political psychology August 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-18772-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18773-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64297-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138187733

Routledge Market: Critical Psychology /Development Studies October 2016: 216x138: 130pp Hb: 978-1-138-65391-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65392-4: £28.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62351-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138653924

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Discovering Psychology across Borders

Exploring Cultural Identities

Russia and Europe

Okeke Azu-Okeke

Kirill Maslov, University of Tallinn, Estonia Series: Cultural Dynamics of Social Representation

In this book, Azu-Okeke draws on his own experience as the first and only Black trainee in an Institute for Group Analysis in London, and the impact this has had on his work, research and deeper awareness of the serious aspects of colonialism. Chapters provide a thorough study of how cultural identity can influence research and practice in whatever form it takes: that is the academic, the theoretical, the economic and the psychological. The book reflects on the author’s research into traditional Igbo methods of healing and compares these with Western models, especially of group analysis, and discusses how mutual learning can be achieved.

Discovering Psychology across Borders provides systematic coverage of the ways in which psychology advanced in the context of Russian society at the end of the nineteenth and beginning of the twentieth century. Examining the controversial history of scientific contact in psychology between the European world and the Russian, Maslov provides a unique insight into the changes that psychology in Russia underwent as a result of the influence of European social representations. Routledge Market: Psychology/History October 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-18885-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64197-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138188853

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy July 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-82702-8: £105.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138827028

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Embracing Humanity

Female-Perpetrated Sex Abuse

Transformative presentations and praxis

Knowledge, Power, and the Cultural Conditions of Victimhood

Aydan Gülerce Series: Cultural Dynamics of Social Representation

Sherianne Kramer, Lecturer in Psychology, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa Series: Concepts for Critical Psychology

This book presents a comprehensive view of human life, guided by social representations that involve the psy-collective as socio-historically situated knowledge, politico-culturally sophisticated hermeneutics, and articulate dialogical practice. Chapters explore the concept of psychological knowledge, empowered by self-realization, which helps to construct and transform the potential for our global society, with a uniquely dynamic style of thinking. The book fosters further reflective discussion on how transformative praxis might be envisaged in rigorous research and social practice, to encourage and embrace a critically reflective and inclusive worldview to imagine a more humane future.

Female sex abuse (FSA) is a subject of enquiry which has emerged only recently in both psychology and global medico-legal systems. Most research and practice, however, has focused on perpetrators, resulting in very limited information on victims. FSA victimhood is underexplored and its victims invisible to criminal justice and mental health systems, and barely discernible as objects of human science knowledge. By tracing the emergence of FSA broadly, and FSA victimhood specifically, this book will illustrate precisely how deeply engrained constructions of gender and sexuality both produce and constrain the possibilities for reporting, disclosing and self-identifying victimhood.

Routledge Market: Cultural Representations October 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-18376-6: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64565-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138183766

Routledge Market: Psychology/Sexual Abuse June 2017: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-21108-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21109-4: £28.99 eBook: 978-1-315-45361-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138211094

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 7th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Gender

Humour and Chinese Culture

Psychological Perspectives, Seventh Edition

A Psychological Approach

Linda Brannon, McNeese State University, USA Gender examines the behavioral, biological and social context in which women and men express gendered behaviors. The text’s unique pedagogical program helps students understand the portrayal of gender in the media and the application of gender research in the real world. Headlines from the news open each chapter to engage the reader. Gendered Voices depict true accounts of people's lives. According to the Media boxes highlight gender-related coverage in print and on-screen, while According to the Research boxes offerthe latest scientifically-based research to help students analyze gender images in the media. Considering Diversity sections emphasize the cross-cultural perspective of gender. Routledge Market: Gender Psychology December 2016: 254 x 178: 540pp Hb: 978-1-138-18235-6: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18234-9: £77.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62182-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138182349

Xiaodong Yue, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong SAR Series: Routledge Studies in Asian Behavioural Sciences This book focuses on the studies of humour in Chinese societies from a psychological approach. While humour is considered an important aspect of life in the western culture for the past century, it seems to have no importance in the Chinese contexts until recent decades. This book addresses how humour relates to various demographic and dispositional factors such as gender, region, age, optimism, resilience, and subjective well-being. It also explores the impact of the accelerating pace of social changes in China and how these changes affect people’s attitudes toward humor, and includes cross-cultural comparisons of humor studies. Routledge Market: Cultural Psychology, Humour September 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-22062-1: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-41245-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138220621

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Handbook of Competence and Motivation, Second Edition

Individualizing Psychological Assessment

Theory and Application

Constance T. Fischer, Duquesne University, Pennsylvania, USA

Edited by Andrew J. Elliot, Carol S. Dweck and David S. Yeager Now completely revised (over 90% new), this handbook established the concept of competence as an organizing framework for the field of achievement motivation. With an increased focus on connecting theory to application, the second edition incorporates diverse perspectives on why and how individuals are motivated to work toward competence in school, work, sports, and other settings. Guilford Press Market: Psychology April 2017: 254 x 178: 730pp Hb: 978-1-462-52960-5: £57.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-593-85123-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529605

A Collaborative and Therapeutic Approach Assessments by psychologists, educators, and other human-service professionals too often end with the client being reported in terms of scores, bell-shaped curves, traits, psychodynamic forces, or diagnostic labels. Individualizing Psychological Assessment uses these classification devices in ways that facilitate returning from them to the individual's life, both during the assessment session and in written reports. Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology October 2017: 234x156: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-96542-2: £59.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89393-7 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-805-81586-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415965422

Dummy text to keep placeholder

How to Rethink Mental Illness

Intergroup Contact Theory

The Human Contexts Behind the Labels

Recent developments and future directions

Bernard Guerin, University of South Australia, Australia ‘How to Rethink Mental Illness’ looks at the dominant structures and ideas through we understand mental health and mental illness, and using case studies from a range of indigenous groups, places western models in a broader cultural and philosophical context. Drawing on the author’s work with a range of diverse groups, from Somali refugees to Māori communities, the author presents an innovative way of reframing how mental health and mental illness are conceived, and presents a progressive model that more closely examines the contexts in which behaviour arises. Routledge Market: Mental Health March 2017: 216x138: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-20729-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20730-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46261-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138207301

Edited by Loris Vezzali, Associate Professor, Department of Education and Humanities, The University of Modena and Reggio Emilia, Italy and Sofia Stathi Series: Current Issues in Social Psychology Intergroup contact theory has been one of the most influential concepts in social psychology since it was first formulated by Gordon Allport in 1954. This volume highlights, via a critical lens, the most notable recent developments in the field, demonstrating its vitality and its capacity for reinvention and integration with a variety of apparently distinct research areas. It includes coverage of a number of previously under-researched domains which underline and extend the full potential of contact theory. The rich picture it offers of the state of the field and future directions for research will be invaluable to students and scholars working in social psychology and related disciplines. Routledge Market: psychology/social psychology December 2016: 234x156: 190pp Hb: 978-1-138-18230-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18231-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64651-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138182318

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY STUDENT REFERENCE

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Internet Psychology

Mindfulness in Social Psychology

The Basics Yair Amichai-Hamburger, Director, Research Center for Internet Psychology, IDC Herzliya, Israel Series: The Basics The internet’s influence on contemporary society extends across every aspect of our personal and professional lives, but how has this altered us in psychological terms? The Psychology of Life on the Internet is a vital and fascinating guide to the online world, drawing on classic theories of human behavior to shed fresh light on this central and evolving element of modern existence. It argues that even in an age of constant technological advancement, our understanding of the human psyche remains rooted in these well-established theories. Embracing both positive and negative aspects of internet use, this easy introduction to the subject will appeal to students and general readers alike. Routledge Market: Psychology/Internet June 2017: 198x129: 248pp Hb: 978-1-138-65605-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65606-2: £16.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62216-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138656062

Edited by Johan C. Karremans, Department of Social Psychology, Radboud University Nijmegen, The Netherlands and Esther K. Papies, University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Series: Current Issues in Social Psychology Written by renowned scholars in social psychology, this volume brings recent mindfulness research to classic social psychology topics and analyses the processes through which mindfulness affects people’s daily life experiences. It provides guidance for researchers across disciplines and discusses fundamental processes in mindfulness, including its effect on emotion regulation, executive control, automatic and deliberative processing, and its relationship to self-construal and self-identity. This book will be of particular interest to upper-level students and researchers in social psychology, health psychology, and clinical psychology, as well as social work and psychology professionals. Routledge Market: Social Psychology/mindfulness May 2017: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-64613-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64614-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62770-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138646148

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Invitation to the Psychology of Religion, Third Edition

Morality and the Regulation of Social Behavior

Raymond F. Paloutzian The leading undergraduate psychology of religion text, this engaging book synthesizes cutting-edge theories and findings into an accessible account enlivened by personal reflections and contemporary examples. Raymond F. Paloutzian offers an authoritative overview of basic science; experiential, developmental, personality, and sociocultural dimensions of religion and spirituality; and clinical implications. Students are also given food for thought about bigger questions--how religion influences their own lives; what beliefs or values they hold most dear; and how to live in a multicultural, multireligious world. Guilford Press Market: Psychology November 2016: 229 x 152: 428pp Hb: 978-1-462-52755-7: £70.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52754-0: £33.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527540

Groups as Moral Anchors Naomi Ellemers, Leiden University, the Netherlands Series: European Monographs in Social Psychology Morality is one of the most popular areas of research in contemporary social psychology, driven in part by recent political-economic crises and the behavioral patterns they exposed. In the past, work on morality tended to highlight the individual but more recently the focus has been on the group context of moral behavior. Naomi Ellemers has been at the forefront of this new wave of research and in this unique book, she draws together her own findings with a broad range of complementary perspectives to offer an essential integrative summary of the social functions of moral phenomena. It will be vital reading for academics and upper-level students in social psychology and related disciplines. Psychology Press Market: psychology/social psychology July 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-95816-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95818-0: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66132-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138958180

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Majority and Minority Influence

Motivated Cognition in Relationships

Societal Meaning and Cognitive Elaboration

In Pursuit of Safety and Value

Edited by Stamos Papastamou, Antonis Gardikiotis, Assistant Professor, School of Journalism and Mass Media Studies, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece and Gerasimos Prodromitis Series: Current Issues in Social Psychology Majority and minority influence is a classic topic in the social psychological canon and has been an important area of research for more than 50 years. This volume collects recent work by an international group of scholars, representing a variety of different theoretical approaches, and provides a thorough evaluation of the most significant current developments and a blueprint for future research directions. Focusing on the societal dimension of social influence, it fills a theoretical and epistemological gap in the literature and represents essential reading for researchers and upper-level students of social psychology. Psychology Press Market: psychology/social psychology April 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-95494-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95499-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66664-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138954991

Sandra L. Murray, University of Buffalo, State University of New York, USA and John G. Holmes, University of Waterloo, Canada Series: Essays in Social Psychology This volume presents seminal empirical findings that show how basic motivations to be safe from being hurt and find value and meaning control how people feel, think, and behave in close relationships. Integrating ideas from the interdependence, goals and embodiment literatures, the authors put a provocative new spin on close relationships. They highlight how motivations infuse romantic life through the vivid and evolving stories of four couples confronting different challenges in their relationship. This book is essential for social psychologists and will also be valuable to clinicians who work directly with couples to effect more happy and stable relationships. Routledge Market: Social Psychology March 2017: 229 x 152: 208pp Hb: 978-1-848-71519-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72520-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-22548-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848725201

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Organizational Justice

Personality, Cognition and Social Interaction Edited by Nancy Cantor and John F. Kihlstrom Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

International perspectives and conceptual advances Edited by Carolina Moliner, Russell Cropanzano and Vicente Martínez-Tur, IDOCAL (Research Institute of Human Resources Psychology, Organizational Development and Quality of Working Life), Faculty of Psychology, University of Valencia Organizational justice is a fascinating concept, offering a fundamental explanation to our behaviour at work, and this important new collection finally takes the idea into the contemporary era of workforce diversity, global processes, and outsourcing. Providing commentary on the key debates, the book also offers cutting-edge analysis of issues such as peer justice and the internationalisation of justice. Chapters are drawn from researchers world-wide, incorporating their own research findings, making the book a state-of-the-art overview of the field. It will be essential reading for students and researchers across social and organizational psychology, and as well organizational scholars.

Originally published in 1981, this volume presents the domain of personality as a fuzzy set that includes features previously identified with cognitive and social psychology. Few of the individual contributions are centrally concerned with individual differences and cross-situational stability, but these traditional themes certainly appear in several of the chapters. The remaining chapters deal with the general processes mediating the interaction between the person and the social environment, filling out the fuzzy set of personality psychology. Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 378pp Hb: 978-1-138-69401-9: £99.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138694019

Routledge Market: Organizational Psychology February 2017: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-138-12437-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12438-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64819-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124387

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Ostracism, Exclusion, and Rejection

Political Psychology

Edited by Kipling D. Williams, Purdue University, USA and Steve A. Nida, The Citadel, Military College of South Carolina, USA Series: Frontiers of Social Psychology Ostracism, Exclusion, and Rejection examines research into the related phenomena of ostracism, exclusion and rejection. Research suggests that even the mildest and briefest forms of ostracism are painful and have downstream consequences to our feelings of social connection. Longer-term ostracism has devastating consequences on individuals’ health and well-being. This innovative compilation covers how being cast out affects the brain and body chemistry, feelings and emotions, thoughts and beliefs, and behaviors. In addition to the primary focus on targets of ostracism, researchers also examine the motives and consequences of ostracizing. Routledge Market: Social Psychology December 2016: 229 x 152: 300pp Hb: 978-1-848-72557-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72558-4: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-30847-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848725584

New Explorations Edited by Jon A. Krosnick, Stanford University, USA, I-Chant A. Chiang, Quest University, Canada and Tobias H. Stark, Utrecht University, The Netherlands Series: Frontiers of Social Psychology This volume highlights exciting new research by political psychologists to understand the psychological processes underlying Americans’ political thinking and action. The chapters present in-depth work exploring public opinion, social movements, attitudes toward affirmative action, the behavior of political leaders, the impact of the 9/11 attacks and of scientists’ statements about global warming and of gasoline prices. Additional studies of attitude strength compare the causes and consequences of various strength-related constructs. Psychology Press Market: Social Psychology November 2016: 229 x 152: 526pp Hb: 978-1-841-69445-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-80201-8: £37.99 eBook: 978-1-315-44568-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138802018

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Parapsychology

Psycho-Criminological Perspective of Criminal Justice in Asia

The Science of Unusual Experience Edited by David Groome, Formerly of University of Westminster, London, UK and Ron Roberts, Kingston University, UK Parapsychology challenges readers with an up-to-date examination of some of the most puzzling phenomena in psychology. Unlike other books on the subject, it invites readers to step into the shoes of scientists, and evaluate the relevant evidence in order to develop informed opinions. The authors consider a range of intriguiing topics, including near-death experiences, alien abduction, belief in astrology, extra-sensory perception, and psychic fraud. Via an exploration of these and other subjects, Parapsychology bridges the gap between traditional psychology and its; fringe areas, providing an engaging account of how science works on the borders of its last frontier: the human mind. Psychology Press Market: Parapsychology November 2016: 234x156: 230pp Hb: 978-1-138-91640-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91641-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68967-8 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-340-76168-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138916418

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Research and practices in Hong Kong, Singapore, and Beyond Edited by Heng Choon (Oliver) Chan, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong and Samuel M.Y. Ho, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Series: Routledge Studies in Asian Behavioural Sciences This book offers both theoretical and practical examinations of the psycho-criminology of criminal justice in Asia, with particular emphasis on the Hong Kong and Singapore contexts. It is designed to present the current state of the field, which addresses key topics in three major sub-areas – policing and legal system, offender rehabilitation and treatment, and research and future directions. An important reference for post-graduate courses, this book will be of special interest to criminologists and psychologists working in forensic settings, mental health professionals, policy-makers, police personnel, prison officials, and legal executives. Routledge Academic Market: Psychology April 2017: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-138-68065-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56403-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680654

New in Paperback

Companion Website

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychological Metaphysics

Self-Determination Theory

Peter A. White Series: Psychology Library Editions: Perception

Basic Psychological Needs in Motivation, Development, and Wellness Richard M. Ryan and Edward L. Deci

The research literature on causal attribution and social cognition generally consists of many fascinating but fragmented and superficial phenomena. These can only be understood as an organised whole by elucidating the fundamental psychological assumptions on which they depend. Originally published in 1993, this title is an exploration of the most basic and important assumptions in the psychological construction of reality, with the aim of showing what they are, how they originate, and what they are there for. It incorporates not only research and theory in social cognition and developmental psychology, but also philosophy and the history of ideas.

Self-determination theory (SDT) provides a framework for understanding the factors that promote motivation and healthy psychological and behavioral functioning. In this authoritative work, the codevelopers of the theory comprehensively examine SDT's conceptual underpinnings (including its six mini-theories), empirical evidence base, and practical applications across the lifespan. The volume synthesizes a vast body of research on how supporting--or thwarting--people's basic needs for competence, relatedness, and autonomy affects their development and well-being. Chapters cover implications for practice and policy in education, health care, psychotherapy, sport, and the

Routledge Market: Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 340pp Hb: 978-1-138-20256-6: £99.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138202566

workplace.

Dummy text to keep placeholder

6th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Psychology and Neoliberalism

Skilled Interpersonal Communication

Michael Arfken Series: Concepts for Critical Psychology

Research, Theory and Practice

Psychology and Neoliberalism applies multidisciplinary perspectives to explore psychology's role as a bulwark of liberalism and the neoliberal capitalist order. It argues that the emergence of the cognitive revolution and the recent interest in social class and globalization have made psychological theory and practice instrumental in the reproduction and expansion of neoliberalism. The book provides fresh and stimulating insights into the intersection of psychology with economics, political theory, philosophy and social theory and will be of great interest to students and scholars in these and related disciplines.

The contribution of skilled interpersonal communication to success in personal and professional contexts is widely recognised and extensively researched. The latest revision of Owen Hargie's influential textbook builds on the success of previous editions to provide a comprehensive up-to-date review of the current research, theory and practice in this popular field of study. Written by one of the foremost experts in the field, the book provides a key reference for the study of interpersonal communication. This theoretically informed, yet practically oriented text will be of interest both to students of interpersonal communication, and to qualified personnel and trainees in many fields.

Routledge Market: psychology/political psychology November 2017: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-72980-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-72981-9: £31.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415729819

Guilford Press Market: Psychology March 2017: 254 x 178: 740pp Hb: 978-1-462-52876-9: £50.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528769

Owen Hargie, University of Ulster

Routledge Market: Social Psychology / Interpersonal Processes and Communication October 2016: 246x174: 658pp Hb: 978-1-138-82376-1: £105.00 Pb: 978-1-138-82377-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74190-1 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-43203-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138823761

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Revenge Pornography

Fundamentals of Social Psychology

Gender, Sexuality and Motivations

Nicky Hayes

Matthew Hall, University of Derby, UK and Jeff Hearn, Örebro University, Sweden; University of Huddersfield, UK; and Hanken School of Economics, Finland

A comprehensive contemporary undergraduate introduction to social psychology, drawing together and integrating insights from different areas of research and schools of thought, and featuring uniquely strong coverage of the online world and our cyberselves. Nicky Hayes is a highly experienced textbook author and instructor, whose accessible style has underpinned a number of successful student- and trade-oriented psychology publications in recent years. Intended as a core social psychology text, the book and associated website will cover all the essential topics of an undergraduate course on the topic in a fresh and up-to-date way, while avoiding the excessive length that mars a number of its competitors. Text features will be finalized following an ongoing DE-led review process but will include in each chapter: multiple boxed talking-points, real-world examples and case-studies, and self-test questions.

"Revenge pornography" involves the online posting of sexually explicit media without the featured individual’s consent, most commonly uploaded by an ex-partner. Almost unknown prior to 2010, the phenomenon has grown enormously in recent years. This pioneering study adopts a discursive psychology approach and examines revenge porn from the perspective of the perpetrators, studying the ways they invoke gender and sexuality, and the victim-blaming discourses they deploy. This enhanced understanding of the perpetrator mindset provides important insights into the use of social media to facilitate gender violence, and holds the promise of more effective interventions in future. Routledge Market: Psychology/Sociology June 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-12439-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12440-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64818-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124400

Routledge Market: Psychology October 2017: 246x189: 496pp Hb: 978-1-848-72187-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72188-3: £26.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848721883

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Terror, Love and Brainwashing

The Psychology of Human Values Gregory R Maio, Cardiff University Series: European Monographs in Social Psychology

Attachment in Cults and Totalitarian Systems Alexandra Stein, Department of Psychological Sciences, Birkbeck, University of London Written by a cult survivor and renowned expert on cults and totalitarianism, this important book draws on a substantial well of research to offer new clarity on the dynamics of these systems of control. It focuses on how charismatic, authoritarian leaders control their followers’ attachment relationships via manipulative social structures and ideologies so that, emotionally and cognitively isolated, they become unable to act in their own survival interests. From small, local cults to global players like ISIS and North Korea, the impact of these movements is widespread and growing. This rigorous yet gripping exploration sheds vital new light on how they operate and how they might be resisted. Routledge Market: Psychology/Cults November 2016: 234x156: 236pp Hb: 978-1-138-67795-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67797-5: £16.99 eBook: 978-1-315-55922-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138677975

Human values are varied. We attach great importance to abstract ideals like freedom, equality, helpfulness, achievement, pleasure, and security. The Psychology of Human Values examines the wealth of recent psychological research on how we think about our values, the factors that shape them, and how we use them in our everyday attitudes and behavior. It provides the first overview of psychological research looking at how we mentally represent and use our values, and constitutes important reading for psychology students at all levels, as well as academics in psychology and related social and health sciences. Psychology Press Market: psychology/social psychology October 2016: 234x156: 308pp Hb: 978-1-841-69357-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65535-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62254-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138655355

READER • NEW IN PAPERBACK

TEXTBOOK

The Art and Science of Personality Development

The Psychology of Influence

Dan P. McAdams, Northwestern University, USA Drawing on state-of-the-art personality and developmental research, this book presents a new and broadly integrative theory of how people come to be who they are over the life course. Preeminent researcher Dan P. McAdams traces the development of three distinct layers of personality--the social actor who expresses emotional and behavioral traits, the motivated agent who pursues goals and values, and the autobiographical author who constructs a personal story. Highly readable and accessible to scholars and students at all levels, the book uses rich portraits of the lives of famous people to illustrate theoretical concepts and empirical findings. Guilford Press Market: Psychology November 2016: 229 x 152: 368pp Hb: 978-1-462-51995-8: £30.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52932-2: £20.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529322

Theory, research and practice Joop van der Pligt, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Michael Vliek, Uinversity of Amsterdam, the Netherlands The Psychology of Influence provides a student-oriented overview of how people are persuaded to change their attitudes, preferences or behavior. It uses examples from text, TVand social media to address a wide variety of topics including consumer behavior, health and lifestyle, political behavior, and interpersonal behaviors such as attraction, prejudice and discrimination. The book illuminates the role of persuasion in our society and reveals the underlying processes involved, including the role of information processing, affect and emotion, reward and punishment, and social factors. It is the ideal core text for courses on consumer behavior and the psychology of attitudes and persuasion. Routledge Market: social psychology/consumer behavior October 2016: 246x174: 250pp Hb: 978-1-138-66743-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65539-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61890-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138655393

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Challenges of Cultural Psychology

The Twin-Track Mind

Historical Legacies and Future Responsibilities

Why We Say One Thing and Do Another

Edited by Gordana Jovanović, Department of Psychology, University of Belgrade, Serbia, Lars Allolio-Näcke, Center for the Anthropology of Religion, FAU Erlangen-Nürnberg and Carl Ratner

Geoffrey Beattie, Department of Psychology, Edge Hill University, UK

This unique collection seeks to advance the field of cultural psychology by reviving its historical legacies and arguing for its social responsibility in future historical development. Drawing on different aspects and historical elaborations of cultural psychology, it provides an integrative and historical understanding of the subject and uses the diversity and heterogeneity within the field to offer critical reflections on its achievements. A thoroughly international project, the volume combines some of the most eminent experts in the field with a selection of younger scholars. It will be stimulating reading for scholars and students of cultural and theoretical psychology and related areas. Routledge Market: Psychology/Cultural Psychology October 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-67721-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67722-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-55966-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138677227

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

One of the great paradoxes of human behavior is our tendency to say one thing and do something completely different. We think of ourselves as positive and fair-minded, yet our behavior tells another story. Part of the reason for this is because we really do have two separate dissociated selves: one conscious and rational, the other rooted in the unconscious and resistant to reflection. In so many aspects of our lives – in love, politics, race, survival one system makes very different judgements to the other, and is subject to distinct, hidden biases. The Divided Self explores how and why this system operates as it does and how we can use that knowledge to promote positive behavior change. Routledge Market: Social Psychology October 2017: 198x129: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-66578-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-66579-8: £16.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61970-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138665798

New in Paperback

Companion Website

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY TEXTBOOK

Theories of Culture Arnold Groh, Arnold Groh is Professor and Coordinator of the Structural Analysis of Cultural Systems research unit at the Technical University of Berlin. What is culture? Why do cultures change over time? Are there any discernible rules or principles behind culture-related phenomena and processes? Familiarity with the most significant cultural theories of the 20th and 21st centuries is vital for anyone studying or researching in the field. This guide describes these theories and their originators, as well as the links between them and their mutual influences. It explains different ideas in clear and objective fashion and includes approaches that have been unduly neglected, but which have high explanatory value. It offers readers an up-to-date idea of what culture is, and how our understanding of it has developed over the past century. Routledge Market: Cultural Theory October 2017: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-66865-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-66866-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61856-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138668669

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Violence in America Group therapists reflect on causes and solutions Edited by Robert H. Klein, Yale University, USA and Victor L. Schermer Violence is a growing problem in American society, yet the full nature and extent of daily violence, and its various forms and consequences, remain largely outside of our awareness. More importantly, our ability to identify the causes and know how best to effectively intervene remains limited. This volume brings together a collection of group psychotherapists, trained to recognize both individual psychodynamic characteristics and group dynamic factors, to apply the lessons learned through years of clinical practice to better understand the etiology, treatment, and prevention of violence. This book was first published as two special issues of the International Journal of Group Psychotherapy. Routledge Market: Group Processes / Psychotherapy / Violence December 2016: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-23123-8: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138231238

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Women’s Mental Health Across the Lifespan Challenges, Vulnerabilities, and Strengths Edited by Kathleen A. Kendall-Tackett, University of Hawaii at Manoa, and Texas Tech University School of Medicine, USA and Lesia M. Ruglass, City College of New York, USA Series edited by Bret A. Moore Series: Clinical Topics in Psychology and Psychiatry Women’s Mental Health Across the Lifespan examines women’s mental health from a developmental perspective, looking at key stressors and strengths from adolescence to old age. Chapters focus in detail on specific stressors and challenges that can impact women’s mental health, such as trauma, addictions, and mood and anxiety disorders. The book also examines racial and ethnic disparities in women’s physical and mental health, mental health of sexual minorities and women with disabilities, and women in the military, and includes valuable suggestions for putting knowledge into practice. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy/Women’s Mental Health April 2017: 229 x 152: 264pp Hb: 978-1-138-18273-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18274-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64192-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138182745

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

SPORT PSYCHOLOGY 3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

STUDENT REFERENCE

A Critical Introduction to Sport Psychology

How to become a Sport and Exercise Psychologist

Aidan Moran, University College, Dublin and John Toner, University of Hull, UK Sport Psychology: A Critical Introduction is the only textbook available that not only provides a detailed overview of the key theories and concepts within the discipline, but also a critical perspective that examines and challenges these core foundations. Thoroughly updated, the new edition covers the most important issues affecting both participation and performance in sport, but also includes a range of feature that bring the science to life, including critical thinking exercises and new applied boxes that demonstrate how sport psychology can be used in the real world. This is the definitive sport psychology textbook for anyone wishing to engage critically with the discipline. Routledge Market: Sport Psychology March 2017: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-1-138-99996-1: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-99997-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65797-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138999978

Martin Eubank, Liverpool John Moores University, UK and David Tod, Liverpool John Moores University, UK Series: How to become a Practitioner Psychologist Whether you are a professional athlete suffering nerves or just someone who wants to go to the gym more often, sport and exercise is all about psychology. And, as the discipline of psychology evolves, more and more people are becoming sport or exercise psychologists. But how do you qualify, and what sort of job is it? This is the first guide to this fascinating and growing profession, providing an overview of what the job involves, the educational and training route, and the issues anyone newly qualified will face. The book features testimonials from those working in the field, alternative career paths, and tips on how to make the most of opportunities available. Routledge Market: Sport and Exercise Psychology July 2017: 216x138: 136pp Hb: 978-1-138-93817-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93818-2: £12.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67581-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138938182

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Applied Exercise Psychology

Teaching Overweight Students in Physical Education

The Challenging Journey from Motivation to Adherence Edited by Selen Razon, Ball State University, USA and Michael Sachs, Temple University, USA

Comprehensive Strategies for Inclusion Weidong Li

This volume highlights the latest research for physical activity behavior change. It provides readers with theoretical bases for understanding and promoting physical activity behavior, interventions to use for promoting physical activity behavior, and the tools for measuring the effectiveness of these interventions. Also included are cross-cultural considerations for practitioners to ensure multicultural competency, and best practices with special populations i.e. persons with medical conditions, persons with mental health conditions. The volume concludes with applied implications and future directions for this important research topic. Routledge Market: Sport & Exercise Psychology March 2017: 254 x 178: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-70272-0: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70273-7: £44.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415702737

Overweight students often suffer negative consequences with regards to low physical ability, skills, and fitness; obesity-related health implications; being teased and excluded from physical education by their peers; and psycho-social and emotional sufferings as a result of weight stigma. This has presented an unprecedented challenge for teachers to include them in physical education activities. This book provides a map for successfully including overweight students and offers practical strategies for physical education teachers to create inclusive and safe climates, and design differentiated instructions to maximize overweight or obese students’ engagement and learning. Psychology Press Market: Physical Education December 2016: 198x129: 122pp Hb: 978-1-138-84134-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84135-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73200-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138841352

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Ask a Sport Psychologist

The Peer Guide to Applied Sport Psychology for Consultants in Training

A Question and Answer Guide Tony Westbury This is the first book to bridge the gap between the practice of sport psychology and the theoretical foundations on which the profession is based. It features a series of questions the author has been asked in 25 years as a practitioner working across a range of sports. As well as his answer, there is also a short section explaining the theoretical background to the response. To the student of sport psychology, this is an invaluable insight into the everyday challenges of a practitioner mapped against the theoretical foundations of the science. To coaches or athletes interested in psychology, this is an accessible window on how sport psychology can operate in a range of different contexts. Routledge Market: Sports Psychology May 2017: 216x138: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-69612-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69613-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-52533-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138696136

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by Mark W. Aoyagi, Artur Poczwardowski, University of Denver, USA and Jamie L. Shapiro The Peer Guide to Applied Sport Psychology for Consultants in Training provides a platform for the influential voices of peers, with whom graduate students relate and connect on a visceral level. Mimicking the environment of a thriving classroom, each chapter is primarily authored by graduate students and recent graduates with an academic mentor serving a secondary role. The chapter topics were selected by the editors as areas where graduate students are commonly challenged, and correspondingly, where peer support and guidance are most valued. A unique addition to the sport psychology literature, this volume is a key resource for developing and established consultants alike. Psychology Press Market: Sport & Exercise Psychology November 2016: 254 x 178: 180pp Hb: 978-1-138-86030-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-86031-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-40406-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138860315

New in Paperback

Companion Website

TESTING, MEASUREMENT AND ASSESSMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Invariant Measurement with Raters Classical and Modern Measurement Theories for Rating Scales George Engelhard Jr., University of Georgia, USA This book utilizes the principles of invariant measurement and models from cognitive psychology to examine judgmental processes based on rating scales. It examines the creation, evaluation, and maintenance of invariant assessment systems based on human judgments. The principles of invariant measurement are applied to issues encountered with rater-mediated assessment systems, such as large-scale writing assessments, teacher-evaluation systems, and the measurement of self-reported attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors. These principles are then used as a guide for readers to integrate and evaluate the sometimes conflicting theories of measurement utilized in the human sciences. Routledge Market: Testing and Measurement October 2017: 229 x 152 Hb: 978-1-848-72549-2: £105.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72550-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-76682-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848725508

Dummy text to keep placeholder

On the Way to Collaborative Psychological Assessment The Selected Works of Constance T. Fischer Constance T Fischer, Duquesne University, Pennsylvania, USA Series: World Library of Mental Health This collection of articles by Constance T. Fischer assembles many of her major contributions to Collaborative Therapeutic Assessment. Fischer’s work on the conceptual foundations and practices for individualized/ collaborative psychological assessment are represented in this volume. Also included are her thoughts about how to teach individualized assessment to students. This monograph will serve mental health professionals interested in Collaborative Therapeutic Assessment and instructors and students in graduate courses on psychological assessment. Routledge Market: Psychological Assessment October 2016: 229 x 152: 190pp Hb: 978-1-138-89208-8: £110.00 eBook: 978-1-315-70933-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138892088

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Rorschach in Multimethod Forensic Assessment Conceptual Foundations and Practical Applications Edited by Robert E. Erard, Clinical and forensic psychologist, Bloomfield Township, MI, USA and F. Barton Evans, James H. Quillen College of Medicine, East Tennessee State University, Tennessee, USA This volume demonstrates how multimethod forensic assessment with the Rorschach adds incremental validity, insight, and practical value. Case discussions by leading forensic psychologists illustrate the integration of contemporary Rorschach assessment with the MMPI-2 and MMPI-2-RF, the PAI, and the HCR-20. It also shows how the recently developed Rorschach-Performance Assessment System (R-PAS) effectively enhances the use of the Rorschach in forensic cases, while offering guidance for Comprehensive System users as well. Routledge Market: Rorschach Assessment December 2016: 229 x 152: 342pp Hb: 978-1-138-92507-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92509-0: £45.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68293-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138925090

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

WORK AND ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Adverse Impact Analysis

Developing Organizational Simulations

Understanding Data, Statistics, and Risk

A Guide for Practitioners, Students, and Researchers

Edited by Scott B. Morris, Illinois Institute of Technology, USA and Eric M. Dunleavy, DCI Consulting, Washington DC, USA This book brings together the diverse literature on disparity analysis, providing a comprehensive summary of best practices in the field. It provides guidance on all phases of disparity analysis, including how to structure diverse and complex employment data for disparity analysis, how to conduct both basic and advance statistical analyses, how to interpret results in terms of practical and statistical significance, and common practical challenges and pitfalls in disparity analysis, and strategies to deal with these issues. Throughout, the description of methods is grounded in the legal context and current trends in employment litigation and the practices of federal regulatory agencies. Psychology Press Market: Industrial & Organizational Psychology December 2016: 229 x 152: 380pp Hb: 978-1-138-85584-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-85585-4: £37.99 eBook: 978-1-315-30143-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138855854

George C. Thornton III, Colorado State University, USA, Rose A. Mueller-Hanson, Community Interface Services, USA and Deborah E. Rupp, Purdue University, USA Series: Applied Psychology Series This second edition of Developing Organizational Simulations provides a concise source of information on effective and practical methods for constructing simulation exercises for the assessment of psychological characteristics relevant to effectiveness in work organizations. Incorporating new additions such as the multiple ways technology can be incorporated into the design, delivery, scoring, and evaluating of simulation exercises, as well as the delivery of feedback based on the results, this book is user-friendly with practical, how-to guidance, including many graphics, boxes, and examples. This book is ideal for practitioners, consultants, HR specialists, students, and researchers. Routledge Market: Industrial/Organizational Psychology April 2017: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-11924-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-11929-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65238-2 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-805-84412-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138119291

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Autonomous Learning in the Workplace

Ethics and Values in Industrial-Organizational Psychology, Second Edition

Edited by Jill E. Ellingson, University of Kansas, USA and Raymond A. Noe, The Ohio State University, USA Series: SIOP Organizational Frontiers Series This book offers a broad-based treatment of autonomous learning to advance our understanding of learner-driven approaches and how organizations can support them. Contributors bring theoretical perspectives to help us understand autonomous learning and its consequences. Chapters consider informal learning, self-directed learning, learning from job challenges, mentoring, Massive Open Online Courses, organizational communities of practice, self-regulation, feedback and errors, and how to capture value from autonomous learning. This book will appeal to scholars, researchers, and practitioners in psychology, management, training and development, and educational psychology. Routledge Market: Industrial/Organizational Psychology April 2017: 229 x 152: 376pp Hb: 978-1-138-94073-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94074-1: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67413-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138940741

Joel Lefkowitz Series: Applied Psychology Series Ethics and Values in Industrial-Organizational Psychology was one of the first books to integrate work from moral philosophy, moral psychology, I-O psychology, and political and social economy, as well as business. It incorporates these perspectives into a "framework for taking moral action" and presents a practical model for ethical decision making. The Second Edition has added a chapter on Virtue Theory, expanded Moral Psychology to two chapters, and expanded the treatment of the Responsible Conduct of Research with a new chapter on Research Integrity. Examples from I-O research and practice, as well as current business events, are offered throughout. Routledge Market: Industrial/Organizational Psychology March 2017: 229 x 152: 640pp Hb: 978-1-138-18992-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18993-5: £54.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62872-1 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-805-83354-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138189935

Dummy text to keep placeholder

College Student Leadership Development

Flow at Work

Valerie Sessa, Montclair State University, USA Series: Leadership: Research and Practice College Student Leadership Development introduces the idea that learning how to participate in the process of leadership is something that all college students need to learn as part of their college academic experience. Rather than approaching leadership from the traditional model emphasizing specific skillsets, this book acquaints students with how to learn leadership using the ReAChS model of leadership development (Reflection, Assessment, Challenge, Support). Throughout, examples of student leaders’ experiences provide readers with powerful examples of others’ successes and struggles in leadership alongside the latest psychological research on learning and development. Routledge Market: Leadership April 2017: 229 x 152: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-94047-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94048-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67432-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138940482

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Measurement and Implications Edited by Clive Fullagar, Kansas State University and Antonella Delle Fave, University of Milano Series: Current Issues in Work and Organizational Psychology This ground-breaking collection is the first book to provide a cohesive understanding of flow in the workplace. Including a concluding chapter from, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi, it takes our understanding of flow beyond extreme sports and the arts. Importantly, the book provides a very practical approach, considering now only how flow can be measured in the workplace, but also how it differs from the experience of flow in leisure pursuits. This volume will appeal to all students and researchers in Organizational / Occupational Psychology and Positive Psychology, as well as practitioners and consultants with an interest in employee motivation and well-being. Routledge Market: Work and Organizational Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-848-72277-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72278-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-87158-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848722781

New in Paperback

Companion Website

WORK AND ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

TEXTBOOK

Handbook of Employee Selection

Personnel Psychology

Edited by James L. Farr, Pennsylvania State University, USA and Nancy T. Tippins, CEB, USA This second edition of the Handbook of Employee Selection has been revised and updated to reflect current thinking on science and practice in employee selection. Throughout, a diverse group of scholars balance theory, research, and practice, often taking a global perspective. Featuring a new section on technology and employee selection, chapters cover measurement, ethical and legal concerns, and practical concerns around the development and implementation of selection procedures and programs. This bookprovides an indispensable reference for scholars, researchers, graduate students, and professionals in industrial and organizational psychology, human resource management, and related fields. Routledge Market: Industrial & Organizational Psychology March 2017: 279 x 216: 996pp Hb: 978-1-138-91519-0: £185.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91549-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-69019-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138915497

Alexandra Luong Accessible and engaging, this textbook introduces students to the field of personnel psychology, also known as industrial psychology. Based upon her many years of teaching in this area, Alexandra Luong surveys core topics including job analysis, recruitment, selection, performance appraisal, training, legal issues, and research methods. Throughout, she emphasizes a psychological—rather than management—approach, explaining the key psychological principles that underpin human resources practices. Through clear writing and plentiful examples from Luong’s own applied work in both the public and private sectors, this book aims to introduce students to the most recent and pertinent scientific research in personnel psychology, and inspire future study in I/O Psychology and related fields. Routledge Market: Industrial/Organizational Psychology November 2017: 254 x 178 Hb: 978-1-138-84221-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84222-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73173-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138842229

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Managing Workplace Diversity and Inclusion

Proactivity at Work

A Psychological Perspective

Making Things Happen in Organizations

Rosemary Hays-Thomas Managing Workplace Diversity and Inclusion brings highly relevant psychological advances forward to the field of diversity and inclusion by applying both classic theories and new ideas to practical situations and real-world events. Each chapter incudes engaging scenarios and real-world applications to stimulate learning and help students conceptualize and contextualize diversity in the workplace. Intended for upper-level undergraduates as well as graduate students, this textbook brings together foundational theories with practical, real-world applications to build a strong understanding of managing diversity and inclusion in the workplace. Routledge Market: Industrial/Organizational Psychology December 2016: 254 x 178: 350pp Hb: 978-1-848-72983-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-79426-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-12704-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138794269

Edited by Sharon K. Parker, University of Western Australia and Uta K. Bindl, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK Series: Organization and Management Series In this book, leading scholars on proactivity from across North America, Europe, Asia, and Australia explore how, why, and when individuals are motivated to initiate change within their organizations or themselves and examine the consequences of various forms of proactivity at work. Individual chapters explore specific concepts of proactivity, such as proactive voice, job crafting, and career proactivity. By providing insight on key advances and future directions for proactivity theory, research, and practice, this book synthesizes what we know and identifies what we still need to learn about 'making things happen' at work. Routledge Market: Industrial / Organizational Psychology December 2016: 229 x 152: 596pp Hb: 978-1-848-72563-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-848-72564-5: £37.99 eBook: 978-1-315-79711-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848725645

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Mentoring Diverse Leaders

The Psychology of Effective Management

Creating Change for People, Processes, and Paradigms

Strategies for Relationship Building

Edited by Audrey J. Murrell and Stacy Blake-Beard, School of Management, Simmons College, USA Mentoring Diverse Leaders provides up-to-date research on the impact of mentoring relationships in organizations, particularly as they relate to cultivating diverse leadership. Contributions from experts in the fields of psychology, business, law, non-profit management, and engineering draw connections between mentoring research, theory, and practice in both domestic and global organizations. Rather than standing apart from the broader goals and objectives of these organizations, they demonstrate the ways mentoring for diversity actually drives innovation and change, talent management, organizational commitment, and organizational success. Routledge Market: Applied Psychology March 2017: 229 x 152: 274pp Hb: 978-1-138-81432-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81433-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74756-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138814332

Fred Voskoboynikov This book combines basic psychological principles with practical recommendations for building positive and productive manager-employee relations. Each recommendation is based on real-life situations taken from respected scholars in the field as well as the author’s own professional experiences. With particular attention to the human element of management, the practical advice presented in this book is aimed at helping managers create a positive psychological environment in the workplace and lead their employees into a productive and satisfying professional life. The content is presented in an easy-to-follow format so that any manager can put his or her knowledge immediately into practice. Routledge Market: Industrial/Organizational Psychology November 2016: 229 x 152: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-65557-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65558-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-51129-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138655584

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

WORK AND ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Psychology of Humor at Work

Very Brief Cognitive Behavioural Coaching (VBCBC)

Edited by Christopher Robert, Robert J. Trulaske, Sr. College of Business, University of Missouri, USA Series: Current Issues in Work and Organizational Psychology Although working life isn’t inherently funny, humor nevertheless occupies a unique and important role in the workplace. Whether silly or sophisticated, light-hearted or darker, an understanding of humor has the potential to enrich our understanding of some of the key issues within organizational psychology, including leadership, social interactions, stress and self-regulation. This collection of cutting-edge contributions provides researchers and students with a fascinating overview of the role of humor at work. Featuring insights into how empirical research can be conducted in this area, this comprehensive collection will appeal to anyone interested in the psychology of the workplace. Psychology Press Market: Organizational Psychology / Organizational Communication December 2016: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-94494-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67165-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138944947

Windy Dryden, Emeritus Professor of Psychotherapeutic Studies at Goldsmiths, University of London Series: Coaching Psychology In Very Brief Cognitive Behavioural Coaching Windy Dryden presents VBCBC: a unique approach to coaching from a cognitive behavioural perspective which takes place over the course of one to three sessions. The approach is designed to help coachees identify at least one major objective, discuss and select ways to achieve it and, if necessary, deal with obstacles that they experience in pursuing it. Dryden begins by defining coaching and explaining the aims of VBCBC, before examining the input factors which can increase its effectiveness and concluding with a seven-stage process view. The book also includes a transcript of a real VBCBC session, with commentary. Routledge Market: Coaching April 2017: 234x156: 178pp Hb: 978-1-138-28012-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28013-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-27240-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138280137

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Psychology of Job Interviews

Vocational Interests in the Workplace

Nicolas Roulin, University of Manitoba, Canada

Rethinking Behavior at Work

This unique book offers the latest science behind what can be a problematic experience for everyone: the job interview. Exploring the different roles applicant and recruiter play, and what each is trying to achieve, it highlights the best ways to conduct a fair interview, as well as the strategies and tactics applicants can use to increase their chance of success. Providing evidence on cognitive bias, anxiety management, how to detect deception, and how to create a good impression, the book concludes with recommendations for both recruiters and applicants, while also discussing how new technologies are changing the interview process.

Edited by Christopher Nye, Bowling Green University, USA and James Rounds, University of Illinois, USA Series: SIOP Organizational Frontiers Series

Routledge Market: Human Resource Management April 2017: 198x129: 176pp Hb: 978-1-138-64625-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64627-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62764-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138646278

Recently, new research in vocational interests at work indicates that they play an important role in understanding workplace behavior. This book provides a review of existing theory on the topic and expands on the current literature to propose new models that outline the links between interest theory and conduct at work. These approaches focus on how interests that influence career choices may play a role in the most researched topics in organizational psychology, including employee selection, training, motivation, and diversity at work. The book will appeal to researchers and graduate students in industrial/organizational psychology, management, human resources, and organizational behavior. Routledge Market: Organizational Psychology September 2017: 229 x 152: 384pp Hb: 978-1-138-93289-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93288-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67892-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138932883

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Work-Family Interface in Global Context

Young People, Employment and Work Psychology

Edited by Karen Korabik, University of Guelph, Canada, Zeynep Aycan, Koç University, Turkey and Roya Ayman, Illinois Institute of Technology, USA Based on a sweeping, ten country study, The Work-Family Interface in Global Context comprises the most comprehensive and rigorous cross-cultural study of the work-family interface to date. Just as work-family conflict is associated with negative consequences for workers, organizations, and societies, so too can the work and family domains interact positively to enhance or enrich one another. Drawing on qualitative, quantitative, and policy-based data, chapters in this collection explore the influence of culture on the work-family interface in order to help researchers and managers understand the applicability of work-family models in a variety of contexts. Routledge Market: Industrial / Organizational Psychology April 2017: 229 x 152: 504pp Hb: 978-1-138-84157-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84158-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73208-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138841581

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Interventions and Solutions Edited by Angela Carter As job markets become more competitive and many western economies experience recession, young people are one of the groups that suffer most. This important collection examines many of the most pressing issues facing young people in finding work. From the reasons why organizations are often reluctant to employ young people, to issues of motivation and confidence which often affect young people’s perspective in looking for work, the book covers several interventions within both the public and private sector. Driven by some of the key theoretical tenets of work psychology, the book offers practical solutions which can benefit not only young people themselves, but also the wider community. Routledge Market: Work Psychology and Human Resource Management August 2017: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-93779-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93780-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67612-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138937802

New in Paperback

Companion Website

BEHAVIORAL MEDICINE Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Cognitive Stimulation Therapy for Dementia

Research Design in Aging and Social Gerontology

Edited by Martin Orrell, Lauren Yates, University of Nottingham, UK, Jen Yates, University of Nottingham, UK., Aimee Spector, University College London, UK and Bob Woods, DSDC North Wales, UK. Series: Aging and Mental Health Research

Quantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed Methods

Cognitive Stimulation Therapy (CST) is a novel, evidence-based therapy, which uses simple cognitive and psychological strategies, including implicit learning and multisensory stimulation, in order to improve cognition and quality of life for people with dementia. CST has made a huge global, clinical impact within the last ten years and this landmark book is the first to draw all of the published research together in one place. Edited by Aimee Spector, who initially developed the therapy, Cognitive Stimulation Therapy for Dementia will provide a broad overview of the entire research programme and includes contributions from international authors who have adapted and evaluated CST globally.

Joyce Weil, University of Northern Colorado, USA Series: Textbooks in Aging This text provides a review of methodological approaches and data-collection methods commonly used with older adults in real-life settings. It addresses the role of normative age-related sensory, cognitive, and functional changes, as well as the influence of generational cohort upon each design. It discusses the role of older adults as true co-researchers, issues uniquely related to studies of persons residing in community-based, assisted, skilled, and memory-care settings; and ethical concerns related to cognitive status changes. The text concludes with guidelines to improve existing data-collection methods and how to select the best-fitting methodologies for use in planning research.

Routledge Market: Mental Health/Aging October 2017: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-63117-5: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-20904-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138631175

Routledge Market: Aging/Gerontology March 2017: 254 x 178: 312pp Hb: 978-1-138-69025-7: £105.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69026-4: £43.99 eBook: 978-1-315-45016-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138690264

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Economic Evaluation in Dementia Research

The Forensic Psychologists’ Report Writing Guide

Concepts, methods and experiences Edited by Carys Jones, Bangor University, UK, Rhiannon Tudor Edwards, Bangor Unviersity, UK and Martin Knapp Series: Aging and Mental Health Research This book provides an overview of the principles of health economics and its application to dementia research. Chapters present four evocative case studies surrounding the economic evaluations of interventions for people with dementia, in a range of settings and contexts. Contributors discuss their personal experiences of conducting applied dementia research, and consider the challenges and implications for the health economic analysis. The international implications of dementia care financing and delivery are also explored, before a future agenda for the health economic analysis of dementia research is set out. Routledge Market: Mental Health / Aging July 2017: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-88801-2: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71373-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138888012

Edited by Sarah Brown, Coventry University, UK, Erica Bowen, University of Worcester, UK and David Prescott, Director of Professional Development and Quality Improvement for the Becket Family of Services located across northern New England, USA The Forensic Psychologist’s Reporting Writing Guide is the first book to provide both student trainees and practitioners with best practice guidance for one of the core skills of their role. Written and edited by an international range of experts from the UK, north America and Australasia, it provides clear advice on a range of assessments, from psychometric tests to personality functioning, and includes real-life examples to illustrates key points. Uniquely, the book also offers guidance on the range of different client groups that forensic psychologists work with across both civil and legal contexts, including juveniles, female clients, couples and those with cognitive impairments. Routledge Market: Forensic Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-138-84150-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84151-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73215-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138841512

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Mastering the Financial Dimension of Your Psychotherapy Practice The Definitive Resource for Private Practice Peter Hays Cole, University of California–Davis School of Medicine, USA and Daisy Anne Reese, Sierra Institute for Contemporary Gestalt Therapy, California, USA By nature and by training, most psychotherapists have highly developed skills of empathy and intuition. For many, though, dealing with finances often arouses feelings of anxiety and confusion. Mastering the Financial Dimension of Your Psychotherapy Practice addresses both the clinical and the financial challenges of establishing and maintaining a successful private practice. Written by two therapists with extensive business experience, the book offers provides a self-guided financial planning seminar, a road map for establishing a personal financial plan, and a useful primer on Quickbooks software. Routledge Market: Financial Management August 2017: 229 x 152: 350pp Hb: 978-1-138-90605-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90606-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69234-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138906068

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

CHILD AND ADOLESCENT PSYCHIATRY AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Developing Empathy

Hidden Youth and the Virtual World

A Biopsychosocial Approach to Understanding Compassion for Therapists and Parents

The process of social censure and empowerment

Katharina Manassis, Department of Psychiatry, University of Toronto, Canada Empathy is valued across cultures, and has a profound impact on psychotherapy, our children, and our world. Why then are many human relationships not empathetic? This volume describes in detail the neurobiological, psychological, and social elements involved with empathy. Ideas are brought to life with case examples and reflective questions. The book shows how fear, anger, and anxiety all take away the power to feel for others, while also looking at the topic through a global lens. Developing Empathy is an easy-read book, backed by science, useful to the clinician, and to all readers interested in the topic. Its wide subject matter is applicable to a wide readership.

Gloria Hongyee Chan, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Series: Routledge Studies in Asian Behavioural Sciences Hidden Youth and the Virtual World examines the phenomenon of ‘hidden youth’ or hikikomori, as it is better known in Japan as well as Hong Kong. Exposure to the Internet has allowed these young persons to develop a high level of capability within the virtual world, however these are skills that are not highly valued by society. This book uncovers the truth about hidden youth, the causes, coping strategies, power relations between them and adults in society, and their relationship with the virtual world. This is a particularly useful volume to researchers in child and adolescent psychology, clinical psychology, counselling and psychotherapy, school psychology, sociology, and social work.

Routledge Market: Cognitive Behavior Therapy April 2017: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-69351-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69353-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53049-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138693531

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy October 2016: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-85761-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71852-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138857612

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Handbook of Childhood Behavioral Issues

The Circle of Security Intervention

Evidence-Based Approaches to Prevention and Treatment

Enhancing Attachment in Early Parent-Child Relationships

Edited by Thomas P. Gullotta, Eastern Connecticut State University, and Child and Family Agency of Southeastern Connecticut, Inc, USA and Gary M. Blau, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Maryland, USA This handbook highlights present-day information and evidence-based knowledge in the field of children’s behavioral health to enable practitioners, families and others to choose and implement one of many intervention approaches provided. Using a standardized format, best practices for the prevention and treatment of many childhood behavioral disorders are identified based on current research, sound theory, and behavioral trial studies. This revision includes an integration of the DSM-5 diagnostic manual and new chapters on childhood psychosis, military families, and a thorough updating of the research in the previous edition. Routledge Market: Child Psychology December 2016: 254 x 178: 358pp Hb: 978-1-138-86023-0: £185.00 Pb: 978-1-138-86024-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71661-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138860247

Bert Powell, Gonzaga University, Washington, USA, Glen Cooper, Circle of Security International, USA, Kent Hoffman, Gonzaga University, Washington, USA and Robert Marvin, Mary D. Ainsworth Child-Parent Attachment Clinic, Virginia, USA Presenting both a theoretical foundation and proven strategies for helping caregivers become more attuned and responsive to their young children's emotional needs (ages 0-5), this is the first comprehensive presentation of the Circle of Security (COS) intervention. The book lucidly explains the conceptual underpinnings of COS and demonstrates the innovative attachment-based assessment and intervention strategies in rich clinical detail, including three chapter-length case examples. Reproducible forms and handouts can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Guilford Press Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health November 2016: 229 x 152: 396pp Hb: 978-1-593-85314-3: £50.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52783-0: £20.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527830

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Handbook of Preschool Mental Health, Second Edition Development, Disorders, and Treatment Edited by Joan L. Luby Comprehensively exploring the development of psychiatric disorders in 2- to 6-year-olds, this authoritative handbook has been thoroughly revised to incorporate important scientific and clinical advances. Leading researchers examine how behavioral and emotional problems emerge and can be treated effectively during this period of rapid developmental and brain changes. Current knowledge is presented on conduct disorders, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, anxiety disorders, depressive disorders, autism spectrum disorder, attachment disorders, and sleep disorders in very young children. Guilford Press Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health November 2016: 416pp Hb: 978-1-462-52785-4: £37.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-593-85313-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527854

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

CLINICAL SOCIAL WORK 3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Community Mental Health

Youth Comprehensive Risk Assessment

Edited by Jessica Rosenberg, Long Island University, New York, USA and Samuel Rosenberg, Ramapo College, New Jersey, USA

A Clinically Tested Approach for Helping Professionals

The newest edition of Community Mental Health continues to be on the leading edge of the field, providing the most up-to-date research and treatment models that encompass practice in community settings. Experts from a wide range of fields explore the major trends, best practices, and policy issues shaping community mental health services today. New sections address integrated care, group work, immigration, and more, and a focus on multicultural counseling ensures that a thorough conversation about intersectionality and identity runs throughout the book. A companion website features material appropriate for students and instructors, including PowerPoint slides and test banks.

Youth Comprehensive Risk Assessment: A Clinically Tested Approach for Helping Professionals presents a complete youth risk assessment and treatment program based on Dr. Ken Coll's 20 plus years of research on assessing and treating at-risk youth. In this book, helping professionals will find not only a wide range of succinct and easy-to-use assessments, but also proven helpful, highly specific approaches and treatment strategies. This book also offers professionals a menu of assessment surveys and action strategies so that they can develop a plan that best fits the needs of particular youth and their families.

Routledge Market: Social Work September 2017: 254 x 178: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-91310-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91311-0: £37.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69034-6 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-88741-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138913110

Kenneth M. Coll, University of Nevada, Reno, USA

Routledge Market: Youth Counseling April 2017: 229 x 152: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-94553-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94551-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67126-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138945517

TEXTBOOK

Essential Theories, Ideas and Skills for Effective Social Work Practice An Integrative Workbook Raquel Warley, California State University, Los Angeles This book guides students in giving visible form to the major principles of social work practice: namely, professional ethics, therapeutic engagement, assessment, treatment planning, treatment, and termination. Alongside informational text, each chapter of this resource identifies implications for practice, features techniques that are serviceable in manifesting concepts with clients as well as instruction on when and how to put the skills into effect, and includes a set of 60 exercises intended to facilitate critical thinking and to hone technique. CSWE core competencies are highlighted throughout the book alongside the techniques that would give a competency visible form in practice. Routledge Market: Social Work September 2017: 254 x 178: 340pp Hb: 978-1-138-68662-5: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68663-2: £42.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54261-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138686632

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Social Work and K-12 Schools Casebook Phenomenological Perspectives Edited by Miriam Jaffe, Rutgers Doctorate in Social Work Writing Program, NJ, USA, Jerry Floersch, Rutgers University School of Social Work, IN, USA, Jeffrey Longhofer, Rutgers University, NJ, USA and Wendy Winograd, New Jersey State Certified supervisor and certified psychoanalyst. This book offers a collection of case studies from clinical social workers in K-12 schools, each from a phenomenological perspective, with the objective of educating MSW students and early career social work clinicians. This casebook provides a resource for understanding the range of practice in school social work as well as some of the challenges that school social workers face in today’s complex world. Using a phenomenological perspective the contributors stay close to the lived experience of students, teachers, parents and social workers, revealing a deeper and more nuanced understanding of the genesis and treatment of students’ problems in school. Routledge Market: School Social Work August 2017: 229 x 152: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-29241-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-29242-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-23291-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138292420

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

COUNSELING Dummy text to keep placeholder

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Christian Clients

Animal-Assisted Therapy in Counseling Cynthia K. Chandler, University of North Texas, USA The third edition of Animal-Assisted Therapy in Counseling is the most comprehensive book available dedicated to training mental health practitioners in the performance of animal assisted therapy in counseling (AAT-C). New to this edition is discussion of the human-animal relational theory, a new theory dedicated to the practice of AAT-C. This edition also has added applications for supervision and includes the most recent research and practice. Consistent with previous editions, a variety of animal-assisted interventions are described with case examples provided in a variety of settings with different types of animals.

A Faith-Based Workbook Joshua J. Knabb, California Baptist University, USA Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Christian Clients is an indispensable companion to Faith-Based ACT for Christian Clients. The workbook offers a basic overview of the goals of ACT, including concepts that overlap with Christianity. Chapters devoted to each of the six ACT processes include biblical examples, equivalent concepts from the writings of early desert Christians, worksheets for clients to better understand and apply the material, and strategies for clients to integrate a Christian worldview with the ACT-based processes. Each chapter also includes several exercises devoted to contemplative prayer and other psychospiritual interventions. Routledge Market: ACT/Spirituality October 2016: 279 x 216: 178pp Hb: 978-1-138-68486-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68487-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53722-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138684874

Routledge Market: Animal Assisted Counseling February 2017: 229 x 152: 408pp Hb: 978-1-138-93590-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93591-4: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67304-2 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-88833-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935914

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Adaptable Interventions for Counseling Concerns

Children, Adolescents, and Death

A Step-by-Step Clinical Workbook

Questions and Answers

Freeman Woolnough, Queen’s University, Ontario, Canada and Autumn Marie Chilcote, Milton Hershey School, Pennsylvania, USA Adaptable Interventions for Counseling Concerns is filled with more than forty interventions appropriate for new and experienced professionals alike. The interventions are organized in a unique yet practical manner, including options for individual reader creativity and personal adaptations within the text itself. Each chapter is devoted to a specific client concern, with seven suggested intervention strategies clearly labeled by modality so readers can find new interventions best suited to their practice. Chapters also introduce relevant and recent research on client concerns, contextualizing the circumstances for which a counseling professional could apply the chosen interventions. Routledge Market: Counseling/Psychotherapy February 2017: 279 x 216: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-64414-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64415-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62220-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138644151

Edited by Robert G. Stevenson, Mercy College, New York, USA and Gerry R. Cox, University of Wisconsin-La Crosse, USA The topic of death and related issues (such as grief) often begin with questions. When the questions come from, or are about, children or adolescents, they bring an additional component…the fear some adults have of giving a “wrong” answer. In this context a wrong answer is one that can cause more harm than good for the child or adolescent who asked the question. This book provides information that can be used to address the death-related questions from children and adolescents. It also looks at questions from caring adults about the way children or adolescents view death and the grief that follows a death or any major loss. Routledge Market: Grief and Bereavement January 2017: 229 x 152: 302pp Hb: 978-0-895-03922-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-895-03923-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26623-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780895039231

4th Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Alternatives to Domestic Violence

Clean Coaching

A Homework Manual for Battering Intervention Groups

The insider guide to making change happen

Kevin A. Fall, Texas State University, USA and Shareen Howard, Denton County Sheriff's Office, Texas, USA

Angela Dunbar, Managing Director, Dunbar Training and Development Consultancy, UK

Alternatives to Domestic Violence, 4 Edition is an interactive treatment workbook designed for use with a wide variety of accepted curricula for domestic violence intervention programs. This new edition adds and revises the exercises and stories in every chapter, covering topics such as respect and accountability, maintaining positive relationships, good communication, parenting, substance abuse, digital abuse, and sexuality. The chapters also provide a collection of topics rarely addressed in other curricula, and exercises help group members learn new strategies for leading a life of cooperation and shared power. Routledge Market: Domestic Violence/Intimate Partner Violence April 2017: 279 x 216: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-66842-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-66843-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56396-1 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-88901-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138668430

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Clean Coaching is a style of one-to-one facilitation which takes the client’s way of thinking about the world as the most important viewpoint. Rather than trying to find ways to make the client change behaviour, Clean Coaching seeks first to understand how their current patterns of thinking work for them, and to reveal those patterns to the client so that they can make sense of them for themselves. Angela Dunbar explains how Clean Coaching works in practical terms, with descriptions of how to structure a Clean Coaching session and the steps to take within such a session. It gives detailed descriptions of the kinds of questions to ask and provides a wealth of examples and case studies. Routledge Market: Coaching October 2016: 234x156: 226pp Hb: 978-1-138-81636-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81637-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73866-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138816367

New in Paperback

Companion Website

COUNSELING Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Coding and Documentation Compliance for the ICD and DSM

Counselling and Coaching in Times of Crisis and Transition

A Comprehensive Guide for Clinicians

From research to practice

Lisette Wright, private practice, Minnesota, USA, S. M. Tobias, private practice, Minnesota, USA and Angela Hickman, Culbert Healthcare Solutions, Massachusetts, USA Coding and Documentation Compliance for the ICD and DSM provides professionals, professors, and students with a logical and practical way of understanding a difficult topic in healthcare for the clinician: coding. Established professionals will find the tools they need to comply with the ICD series, HIPAA, and integrated care models. Professors and students will appreciate having a systemized, standardized approach to teaching and learning the more complex aspects of ICD compliance. The interplay between the ICD and DSM manuals is also explicated in clear terms. Routledge Market: Classification & Coding January 2017: 229 x 152: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-67765-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67766-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56357-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138677661

Edited by Salvatore Soresi, University of Padova, Italy and Laura Nota, University of Padova, Italy Counselling and Coaching in Times of Crisis and Transition posits the idea that threats and challenges caused by rapid social and technological changes increasingly require counsellors and coaches to rethink their usual ways of working. Because of this and despite the inevitable presence of difficulties, this book argues that practitioners can no longer afford to wait for clients in their offices. In this volume, contributors from around the world argue that it is necessary to create new actions to be delivered in different contexts and provide an evidence-based framework with numerous counselling and coaching examples that are capable of promoting people’s strengths. Routledge Market: Counselling/Coaching August 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-29008-2: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-26659-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138290082

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Contact and Context

Developing Trauma-Informed Practice

New Directions in Gestalt Coaching

Transformations in Health, Mental Health, and Substance Abuse Systems

Edited by Ty Francis and Malcolm Parlett

Vivian B. Brown, private practice

This collection brings together some leading figures in Gestalt coaching to take stock of the field and consider how it might move forward. It covers the principles of Gestalt coaching and encourages practitioners to rethink the application of Gestalt in new ways and new settings – e.g. leadership, management and team development. Individual chapters also explore radical and personal perspectives on Gestalt coaching, from considering the place of embodiment to ‘being’ in coaching practice and looking at the transformational micro-moments of the client encounter.

Developing Trauma-Informed Practice aims to understand and highlight successful examples of health, mental health, substance abuse treatment, and other service delivery systems that have implemented an integrated trauma-informed service model. This innovative volume draws on the author’s first-hand experience working alongside a number of local and state organizations as well as a nationwide survey of notable trauma-informed models. Structured around illustrative case studies, chapters that correspond to stage of adoption, and strategies for cultivating staff support, this valuable new resource include examples and strategies to be applied in any treatment or service setting.

Gestalt Press Market: Coaching November 2016: 216x138: 294pp Hb: 978-1-138-70082-6: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-70083-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-20437-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138700833

Routledge Market: Trauma Counseling July 2017: 229 x 152 Hb: 978-1-138-64893-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64895-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62610-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138648951

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Contemplative Prayer for Christians with Chronic Worry

Developing Unrelenting Drive, Dedication, and Determination

An Eight-Week Program

A Cognitive Behavior Workbook

Joshua J. Knabb, California Baptist University, USA and Thomas V. Frederick, California Baptist University, USA Contemplative Prayer for Christians with Chronic Worry presents an eight-week approach for working with recurrent worry. Each chapter offers an introduction for the week, goals, techniques, and homework. Six free audio recordings are also available to download for use when practicing the guided meditations. Clinicians and their clients will find that the workbook helps them explore ways to lessen daily worries through contemplative prayer. Relying on scriptural support, the contemplative Christian tradition, and psychological science, clients will learn how to sit in silence with God, trusting in him during moments of uncertainty, worry, and anxiety. Routledge Market: Christianity/Anxiety March 2017: 229 x 152: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-69093-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69094-3: £44.95 eBook: 978-1-315-52465-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138690943

Russell Grieger, University of Virginia, Virginia, USA Developing Relentless Drive and Determination digs deep into the theory and practice of Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy to grow those qualities of character that drive one to relentlessly do what is necessary to produce great results. Designed for coaches and other helping professionals to use collaboratively with the their clients, each chapter begins with an engaging discussion of that chapter’s theme, replete with real-life examples. A step-by-step workshop follows, which contains guided exercises that aid the reader in building that character trait in clients. Finally, three powerful intensifiers are provided to habituate the chapter's trait into one’s character structure. Routledge Market: Cognitive Behavior Therapy/Coaching February 2017: 229 x 152: 182pp Hb: 978-1-138-18585-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18586-9: £16.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64421-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138185869

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

COUNSELING 4th Edition • NEW EDITION

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Encyclopedia of Counseling

Helping Teens Who Cut, Second Edition

Master Review and Tutorial for the National Counselor Examination, State Counseling Exams, and the Counselor Preparation Comprehensive Examination

Using DBT® Skills to End Self-Injury

Howard Rosenthal, St. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley, Missouri, USA With more questions and answers than any other edition, the th Encyclopedia of Counseling, 4 ed, is stillthe only book you need to pass the NCE and other counseling exams. Every chapter has new and updated material, and the user-friendly index that students know and love has also been fully revised. The book’s new and improved coverage includes a range of vital topics, including social media, identity, group work, career counseling, private practice and nonprofit work, substance abuse, meta-analysis in statistics, the DSM-5, the new ACA and NBCC codes of ethics, and much, much more. Routledge Market: Counseling April 2017: 229 x 152: 616pp Hb: 978-1-138-94264-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94265-3: £37.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67149-9 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-95862-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138942653

Michael Hollander Tens of thousands of worried parents have turned to this authoritative guide for the facts about the growing problem of teen self-injury--and what they can do to make it stop. Michael Hollander is a leading expert on the most effective treatment approach for cutting, dialectical behavior therapy (DBT). Vivid stories illustrate how out-of-control emotions lead some teens to hurt themselves, how DBT can help, and what other approaches can be beneficial. Parents get practical strategies for talking to teens about self-injury without making it worse, teaching them specific skills to cope with extreme emotions in a healthier way, finding the right therapist, and managing family stress. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling February 2017: 229 x 152: 238pp Hb: 978-1-462-52815-8: £35.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52710-6: £11.99 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-593-85426-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527106

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Enhancing Culturally Integrative Family Safety Response in Muslim Communities

How Animals Help Students Learn

Mohammed Baobaid, Muslim Resource Centre for Social Support and Integration and Lynda M. Ashbourne, University of Guelph, Ontario This informative new volume presents the Culturally Integrative Family Safety Response (CIFSR) model that is currently being used by the Muslim Resource Centre for Social Support and Integration (MRCSSI) in London, Ontario. Created to support immigrant and newcomer families from collectivist backgrounds struggling with issues related to pre-migration trauma, family violence, and child protection concerns, the CIFSR model focuses on early risk-identification and intervention, preserving safety, and appropriate conflict responses. Also included is a Q&A chapter from the authors that invites helping professionals, educators, and other readers to apply the model globally. Routledge Market: Family Therapy October 2016: 229 x 152: 120pp Hb: 978-1-138-94873-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94874-7: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66948-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138948747

Research and Practice for Educators and Mental Health Professionals Edited by Nancy R. Gee, Waltham Centre for Pet Nutrition, Leicestershire, United Kingdom, Aubrey H. Fine, California State Polytechnic University, USA and Peggy McCardle, Peggy McCardle Consulting, Florida, USA How Animals Help Students Learn summarizes what we know about the impact of animals in education and synthesizes the thinking of prominent leaders in research and practice. It’s a much-needed resource for mental-health and education professionals interested in incorporating animals in school-based environments, one that evaluates the efficacy of existing programs and helps move the field toward evidence-based practice. Experts from around the world provide concrete examples of how animals have been successfully incorporated into classroom settings to achieve the highest level of benefit while also ensuring the health and welfare of the students and animals involved. Routledge Market: Animal-Assisted Counseling/Education March 2017: 229 x 152: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-64864-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64863-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62061-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138648630

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

7th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Focused Genograms, 2nd Edition

Introduction to the Counseling Profession

Rita Demaria, Council for Relationships, Philadelphia, PA, Gerald Weeks, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, USA and Markie L. C. Blumer Genograms are one of the most essential tools for today's practitioner. In Focused Genograms, the mental health professional learns how to take an accurate read on presenting situations early on in therapy to prevent re-assessment further down the road. This revised edition contains seven new chapters that discuss new assessment tools such as the couple interaction map and family attachment patterns map, and provides opportunities for practical application by readers through the addition of clinical examples of multifocused Genograms, maps, and time lines. Routledge Market: Family Therapy October 2017: 229 x 152: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-71407-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80664-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-23077-1 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-876-30881-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415806640

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by David Capuzzi, Walden University, Oregon, USA and Douglas R. Gross, Arizona State University, USA th

Introduction to the Counseling Profession, 7 Edition, provides a comprehensive overview of the history and foundational concepts of counseling, offering the most relevant coverage available from experts in their respective fields. This edition includes topics rarely discussed in introductory texts, such as self-care, self-growth, and the use of technology, as well as a new chapter on crisis counseling. Students will gain insight into the myriad issues that surround not only the process of counseling and its many populations but also the personal dynamics that have an impact on this process. Routledge Market: Counseling June 2017: 254 x 178: 536pp Hb: 978-1-138-68478-2: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68480-5: £54.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53706-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138684805

New in Paperback

Companion Website

COUNSELING Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Non-Suicidal Self-Injury

Parenting Through the Storm

Wellness Perspectives on Behaviors, Symptoms, and Diagnosis

Find Help, Hope, and Strength When Your Child Has Psychological Problems

Kelly L. Wester, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, USA and Heather C. Trepal, University of Texas at San Antonio, USA Grounded in a wellness, strengths-based, and developmental perspective, Non-Suicidal Self-Injury is the ideal guide for counselors and other clinicians seeking to understand self-injurious behaviors without pathologizing them. In each chapter clinicians will also find concrete tools, including questions to ask, psychoeducational handouts for clients and their families, treatment handouts or treatment plans for counselors, and more. Non-Suicidal Self-Injury also includes real-life voices of individuals who self-injure as well as case vignettes to provide examples of how theoretical models or treatments discussed in this book immediately apply to practice. Routledge Market: Self-Injury January 2017: 229 x 152: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-78035-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-78036-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-77081-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138780361

Ann Douglas Raising a child with a psychological condition is a "perfect storm" of stress, heartache, and hard work. Ann Douglas knows firsthand just how daunting it can be--and what a difference knowledge and support can make. Each of her four children (now grown and thriving) has dealt with one or more mental health challenges, and Douglas shares what she has learned about coping with the emotional roller coaster, finding the best treatments, helping kids manage their symptoms and succeed academically, and keeping the family strong. Voices of numerous other parents who have weathered the storm are interwoven with advice from leading child psychologists. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2016: 229 x 152: 278pp Hb: 978-1-462-52804-2: £33.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52677-2: £10.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462526772

Dummy text to keep placeholder

7th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Optimizing Learning Outcomes

People in Crisis

Proven Brain-Centric, Trauma-Sensitive Practices

Clinical and Multicultural Perspectives

William Steele Optimizing Learning Outcomes provides answers for the most pressing questions that mental-health professionals, teachers, and administrators are facing in today's schools. Chapters provide a wide array of evidence-based resources—including links to video segments—that promote understanding, discussion, and successful modeling. Clinicians and educators will come away from this book with a variety of tools for facilitating brain-based, trauma-sensitive learning for all, realizing improved learning outcomes, improving teacher satisfaction, and reducing disciplinary actions and suspensions. Routledge Market: School-Based Mental Health March 2017: 229 x 152: 228pp Hb: 978-1-138-67761-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67762-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56356-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138677623

Lee Ann Hoff, Life Crisis Institute, USA, Lisa Brown, private practice, Massachusetts, USA and Miracle R. Hoff, Drake Counseling Services, North Dakota, USA th

People in Crisis, 7 edition, remains the most comprehensive and user-friendly text available to health and social-service professionals. The new edition includes revised case examples and expanded coverage of cross-cultural content, including updated analyses of the roles and effects of violence, unconscious racism, and crisis responses. Each chapter illustrates the application of crisis concepts and intervention strategies across a wide range of health and mental health settings, and chapters also contain closing summaries that include discussion questions, references, and connections to the online resources available on the book’s companion website. Routledge Market: Trauma July 2017: 254 x 178: 520pp Hb: 978-1-138-90598-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90597-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69036-0 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-99075-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138905979

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Overcoming the Stigma of Intimate Partner Abuse

Promoting Cultural Sensitivity in Supervision

Christine E Murray, University of North Carolina, Greensboro, USA and Allison Crowe, Department of Interdisciplinary Professions, College of Education, East Carolina University Overcoming the Stigma of Intimate Partner Abuse addresses the impact of the shame surrounding intimate partner violence and the importance of actively challenging this stigma. Through examples of survivors who have triumphed over past abuse, the book presents a new way to understand the dynamics of abusive relationships, as well as demonstrates the strength, resourcefulness, and resilience of victims and survivors. Overcoming the Stigma of Intimate Partner Abuse offers professionals, survivors, and communities an action plan to end stigma, support survivors, advocate for better response systems, raise awareness about abuse, and prevent violence. Routledge Market: Trauma Counseling October 2016: 229 x 152: 246pp Hb: 978-1-138-12131-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12132-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65103-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138121324

A Manual for Practitioners Edited by Kenneth V. Hardy, Drexel University, USA and Toby Bobes, Pacifica Graduate Institute, California, USA This book provides a roadmap for supervisors on how to promote and integrate cultural sensitivity into the core of their work. It is organized into four interrelated sections: The Conceptual section provides an overview of the theory that underpins a multicultural relational perspective, and the Structural section provides the reader with two specific strategies for concretizing the conceptual framework. The Strategies and Techniques section provides supervisors with hands-on tools for navigating difficult diversity related conversations in supervision. The Evaluation Tools section provides sample instruments for evaluating the entire supervisory process. Routledge Market: Supervision and Training May 2017: 279 x 216: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-78767-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78768-0: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-22579-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415787680

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

COUNSELING Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Raising a Secure Child

School Bullying

How Circle of Security Parenting Can Help You Nurture Your Child's Attachment, Emotional Resilience, and Freedom to Explore

Teachers helping students cope

Kent Hoffman, Glen Cooper and Bert Powell Today's parents are constantly pressured to be perfect. But in striving to do everything right, we risk missing what children really need for lifelong emotional security. Now the simple, powerful "Circle of Security" parenting strategies that Kent Hoffman, Glen Cooper, and Bert Powell have taught thousands of families are available in self-help form for the first time. Readers learn how to protect and nurture babies through teens while fostering their independence, and what emotional needs a child may be expressing with difficult behavior. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling March 2017: 229 x 152: 276pp Hb: 978-1-462-52813-4: £33.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52763-2: £10.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527632

Phillip Slee, Flinders University, Australia To effectively cope with school bullying it is essential to understand the issues underpinning student peer group dynamics in the school, classroom and community and this view lies at the heart of the text. While the experience of bullying others or being victimized is identified with an individual or group the solution lies with the systems eg. community, school, classroom or family of which the individual is part.. With school bullying now a matter of international concern, this book will be important reading for all students in psychology, education, health and social welfare, as well as school administrators, teachers, counsellors and childcare professionals. Routledge Market: Education December 2016: 234x156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-138-91192-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91193-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69226-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138911932

3rd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Real Life Heroes Life Storybook, 3rd Edition

The Art of Jewish Pastoral Counseling

Richard Kagan, Author, SC, USA

A Guide for All Faiths

Real Life Heroes Life Storybook, 3rd Edition is a resourceful tool for children with traumatic stress. This updated edition uses a creative arts approach, encouraging children to work with dependable adults to develop autobiographies through a wide range of activities, including drawings, music, movies, and narrative. By helping children feel protection from adversity and stressors that exist in everyday life, this workbook gives children a sense of value that can promote transformation of troubled children from victims into tomorrow's heroes. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy November 2016: 279 x 216: 236pp Hb: 978-1-138-21784-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-51804-8: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-12356-0 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-789-02951-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415518048

Michelle Friedman, Professor of Psychiatry and Neuroscience, Icahn School of Medicine and Director of Mental Health, James J. Peters Bronx Veterans Affairs Hospital. and Rachel Yehuda, Director, YCT Rabbinical School and associate professor of clinical psychiatry, Icahn School of Medicine, Mount Sinai Hospital, NYC. Series: Psyche and Soul The Art of Jewish Pastoral Counseling provides a clear, practical guide to working with congregants in a range of settings and illustrates the skills and core principles needed for effective pastoral counseling. The material is drawn from Jewish life and rabbinic pastoral counseling, but the fundamental principles in these pages apply to all faith traditions and to a wide variety of counselling relationships. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis November 2016: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-69022-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69023-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53533-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138690233

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Coaching Comes of Age

The Handbook of Career and Workforce Development

Partnering with leaders to navigate the complexities of our globalised world Hetty Einzig, a leadership coach, best-selling author and Editor of Coaching Perspectives In Coaching Comes of Age, Hetty Einzig examines the role of coaching and leadership in the twenty-first century, and sets out a compelling vision for its future. Drawing on experience gained over twenty-five years of coaching leaders in the corporate and public sectors, in the UK and globally, she challenges the tenet of coaching neutrality. Rather than neutral observers, she encourages coaches to see themselves as courageous partners in leadership and to work towards building an ethical, holistic and networked coaching approach to help create businesses that serve society and our globalised world. Routledge Market: Coaching May 2017: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-1-138-82932-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-82933-6: £24.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138829336

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Research, Practice, and Policy Edited by V. Scott H. Solberg, Boston University, Massachusetts, USA and Saba Rasheed Ali, University of Iowa, USA The Handbook of Career and Workforce Development provides educators, researchers, and policy makers with information on evidence-based programs and activities. Chapters describe ways that current research can be used to promote the design for more effective career development programs and services at local, state, and national levels. Promising career development practices applicable to a range of settings and special populations are identified, as are strategies for communicating evidence in ways that influence career and workforce development public policy. Routledge Market: Vocational Psychology March 2017: 254 x 178: 304pp Hb: 978-1-138-88656-8: £140.00 Pb: 978-1-138-88655-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71476-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138886551

New in Paperback

Companion Website

COUNSELING Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Process of Highly Effective Coaching

Using Mindfulness Skills in Everyday Life

An Evidence-Based Framework

A practical guide

Robert F. Hicks, University of Texas at Dallas, USA The Process of Highly Effective Coaching offers a unique blend of theory and practical methods for conducting effective coaching conversations. It provides an umbrella under which all of the major conceptual models for helping people change can not only coexist but work together. In addition to using this integrative approach, The Process of Highly Effective Coaching presents a framework for conducting coaching conversations and for relating the coaching process to the coaching competencies defined by the International Coaching Federation, the largest coach-credentialing organization in the world. Routledge Market: Coaching February 2017: 229 x 152: 222pp Hb: 978-1-138-90600-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90601-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69241-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138906013

Christine Dunkley, Grayrock Ltd., UK and Maggie Stanton, Stanton Psychological Services Ltd., UK Mindfulness has become a vital skill for everyday life. This book is particularly for people with little or no previous experience of mindfulness who are interested in learning skills to reduce their stress or rumination. The overall benefit is to help you live in a more effective and rewarding way, and to move towards the life you want. Incorporating a series of practical exercises, metaphors and stories, the authors clearly demonstrate the most effective methods for learning these skill. This practical, structured guide is essential for anyone wanting to experience the freedom that mindfulness can bring. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy October 2016: 198x129: 124pp Hb: 978-1-138-93083-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93084-1: £14.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67632-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138930841

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Touch in Child Counseling and Play Therapy An Ethical and Clinical Guide Edited by Janet A. Courtney, Barry University, Florida, USA and Robert D. Nolan, Institute for Child & Family Health, Florida, USA Touch in Child Counseling and Play Therapy explores the professional and legal boundaries around physical contact in therapy and offers best-practice guidelines from a variety of perspectives. Chapters address issues around appropriate and sensitive therapist-initiated touch, therapeutic approaches that use touch as an intervention in child treatment, and both positive and challenging forms of touch that are initiated by children. In these pages, professionals and students alike will find valuable information on ways to address potential ethical dilemmas, including working with parents/guardians, consent forms, cultural considerations, countertransference, and much more. Routledge Market: Child & Adolescent Counseling March 2017: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-63852-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-63853-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62875-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138638532

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Trauma-Informed Care How neuroscience influences practice Amanda Evans, Florida Gulf Coast University, USA and Patricia Coccoma, Florida Gulf Coast University, USA Series: Explorations in Mental Health This book informs and educates the professional community on the neurological changes to the brain as a result of trauma exposure, and provides evidenced-based and emergent treatment intervention options to assist persons recovering from acute and chronic traumatic events. In recent years, advances in neuroscience data on the changes to the brain as a result of exposure to trauma and traumatic stress have been well documented in scholarly literature. This book explains how trauma can alter brain structure, explores the impact of this on varied populations, and provides evidenced-based treatment options for recovery. Routledge Market: Psychology January 2017: 234x156: 162pp Hb: 978-0-415-64012-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-63716-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-81557-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138637160

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

CREATIVE ARTS AND EXPRESSIVE THERAPIES 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

An Introduction to Art Therapy Research

Art Therapy Materials and Methods

Lynn Kapitan, Mount Mary College, Wisconsin, USA

A Practical Step-by-Step Approach

Since the initial publication of An Introduction to Art Therapy Research interest in art therapy research has grown drastically as public policy demands for evidence-based practice continue to accelerate. This revised and expanded new edition pays particular attention to the most current literature and emerging trends in research while guiding readers through the basics of research design in quantitative and qualitative methodology. Also included are strategies for evaluating research and writing for peer-reviewed publication, added coverage on cross-cultural research, as well as an instructor's manual with student resources to enhance the pedagogical features of the text.

Ellen G Horovitz

Routledge Market: Art Therapy July 2017: 229 x 152: 355pp Hb: 978-1-138-91284-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91285-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69174-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138912854

Art Therapy Materials and Methods explores the therapeutic use of art materials and methods through the lens of developmental stages, case studies of various populations and step-by-step instructions for working with clients of all ages. The materials used cover basic supplies (drawing, paint, watercolor, pastels, markers, etc.) and also a litany of other materials and special topics such as phototherapy techniques, glass, knitting, quilting, woodburning, felting, digital applications, and much more. The step-by-step approach of this text, which is steeped in research and case methodology, will be a welcome resource for both students and seasoned art therapists. Routledge Market: Art Therapy August 2017: 229 x 152: 168pp Hb: 978-1-138-20941-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20942-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-45721-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138209428

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Art Therapy for Social Justice

Arts Therapies and New Challenges in Psychiatry

Radical Intersections Savneet Talwar, The School of the Art Institute of Chicago

Edited by Karin Dannecker, Berlin Weissensee School of Art, Germany Series: International Research in the Arts Therapies

Art Therapy for Social Justice seeks to open a conversation about the critical intersection of social change and social justice in private and public art therapy spaces. By moving the practice of art therapy beyond standard individualized treatment models, this informative new resource aims to promote scholarship and dialogue that opens boundaries to envision approaches that are culturally sensitive with a focus on antiracist, feminist, and emancipatory movements. In particular, specific programs are highlighted that have effectively used art-based practices to promote change by drawing attention to social inequities rooted in power, privilege, oppression, and discrimination.

International Arts Therapies Research: New challenges in psychiatry focuses on a major field of practice in the arts therapies - that of psychiatric illness. The success of treatment of clients with a variety of illnesses, such as psychosis, schizophrenia, borderline symptoms and depression, with art therapies has been long known, yet a profound body of evidence-based research results is missing. This book aims to fill a gap in the literature by gathering papers from renowned arts therapists around the world in order to provide clear data and arguments about the effectiveness of the arts therapies.

Routledge Market: Art Therapy August 2017: 229 x 152: 220pp Hb: 978-1-138-90905-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90906-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69418-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138909069

Routledge Market: Arts Therapies August 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-67197-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-61663-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138671973

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Art Therapy in the Early Years

Emerging Perspectives in Art Therapy

Therapeutic interventions with infants, toddlers and their families

Trends, Movements, and Developments

Edited by Julia Meyerowitz-Katz, private practice in Sydney and Dean Reddick, private supervision and art practice

Edited by Richard Carolan, Notre Dame de Namur University and Amy Backos, Notre Dame de Namur University

Art therapy with infants and toddlers, their parents and families is an exciting and developing area of practice. This new book makes a significant contribution to art therapy with this population, with contributors offering examples of clinical art therapy practice with children under five and their families using different interventions in a range of settings (including paediatric wards, pre-schools and private practice) in several countries. Divided into three sections - individual art therapy, group art therapy and parent-child dyad and family art therapy – it shows how art psychotherapy offers opportunities for successful therapeutic growth with with this client group.

Emerging Perspectives in Art Therapy aims to document newly emerging trends in the field of art therapy and to offer a vision of the future practices. This exciting new volume contains a diverse selection of chapters written to examine the current transitional phase of the profession where new paradigms of thinking and research methods are emerging due to the continued examination of old assumptions and development of new knowledge. Specific attention is paid to emergent knowledge in the areas of neuropsychological applications, philosophical foundations, research, multicultural and international practices, and art as therapy in allied professions.

Routledge Market: Art Therapy October 2016: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-81475-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81477-6: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74274-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138814776

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Routledge Market: Art Therapy August 2017: 229 x 152: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-65234-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65235-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62431-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138652354

New in Paperback

Companion Website

CREATIVE ARTS AND EXPRESSIVE THERAPIES Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Essentials of Dance Movement Psychotherapy

Positive Psychology in Art Therapy

International Perspectives on Theory, Research, and Practice

Integrating the Science of Wellbeing into Theory and Practice

Edited by Helen Payne, Professor of Psychotherapy, University of Hertfordshire

Gioia Chilton, George Washington University and Rebecca Wilkinson, George Washington University

Essentials of Dance Movement Psychotherapy contributes to the global interest in embodiment approaches to psychotherapy and to the field of dance movement psychotherapy specifically. It includes recent research, innovative theories and case studies of practice providing an inclusive overview of this ever growing field. As well as original UK contributions, offerings from other nations are incorporated, making it more accessible to the dance movement psychotherapy community of practice worldwide.

As a growing movement, positive psychology has much to offer the art therapy profession, which in turn is uniquely poised to contribute to the study of optimal functioning. Positive Psychology in Art Therapy: Integrating Wellbeing into Theory and Practice aims to explore the relevance of positive psychology to art therapy and discuss its capacity to mobilize client strengths, induce engagement, and increase flow as well as positive emotions throughout the therapeutic process. The innovative manual is an invaluable took for any practitioner looking to apply the most current theory and research on positive psychology to their art therapy practice.

Routledge Market: Arts Therapies April 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-20045-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20047-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-45285-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138200470

Routledge Market: Art Therapy August 2017: 229 x 152: 225pp Hb: 978-1-138-90889-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90891-8: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69424-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138908918

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Exploring Ethical Dilemmas in Art Therapy

Psychodrama with Children

Edited by Audrey Di Maria, George Washington University

Healing children through their own creativity

Exploring Ethical Dilemmas in Art Therapy presents not only the ethical principles to which art therapists must adhere, but also offers real life examples of ethical dilemmas from a wide range of professional settings. Particular emphasis is paid to the role that boundaries (emotional, physical, technological) play in the art therapist’s work as well as ethical dilemmas that may appear when taking on additional roles such as case manager or expert witness. Offering a unique presentation centered on diverse vignettes with important lessons and ethical takeaways highlighted throughout, this exciting new volume will be an invaluable resource to all future and current art therapists. Routledge Market: Art Therapy August 2017: 229 x 152: 440pp Hb: 978-1-138-68189-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68190-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54549-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138681903

Hanna Kende, University of Budapest This book offers a detailed account of the author’s approach to using psychodrama with troubled children. Based on Hanna Kende’s extensive experience and wide-ranging knowledge, Psychodrama with Children draws on the origins and roots of psychodrama, and using detailed case studies, shows how children can be allowed to find their own healing metaphor through the use of fairy tales. She draws on a very wide array of theorists, in addition to the foundational theorists Moreno and Adler. Psychodrama with Children will be inspiring reading for psychodramatists, dramatherapists, play therapists, and child and adolescent mental health professionals. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy December 2016: 234x156: 190pp Hb: 978-1-138-65766-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65768-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54293-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138657687

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Implementing the Expressive Therapies Continuum

The Legacy of Edith Kramer

A Guide for Clinical Practice

A Multifaceted View

Sandra Graves-Alcorn, University of Louisville, USA and Christa Kagin, Benedictine College

Edited by Lani Gerity, Private Practice and Susan Ainlay Anand, University of Mississippi Medical Center

Implementing the Expressive Therapies Continuum aims to explore the use of the Expressive Therapies Continuum (ETC) in the form of specific expressive therapy initiatives intended to be used in both educational and professional settings. Drawing on materials co-developed by Dr. Sandra Graves-Alcorn, co-author and developer of the ETC, as well as tried and tested curriculum by Professor Christa Kagin, this interdisciplinary resource will be of great value to students, teachers, mental health clinicians, as well as other healthcare practitioners interested in utilizing the ETC developmental model. All of this is delivered in a clear and easy to follow presentation designed to engage readers.

The Legacy of Edith Kramer presents a unique exploration into the life and work of the groundbreaking artist and art therapist. This edited volume examines the artist’s personal and cultural history prior to relocating to the United States as well as the later years when she worked as an artist, art therapist, and teacher as she developed her theoretical understanding of art therapy. Written by an international group of contributors, this informative new text offers a multifaceted view of Edith Kramer that will be appreciated by future and current art therapists looking to better understand Kramer’s exceptional mind and contribution to the field.

Routledge Market: Art Therapy / Psychotherapy April 2017: 229 x 152: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-65238-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65240-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62430-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138652408

Routledge Market: Art Therapy September 2017: 229 x 152 Hb: 978-1-138-68123-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68124-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54591-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138681248

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

DEATH STUDIES Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Handbook of the Sociology of Death, Grief, and Bereavement

The Psychological Autopsy

A Guide to Theory and Practice

Antoon Leenaars, private practice, Ontario, Canada

Edited by Neil Thompson, Avenue Professional Development Programme, Wales, UK and Gerry R. Cox, University of Wisconsin-La Crosse, USA The Handbook of the Sociology of Death, Grief, and Bereavement sets issues of death and dying in a broad and holistic social context. Its three parts explore classical sociology, developments in sociological thought, and the ways that sociological insights can be useful across a broad spectrum of grief-related topics and concerns. Guidance is given in each chapter to help spur readers to examine other topics in thanatology through a sociological lens. Scholars, students, and professionals will come away from the handbook with a nuanced understanding of the social context that shapes grief experiences. Routledge Market: Death & Grief/Sociology May 2017: 254 x 178: 424pp Hb: 978-1-138-20106-4: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20107-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-45385-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138201071

A Roadmap for Uncovering the Barren Bones of the Suicide's Mind The best way to grasp the essence of death scene investigation (DSI) is to witness its application, called the psychological autopsy, by an expert forensic scientist/clinician. This remarkable book affords the opportunity to delve into the challenges that the forensic mental health specialist and public safety professional confront in DSI. Dr. Leenaars shows that DSI is not mysterious; the reader can learn the generally accepted, evidence-based protocols of the psychological autopsy. Illuminated by individual (idiographic) case studies and general (nomothetic) research, this definitive guide allows the investigator to uncover the bare bones of a suicide or death. Routledge Market: Trauma Studies/Psychotherapy January 2017: 229 x 152: 370pp Hb: 978-0-895-03918-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-895-03919-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26621-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780895039194

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Handbook of Traumatic Loss A Guide to Theory and Practice Edited by Neil Thompson, Avenue Professional Development Programme, Wales, UK, Gerry R. Cox, University of Wisconsin-La Crosse, USA and Robert G. Stevenson, Mercy College, New York, USA The Handbook of Traumatic Loss adopts a broad, holistic approach that recognizes traumatic loss much more fully as a multidimensional humanphenomenon, not simply a medical condition. Initial chapters build a foundation for understanding traumatic loss and explore the many ways we respond to trauma. Later chapters counterbalance the individualistic focus of dominant approaches to traumatic loss by highlighting a number of thought-provoking socialdimensions of traumatic loss. Each chapter emphasizes different aspects of traumatic loss and argues for ways in which clinicians can help deal with its many and varied impacts. Routledge Market: Death and Dying/Trauma January 2017: 254 x 178: 402pp Hb: 978-1-138-18232-5: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18233-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-62727-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138182332

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Sibling Loss Across the Lifespan Research, Practice, and Personal Stories Edited by Brenda J. Marshall, The Solacium Group, Ontario, Canada and Howard R. Winokuer, The Winokuer Center for Counseling and Healing, North Carolina, USA Series edited by Robert A. Neimeyer Series: Series in Death, Dying, and Bereavement Sibling Loss Across the Lifespan brings together researchers, clinicians, and bereaved siblings to explore sibling loss. Unique in both form and content, the book focuses on loss within five key age ranges—childhood, adolescence, emerging adulthood, adulthood, and late adulthood—and losses within a special topics section that addresses areas of interest across multiple age groups. In addition to chapters from researchers and clinicians, the book includes personal stories from bereaved siblings who describe the lived experience of this loss. Routledge Market: Grief and Bereavement October 2016: 229 x 152: 204pp Hb: 978-1-138-92728-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92729-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67286-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138927292

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

JUNG AND ANALYTICAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A Japanese Jungian Perspective on Mental Health and Culture

Consciousness in Jung and Patañjali

Wandering madness Iwao Akita, psychiatrist, clinical psychologist, and Jungian analyst Series: Research in Analytical Psychology and Jungian Studies The advent of modern mental health has brought about seminal changes in our understanding and relationship to those who face its challenges. Yet the cure also seems to be something of the cause, as the classification of mental disorders continues to expand and increasing numbers of people show up to fill them. This book explores the differences between Western and Japanese models of mental health and presents a new theory of psyche-ology to highlight what has been lost in our rush to medicalize the psyche and recommends how we might return to a proper balance.

Leanne Whitney, Pacifica Graduate Institute, USA Series: Research in Analytical Psychology and Jungian Studies For almost a century, scholars have put Western psychotherapeutic models in dialogue with Eastern liberatory psychologies. These works have aimed to clarify confusions and misconceptions in the East-West dialogue, yet none of the prior works in the field comprehensively address the differences between the representations of consciousness found in Jung’s depth psychology and Patañjali’s Classical Yoga. Consciousness in Jung and Patañjali fills this gap in the scholarship and, by placing Jung and Patañjali directly in dialogue, illuminates the significant differences between dual and nondual psychological theory. Routledge Market: Analytical psychology/Philosophy October 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-21352-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-44816-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138213524

Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology February 2017: 234x156: 136pp Hb: 978-1-138-80569-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-75210-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138805699

Dummy text to keep placeholder

African Americans and Jungian Psychology

Feminist Views from Somewhere

Leaving the Shadows

Post-Jungian themes in feminist theory

Fanny Brewster, Pacifica Graduate Institute, USA

Edited by Leslie Gardner, University of Essex, UK. and Frances Gray, University of Queensland, Australia

This exciting new bookexplores the little known racial relationship between the African diaspora and C.G. Jung’s analytical psychology. In this unique book, Fanny Brewster explores the culture of Jungian psychology in America and its often difficult relationship with race and racism. Beginning with an examination of how Jungian psychology initially failed to engage African Americans, and continuing to the modern use of the Shadow in language and imagery, Brewster creates space for a much broader discussion regarding race and racism in America. Using Jung’s own words, Brewster establishes a timeline of Jungian perspectives on African Americans from the past to the present.

This book explores what and how Jungian thought contributes to feminist thinking. Broadly speaking, feminist thinking, or thinking by and about women as autonomous, intelligent and independent agents, has opened up scholarship through insightful, reflective critique and practice. This is the starting point of this collection from a range of theorists, interested in the multiple concerns of Jungian and analytical psychology. The contributors take a unique approach to Jungian thinking. Rather than focussing on its mythological aspects, the authors develop alternative, feminist approaches that enhance the appreciation of the possibilities for Jungian and post-Jungian studies.

Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-95272-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95276-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66535-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138952768

Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology December 2016: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-89783-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-89782-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-70897-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138897823

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Ancient Egypt and Modern Psychotherapy

Grandparents

Sacred Science and the Search for Soul

Archetypal and clinical perspectives on grandparent-grandchild relationships

Todd Hayen, Psychotherapist in priate practice, Ontario, Canada Hayen examines the ancient Egyptians’ possession of a concept contemporary academics have labelled ‘consciousness of the heart’: an innate knowledge of the entirety of the universe. While all human beings possess this consciousness of the heart, our modern culture has largely lost the ability to tap into this inborn knowledge. By examining the material accomplishments of ancient Egypt, and how their seemingly deeper awareness of their inner world created a harmonious outer world, we can begin to understand how modern psychotherapy, through a Jungian perspective, could be instrumental in achieving a more profound and meaningful personal experience of life. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology/Psychotherapy January 2017: 234x156: 156pp Hb: 978-1-138-12217-8: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12218-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65059-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138122185

Isabelle Meier, Co-President, ISAPZurich, Switzerland Meier dedicates this book to the unique relationship between grandparents and grandchildren as told in fairytales, legends, myths and epics as well as by clients in the therapeutic encounter. Presented in two parts, Meier first explores the archetypal images associated with grandparents, including the wise woman, the old wizard and the wicked witch. We see how the Jungian concept of complexes and Bowlby’s ideas of internal working models reflect the feelings and experiences involved in this relationship. Meier then explores a number of clinical case studies which demonstrate the theory, and the ‘grandparent complex’, in therapeutic practice. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology October 2016: 234x156: 148pp Hb: 978-1-138-68866-7: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68867-4: £27.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53809-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138688674

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

JUNG AND ANALYTICAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Jung and Kierkegaard

Jungian Perspectives on Rebirth and Renewal

Amy Cook Series: Research in Analytical Psychology and Jungian Studies

Phoenix rising Edited by Elizabeth Brodersen, C. G. Jung Institute, Switzerland and Michael Glock

Jung and Kierkegaard identifies authenticity, suffering and self-deception as key overlapping themes that connect Carl Jung’s work intimately with that of Søren Kierkegaard. There is, in the thinking of Jung and Kierkegaard, the fundamental belief in the healing potential of a religious outlook, for both these pioneering psychologists of the human condition identify and express psychological healing in terms of the religious. The significance of such similarities of thinking between Kierkegaard and Jung are fully explored within this text in order to bridge the gap between Kierkegaard’s brand of existential Christian psychology and Jung’s own unique philosophy. Routledge Market: Analytical psychology/Philosophy July 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-68027-2: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56373-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680272

This collection of papers is inspired by the themes evoked by the image of the phoenix and by Jung’s travels to the USA, India and Africa in the 1920s and 1930s. The international selection of contributors explore ideas that range from the cultural complex to the trickster archetype, life and death, and the experiences of indigenous communities in the modern world. They use images, literature, film and clinical and personal accounts in their examinations of the psyche and its relation to contemporary society. The book features a strong editorial framework, locating each chapter within current academic discourse, and as a whole presents a unique exploration of this key area of Jung’s work. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology November 2016: 234x156: 282pp Hb: 978-1-138-19309-3: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19312-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63955-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138193123

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Jung and Sex

On the Blissful Islands with Nietzsche & Jung

Re-visioning the treatment of sexual issues

In the shadow of the superman

Edward Santana, Pacifica Graduate Institute, USA.

Paul Bishop, William Jacks Chair in Modern Languages at the University of Glasgow, UK.

Sex therapists are expressing serious concerns about the limited success of current approaches, which focus on diagnostic labelling, brief- or symptom-focused therapies and pharmaceutical interventions. Santana explores Jung’s theoretical and clinical approach to sexual phenomena as a potential means for improving mainstream treatments of sexual issues in psychotherapy. The book also addresses the wider problems involved in pathologising sexual human nature, which results in violence and oppression. This is first text to provide such a comprehensive analysis of Jung’s views and clinical approaches to sexual issues and treatments. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology October 2016: 234x156: 174pp Hb: 978-1-138-91914-3: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91915-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68801-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138919143

This book takes as its starting-point the chapter called ‘On the Blissful Islands’ in Part Two of Nietzsche’s Thus Spoke Zarathustra. From this remarkable and powerful passage, it disengages the Nietzschean idea of the Superman and the Jungian notion of the shadow, moving these concepts into a new, interdisciplinary direction. In particular, On the Blissful Islands seeks to develop the kind of interpretative approach that Jung himself employed. Its chief topics are classical (the motif of the blissful islands), psychological (the shadow), and philosophical (the Übermensch or superman), blended together to produce a rich, intellectual-historical discussion. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology November 2016: 234x156: 238pp Hb: 978-1-138-79161-9: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-79162-6: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-76269-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138791626

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Jungian Film Studies

Paranoia

The essential guide

The madness that makes history Helena Bassil-Morozow, cultural philosopher, film scholar and academic writer. and Luke Hockley, University of Bedfordshire, UK Series: Jung: The Essential Guides

This books covers range of popular Jungian concepts including the collective unconscious, archetypes, the individuation process, alchemy, signs and symbols and many more, and shows how they can be used to discuss the core cinematic issues such as narrative structure, gender, identity, genre, authorship, and meaning-making. The authors argue that, as a place where the unconscious and conscious meet, cinema offers the potential for imagery that is psychologically potent, meaningful, and that plays a role in our personal psychological development. This is a much needed and highly anticipated book, bringing together the various research produced in the area of Jungian Film Studies. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology November 2016: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-53144-3: £115.00 Pb: 978-0-415-53145-0: £28.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62223-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415531450

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Luigi Zoja, analytical psychologist in private practice, Milan. Focusing on the contagious aspects of paranoia and its infectious, self-replicating dynamics, Zoja takes such diverse examples as Ajax and Othello, Cain and the American Holocaust, Hitler, Stalin and George W. Bush to illustrate his argument. He reconstructs the emblematic arguments that paranoia has promoted in Western history and examines how the power of the modern media and mass communication has affected how it spreads. Paranoia clearly examines how leaders lose control of their influence, how the collective unconscious acquires an autonomous life and how seductive its effects can be – more so than any political, religious or ideological discourse. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology March 2017: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-138-67354-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67366-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56178-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138673663

New in Paperback

Companion Website

JUNG AND ANALYTICAL PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychology as the Discipline of Interiority 'The Psychological Difference' in the Work of Wolfgang Giegerich Edited by Jennifer M. Sandoval, licensed clinical psychologist in private practice, Los Angeles, CA, USA and John C. Knapp, licensed clinical psychologist in private practice, Chicago, IL, USA Psychology as the Discipline of Interiority is the first collection of essays dedicated to the study and application of Psychology as the Discipline of Interiority—a new ‘wave’ within Analytical Psychology which pushes off from the work of C. G. Jung and James Hillman. The book reflects upon the notion of psychology developed by German psychoanalyst Wolfgang Giegerich, whose Hegelian turn sheds light on the notion of soul, or psyche, and its inner logic and ‘thought’, forming a radical new basis from which to ground a modern psychology with soul. With a new chapter by Wolfgang Giegerich and a foreword by David Miller, Psychology as the Discipline of Interiority will be essential reading. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology February 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-12078-5: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12088-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65137-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138120884

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Routledge International Handbook of Sandplay Therapy Edited by Barbara A. Turner, founder of the association for Sandplay Therapy, US. Series: Routledge International Handbooks The Routledge International Handbook of Sandplay Therapy provides a comprehensive overview of this therapeutic method, developed to provide a means of helping clients of all ages with mental suffering. The contributors, from a range of therapeutic and cultural backgrounds, demonstrate core theory and practice and explore the implications of current neuroscientific research. The chapters illustrate the effectiveness of this psychotherapeutic tool in its contemporary applications. Unique in scope and breadth, this handbook will appeal to academics and students of Jungian psychotherapy, as well as occupational therapists, art and play therapists and all clinicians using Sandplay therapy. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology/Psychotherapy January 2017: 246x174: 350pp Hb: 978-1-138-10169-2: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-65674-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138101692

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Time and the Psyche Jungian Perspectives Edited by Angeliki Yiassemides, Developmental and Analytical Psychologist, Nicosia, Cyprus In Time and the Psyche the diverse range of contributors explore the multi-layered aspects of time through the lens of analytical psychology. The book aims to bridge the gap between theory and practice, emphasising how time has a fundamental role in the workings and expressions of the psyche. The contributors deal with temporality in our inner world and its manifestations as expressed by products of our psyche, covering topics including disturbances of temporality within the psychoanalytic session, the acausal connecting principle of synchronicity, time as expressed in film, objects, literature, and culture, and temporality as understood in various types of dreams and imaginary practices. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology April 2017: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-12071-6: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12072-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65156-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138120723

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

MARRIAGE, FAMILY AND SEX THERAPY 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

African American Relationships, Marriages, and Families

Designing and Leading a Successful SAR

An Introduction

Patti Britton, Sex Coach University, California and Robert Dunlap, Sex Coach University, California

Patricia Dixon, Georgia State University, GA, USA African American Relationships, Marriages, and Families, Second Edition is a historically and culturally centered research based-text designed for use in undergraduate, graduate, and community-based courses on African American relationships, marriages, and families. Complete with numerous exercises, this volume can be used by current and future helping professionals to guide singles and couples by increasing single and partner-awareness, and respect and appreciation for difference. In addition, singles and couples learn skills for effective communication and conflict resolution and ultimately how to develop and maintain healthy relationships, marriages, and families. Routledge Market: Marriage & Family Therapy/African American Studies May 2017: 279 x 216: 344pp Hb: 978-1-138-19314-7: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19317-8: £37.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63952-9 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-95533-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138193178

A Guide for Sex Therapists, Sexuality Educators, and Sexologists

The SAR Guide introduces the Sexual Attitudes Reassessment and Restructuring (SAR) training program for professionals working in the broad field of sexology. The authors, who have led over 40 SAR training programs in 7 different countries, first provide an overview of the history and modern day context of SARs. In Part II, they provide a toolkit for creating your own SAR, using photocopiable workbook pages, handy checklists, and sidebars of special tips. Part III focuses on lessons learned from past SARs and modifications for cutting-edge SARs. This book is necessary reading for clinicians and educators who wish to offer SAR training programs or integrate the SAR approach into their practice. Routledge Market: Sex Therapy July 2017: 279 x 216: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-23698-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-23699-8: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-30111-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138236998

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • READER • NEW EDITION

Becoming a Kink Aware Therapist

Doing Couple Therapy, Second Edition

Caroline Shahbaz, Shahbaz & Associates, VA, USA and Peter Chirinos, Capital Counseling Services, VA, USA Drawing on current research and ethnographic narratives from the kink community, this book seeks to provide psychotherapists with an introductory understanding of the culture and practice of BDSM, and presents specific therapeutic concerns related to common misconceptions. This book strives to de-pathologize BDSM practices, while also providing concrete ways to distinguish abuse from consent, harmful codependency, and more. Packed with practical suggestions and rich case studies, this book belongs on the shelf of every therapist seeing BDSM and kink clients. Routledge Market: Sex Therapy October 2016: 216 x 140: 140pp Hb: 978-1-138-23965-4: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-29533-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138239654

Craft and Creativity in Work with Intimate Partners Robert Taibbi Series: The Guilford Family Therapy Now thoroughly revised, this practical, user-friendly guide has helped thousands of novice couple therapists and students to navigate the challenges of clinical work with couples in conflict. Robert Taibbi presents effective strategies for rapidly identifying a couple's core issues and conducting each stage of therapy, from the first sessions to termination. Rich with sensitive, detailed case material, the book features end-of-chapter exercises that help readers identify and develop their own strengths as practitioners. Appendices include reproducible client handouts that can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling May 2017: 229 x 152: 292pp Hb: 978-1-462-53014-4: £50.99 Pb: 978-1-462-53013-7: £20.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462530137

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Contemporary Families at the Nexus of Research and Practice

Emotionally Focused Family Therapy

Edited by Scott W. Browning, Chestnut Hill College, Philadelphia, PA, USA and Brad van Eeden-Moorefield, Montclair State University, NJ, USA

James Furrow, Gail Palmer, Susan Johnson, George Faller and Lisa Palmer Olsen

This volume integrates current research with clinical theory to establish the most up-to-date, evidence-supported treatment options for unique contemporary families. Each chapter begins with a case study and genogram. A research section that explains family experiences outlined in the case study follows. Finally, a treatment section presents clinical theory and provides an evidence-supported practice. Together, each chapter demonstrates how theory gets translated into practice. Family forms discussed include families of divorce, stepfamilies, families of addiction, impoverished families, families of incarceration, families of cyberbullying, and families of murder victims. Routledge Market: Family Therapy May 2017: 229 x 152: 296pp Hb: 978-1-138-95072-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95073-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66859-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138950733

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Restoring Connection and Promoting Resilience This revolutionary treatment manual for Emotionally Focused Family Therapy (EFFT) enables mental health professionals to extend the proven effectiveness of EFT to the multiple relationships and complexities of family life. It offers a theoretical framework that enhances a therapist’s conceptualization of family dynamics through clinical transcripts. The authors look at a broad range of presenting problems and family groups, and show readers how to integrate the material in a manner that will improve their competence in sessions. This book is a must-have for any professional looking to promote the development and renewal of attachment bonds in family relationships. Routledge Market: Family Therapy August 2017: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-94801-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94802-0: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66964-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138948020

New in Paperback

Companion Website

MARRIAGE, FAMILY AND SEX THERAPY 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Ethics and Professional Issues in Couple and Family Therapy

Families and Forgiveness Healing Wounds in the Intergenerational Family

Edited by Megan J. Murphy, Purdue University Northwest, Indiana, USA and Lorna Hecker, Purdue Univerity Northwest, Indiana, USA

Terry D. Hargrave, Fuller Theological Seminary, California, USA and Nicole E. Zasowski, Greenwich Center for Hope and Renewal, Connecticut, USA

Ethics and Professional Issues in Couple and Family Therapy, Second Edition addresses the 2015 AAMFT Code of Ethics as well as other professional organizations’ codes of ethics, and includes three new chapters: one on in-home family therapy, a common method of providing therapy to clients, particularly those involved with child protective services; one chapter on HIPAA and HITECH Regulations; and one chapter on professional issues, in which topics such as advertising, professional identity, supervision, and research ethics are addressed. This book is intended as a training text for students studying to be marriage

Families and Forgiveness, Second Edition gives the therapist a working knowledge of the importance of love and trustworthiness, skills to adequately assess hurt and pain in a family, and different techniques and conceptualizations to help family members move to make progress in restoring function to broken identities and senses of safety. In this new edition, a reorganized structure efficiently brings the therapeutic focus on love and trustworthiness, and revised case studies and updated interventions provide mental health professionals with practical methods to treat troubled families.

and family therapists. Routledge Market: Couple and Family Therapy October 2016: 229 x 152: 326pp Hb: 978-1-138-64525-7: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64526-4: £37.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62824-0 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-789-03390-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138645264

Routledge Market: Family Therapy October 2016: 229 x 152: 220pp Hb: 978-1-138-12184-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12185-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65070-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138121850

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Exploring Desire and Intimacy

Foundations for Couples' Therapy

A Workbook for Creative Clinicians

Research for the Real World

Gina Ogden, in private practice, Massachusetts, USA In this book, Gina Ogden guides you in helping your clients explore the full range of their sexual issues and challenges—including couple communication, erectile dysfunction, vaginismus, low desire, affairs, trauma, religious proscriptions, pornography use, and more. Part I offers strategies that correspond to the core knowledge areas required for certification as a sexuality professional, while Part II puts these innovative approaches into action through following five case examples from seasoned practitioners. The numerous user-friendly elements, such as quizzes, worksheets, and "hot tips," will help you expand your ability to offer safe, ethical, evidence-based therapy.

Edited by Jennifer Fitzgerald, University of Queensland, Australia As a quality resource that examines the psychological, neurobiological, cultural, and spiritual considerations that undergird optimal couple care, Foundations for Couples’ Therapy teaches readers to conduct sensitive and comprehensive therapy with a diverse range of couples. Experts from social work, clinical psychotherapy, neuroscience, social psychology and health respond to one of seven central case examples to help readers understand the dynamics within each partner, as well as within the couple as a system and within a broader cultural context.

Routledge Market: Sex Therapy & Sexuality October 2016: 279 x 216: 196pp Hb: 978-1-138-93376-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93377-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67836-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138933767

Routledge Market: Couples Therapy February 2017: 229 x 152: 520pp Hb: 978-1-138-90962-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90963-2: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67861-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138909632

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Exploring Immigrant and Sexual Minority Mental Health

Innovations in Interventions to Address Intimate Partner Violence

Reconsidering Multiculturalism

Research and Practice

Pavna K. Sodhi, private practice in Ottawa, Canada Exploring Immigrant and Sexual Minority Mental Health provides mental health practitioners with up-to-date theory, cutting-edge research, and therapeutic strategies to assist them in their work with multicultural clients. By focusing on the immigrant psyche, this volume hones in on appropriate counselling interventions and effective, culturally-specific psychotherapeutic practices by introducing the use of Diversity and Identity Formation Therapy (DIFT), a theoretical concept designed for immigrant and sexual minority identity formation. This work can be used in interdisciplinary settings and is applicable for those working in a number of mental health disciplines. Routledge Market: Multicultural Therapy April 2017: 229 x 152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-84186-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-84187-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-76034-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415841870

Edited by Tod Augusta-Scott, Private practice, Nova Scotia, Canada., Katreena Scott, University of Toronto, Canada and Leslie M. Tutty, University of Calgary, Canada Innovations in Interventions to Address Intimate Partner Violence: Research and Practice speaks to what can be done to effectively intervene to end intimate partner violence against women. Contributions to this volume are organized into five sections: legal responses to domestic violence, intervention with men who have perpetrated domestic violence, responses to women who have experienced domestic violence, restorative approaches to intimate partner violence and a section on integrating intervention for domestic violence across systems. The book highlights advances in practice which will be of interest to researchers, practitioners, policy makers and students. Routledge Market: Domestic Violence/Intimate Partner Violence April 2017: 229 x 152: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-69226-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69227-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53277-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138692275

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

MARRIAGE, FAMILY AND SEX THERAPY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Internal Family Systems Therapy with Children

Parents Are Our Other Client

Lisa Spiegel, Private practice, New York, NY, USA Internal Family Systems Therapy with Children details the application of IFS in child psychotherapy. The weaving together of theory, step-by-step instruction, and case material gives child therapists a clear roadmap for understanding and utilizing the healing power of this modality. In addition, any IFS therapist will more deeply understand the theory and practice of Internal Family Systems by reading how it is practiced with children. This book also covers the use of IFS in parent guidance, an important aspect of any therapeutic work with families. The poignant and humorous vignettes of children’s therapy along with their artwork make it an enjoyable and informative read. Routledge Market: Family Therapy April 2017: 229 x 152: 138pp Hb: 978-1-138-68210-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68211-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54539-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138682115

Ideas for Therapists, Social Workers, Support Workers, and Teachers Sandra Wieland, in private practice, British Columbia, Canada How therapists work with children’s biological, adoptive, or foster parents can ultimately determine the outcome of a child’s therapy. Therapists, social workers, and counselors should read Parents Are Our Other Client if they are looking to be more effective in their work with parents. The reader will learn how to recognize a parent’s attachment pattern, how that has affected how they relate to their children, and how insecure attachment patterns can be shifted. Special attention is given to the role of fathers and the challenge of working with them. Case studies and practical examples make this book both readable and practical. Routledge Market: Family Therapy March 2017: 229 x 152: 296pp Hb: 978-1-138-83257-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-83256-5: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73595-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138832565

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Marital Relationships and Parenting: Intimate relations and their correlates

Relational Family Therapy The Systemic, Interpersonal, and Intrapsychic Experience

Edited by Ami Rokach, York University, Toronto, Canada

Christian Gostečnik, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia

Focusing on intimate relationships, between couples and between parents and their children, this book explores themes including the influence of parental relationships on children, adolescents, and college students; how humour may influence and improve relationships; how children’s loneliness may be affected by their relationship with their parents; and how culture may affect romantic loneliness. The chapters in this book were originally published in the Journal of Psychology.

Relational Family Therapy introduces a cutting-edge family and couple therapy model that synthesizes relational theories and integrates object relations theory with interpersonal psychoanalysis and self psychology. The model holds that individuals deal with conflicts rooted in the frustrated and threatening environment they grew up in by later forming intimate relationships that are comparable to the core experiences from their primary family systems. The book outlines the three levels of experience—systemic, interpersonal, and intrapsychic—and provide concrete ways for the therapist to address client problems and promote affect regulation.

Routledge Market: Intimate Relations / Attachment Theory March 2017: 234x156: 260pp Hb: 978-1-138-63174-8: £105.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138631748

Routledge Market: Family Therapy / Psychoanalysis February 2017: 229 x 152: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-68618-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68619-9: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54274-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138686199

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Multi-generational Family Therapy

Sensate Focus in Sex Therapy

Tools and resources for the therapist

The Illustrated Manual

Maurizio Andolfi, Director of the Accademia di Psicoterapia della Famiglia Rome This book outlines a multi-generational model of family therapy, in which families are transformed as the solution rather than considered the cause of problematic symptoms and behaviors. It shares ideas that are the culmination of leading practitioner Maurizio Andolfi’s 45 years of therapeutic experience in working with families from around the world, either in the role of the primary therapist or as a specialist consultant or supervisor. With its engaging and accessible style, Multi-generational Family Therapy will be of interest to family therapists, both in practice and training. Routledge Market: Family Therapy December 2016: 234x156: 148pp Hb: 978-1-138-67096-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67097-6: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54559-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138670976

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Linda Weiner, Brown School of Social Work, Washington University in St. Louis, USA and Constance Avery-Clark, Private practice in Boca Raton, Florida, USA Sensate Focus in Sex Therapy: The Illustrated Manual is an illustrated manual that provides health professionals with specific information on the use of the structured touching opportunities used regularly by Sexologists to address their clients’ sexual difficulties (Sensate Focus 1) and enhance intimate relationships (Sensate Focus 2). This book is the only one to: vividly describe and illustrate the specific steps of, activities involved in, and positions associated with Sensate Focus; emphasize the purpose of Sensate Focus as a mindfulness-based practice; and distinguish between the purposes of Sensate Focus 1 and Sensate Focus 2. Routledge Market: Sex Therapy March 2017: 279 x 216: 176pp Hb: 978-1-138-64235-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64236-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63003-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138642362

New in Paperback

Companion Website

MARRIAGE, FAMILY AND SEX THERAPY Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Sex, God, and the Conservative Church Erasing Shame from Sexual Intimacy

The Impact of Parenthood on the Therapeutic Relationship

Tina Schermer Sellers, Seattle Pacific University, Washington, USA

Awaiting the Therapist's Baby

Sex, God, and the Conservative Church guides psychotherapy and sexology clinicians on how to treat clients who grew up in a conservative faith—mired in sexual shame and dysfunction—and who desire to both heal and hold on to their faith orientation. The book also includes chapters on strategies for a new sexual ethic, on clinical steps to heal religious sexual shame, and on specific sex therapy interventions clinicians can use directly in their practice. Finally, it offers a four step model for healing religious sexual shame and actual touch and non-touch exercises to bring healing and intimacy into a person's life. Routledge Market: Sex Therapy April 2017: 229 x 152: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-67497-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67498-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56094-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138674981

April E. Fallon and Virginia Brabender The Impact of Parenthood on the Therapeutic Relationship: Awaiting the Therapist’s Baby, Second Edition, explores the impact of a therapist’s new parenthood on his or her client relationships. Drawing on research, interviews with people who have been in the roles of therapists and expectant parents simultaneously, and their own rich experiences, the authors consider therapists' psychological lives prior to birth (or adoption) and examine both therapist and patient reactions to the reality of a coming child. New chapters delve into difficult issues in pregnancy, alternative family structures, and the ongoing role of parenthood and its impact on the therapeutic process. Routledge Market: Therapeutic Relationship July 2017: 229 x 152: 384pp Hb: 978-1-138-11961-1: £110.00 eBook: 978-1-315-65224-5 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-805-82493-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138119611

3rd Edition • READER • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Strengthening Family Resilience, Third Edition

The Principles of Pleasure

Froma Walsh

Working with the Good Stuff as Sex Therapists and Educators

In this widely used course text and practitioner resource, Froma Walsh provides a state-of-the-art framework for understanding resilience in families and how to foster it. Illuminating the complex interplay of biopsychosocial influences in risk and resilience, she identifies key transactional processes that enable struggling families to grow stronger and more resourceful. Case illustrations demonstrate Walsh's collaborative approach with diverse families facing a wide range of crisis situations and chronic multistress challenges.

Laura Rademacher, private practice, Minnesota, USA and Lindsey Hoskins, Family Tree Clinic, Minnesota, USA This volume addresses the challenges and misconceptions of discussing sexual and emotional pleasure with clients. Readers get techniques to implement in therapeutic, clinical, and educational settings. This book covers skills for working with populations of all orientations and gender expressions. Information about sexual lubrication and sex toys that is rarely taught in professional training programs is included, as well as how to appropriately incorporate information about these important sexual tools into your work. Issues such as abstinence, sexual orientation, couple therapy, and sexual education will be discussed outside of the standard medical model of sex therapy.

Guilford Press Market: Family Therapy January 2017: 229 x 152: 400pp Hb: 978-1-462-52283-5: £33.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52986-5: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529865

Routledge Market: Sex Therapy May 2017: 229 x 152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-88483-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-88482-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71587-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138884823

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Heart of Couple Therapy

When Gay Parents Divorce

Knowing What to Do and How to Do It

A Practitioner’s Guide for Understanding and Working with Blended and Reconstructed LGBT Families

Ellen F. Wachtel Grounded in a deep understanding of what makes intimate relationships succeed, this book provides concrete guidelines for addressing the complexities of real-world clinical practice with couples. Leading couple therapist Ellen Wachtel describes the principles of therapeutic intervention that motivate couples to alter entrenched patterns, build on strengths, and navigate the "legacy" issues that each person brings to the relationship. She illuminates the often unrecognized choices that therapists face throughout the session and deftly explicates their implications. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling December 2016: 229 x 152: 284pp Hb: 978-1-462-52817-2: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528172

Colleen Logan This book helps mental health practitioners navigate the myriad issues related to same-sex divorce and covers such wide-ranging topics as: the mechanics of divorce; how to collaborate on child custody; how to help families educate school personnel, pediatricians, and lawyers on the unique structure and culture of same-sex families; how to help families navigate the heteronormative legal system; how to consciously co-parent in blended families; and more. Case examples offer actionable advice to mental health professionals who are working to help solve issues that confront gay families, and "Tips for Practitioners" at the end of each chapter summarize key information and related techniques. Routledge Market: Family Therapy / LGBT Counseling April 2017: 229 x 152: 180pp Hb: 978-1-138-65842-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65843-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62082-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138658431

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

MARRIAGE, FAMILY AND SEX THERAPY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Working with Co-Parents A Manual for Therapists Mary Jeppsen, Private practice, Arkansas, USA This book is a manual for therapists who work with divorced, separated and divorcing parents of children. Unique among other books that focus on therapy with the parents individually, this model brings the divorced couple together to develop a parenting plan, which they can follow in order to be effective parents. The book outlines the co-parenting method and illustrates it through case vignettes. This highly practical manual also includes psychoeducational templates, homework handouts, lists of further resources, and helpful hints. Therapists and counselors will learn tools and interventions that they can apply immediately and effectively to their work with divorced couples. Routledge Market: Family Therapy/Parenting September 2017: 229 x 152: 124pp Hb: 978-1-138-24050-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24051-3: £16.99 eBook: 978-1-315-28349-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138240513

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Working with High-Risk Adolescents An Individualized Family Therapy Approach Matthew D. Selekman, Matthew D. Selekman, MSW, LCSW, Founder and Director, Partners for Collaborative Solutions, Evanston, IL This innovative book focuses on helping high-risk adolescents and their families rapidly resolve longstanding difficulties. Matthew D. Selekman spells out a range of solution-focused strategies and other techniques, illustrating their implementation with vivid case examples. His approach augments individual and family sessions with collaborative meetings that enlist the strengths of the adolescent's social network and key helping professionals from larger systems. User-friendly features include checklists, sample questions to aid in relationship building and goal setting, and reproducible forms that can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Guilford Press Market: Family Therapy May 2017: 229 x 152: 308pp Hb: 978-1-462-52973-5: £27.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529735

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

101 Stories for Enhancing Happiness and Well-Being

Positive Psychology and its Discontents

Using Metaphors in Positive Psychology and Therapy

Why Positive Psychology Fails and How it Might Succeed Again

George W. Burns, Cairnmillar Institute of Psychotherapy and Counseling, Victoria, Australia

Matthew McDonald, University of New South Wales, Australia and Michael Wearing, University of New South Wales, Australia

Often by the time clients enter a therapist’s office they have been told what to do by well-meaning family, friends, and health professionals. The challenge for the effective therapist is how to communicate these same, sound messages in ways that the client is more likely to take on board, act on, and benefit from. 101 Stories for Enhancing Happiness and Well-Being harnesses the power of stories to translate the research from positive psychology into effective and practical therapeutic interventions. It communicates the core processes for enhancing happiness and well-being in ways that are easy to understand and incorporate into one’s therapeutic practice and clients’ lives.

Alongside the surging popularity of positive psychology questions about the movement have been raised: for example, that it is philosophically naive, and too closely aligned with mainstream US political ideology. Positive Psychology and its Discontents proposes an alternative, more productive vision: closer dialogue with other branches the social sciences, making positive psychology better informed and able to understand the sociocultural contexts that influence and shape people’s ability to lead meaningful lives. It will be important reading for students and researchers, and interested practitioners within the fields of psychology, mental health, healthcare, education and social work.

Routledge Market: Positive Psychology February 2017: 229 x 152: 258pp Hb: 978-1-138-93582-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93583-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67285-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935839

Routledge Market: psychology/Positive psychology May 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-12347-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12348-9: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64882-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138123489

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Existential Psychology and the Way of the Tao Meditations on the Writings of Zhuangzi Edited by Mark C. Yang, Saybrook University, San Francisco, California, USA In ancient China, a revered Taoist sage named Zhuangzi told many parables. In Existential Psychology and the Way of the Tao, a selection of these parables will be featured. Following each parables, an eminent existential psychologist will share a personal and scholarly reflection on the meaning and relevance of the parable for psychotherapy and contemporary life. Taoist concepts of emptiness, dreams and the nature of reality, character building in the midst of pain, meaning and the centrality of relationships, self-care, and the freedom that can come from one's willingness to confront death, spiritual freedom and gradations of therapeutic care are topics highlighted in this book. Routledge Market: Alternative Therapy March 2017: 229 x 152: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-68699-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68700-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54248-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138687004

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Handbook of Humility Theory, Research, and Applications Edited by Everett L. Worthington Jr., Virginia Commonwealth University, USA, Don E. Davis, Georgia State University, USA and Joshua N. Hook, University of North Texas, USA The Handbook of Humility is the first scholarly book to bring together authors from psychology as well as other fields to address what we know and don’t know about humility. Authors also reflect on the practical applications of humility research within the areas they reviewed. The book informs people who study humility scientifically, but it is also an exceptional guide for psychotherapists, philosophers, religious and community leaders, politicians, educated lay people, and those who would like to fuel an informed reflection on how humility might make interactions more civil in relationships, organizations, communities, political processes, and national and international relations. Routledge Market: Positive Psychology November 2016: 254 x 178: 366pp Hb: 978-1-138-96000-8: £140.00 Pb: 978-1-138-96001-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-66046-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138960015

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHIATRY AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY - ADULT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Collaborative and Indigenous Mental Health Therapy

Evaluating Juvenile Transfer and Disposition

Tataihono – Stories of Maori Healing and Psychiatry

Kirk Heilbrun, Drexel University, PA, USA, David DeMatteo, Drexel University, PA, USA, Christopher King, Montclair State University, NJ, USA and Sarah Filone, Drexel University, Philadelphia, PA, USA Series edited by Ron Roesch Series: International Perspectives on Forensic Mental Health

Wiremu NiaNia, Allister Bush and David Epston Series: Writing Lives: Ethnographic Narratives This book examines a collaboration between traditional Māori healing and clinical psychiatry. Comprised of transcripted interviews and detailed meditations on practice, it demonstrates how bicultural partnership frameworks can augment mental health treatment by balancing local imperatives with sound and careful psychiatric care. With a forward by Sir Mason Durie, this book is essential reading for psychologists, social workers, psychiatrists, and students interested in bicultural studies.

Routledge Market: Psychology December 2016: 229 x 152: 180pp Hb: 978-1-138-23028-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-23030-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-38642-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138230309

Law, Science, and Practice

Focusing on juvenile transfer and disposition evaluations, this volume provides an up-to-date integration of current law, science, and practice with respect to juvenile risk assessment, treatment needs/amenability, and sophistication-maturity. Included are perspectives relating to international practices, use of specialized assessment tools, and a separate chapter on resentencing following U.S. Supreme Court decisions on juveniles sentenced to mandatory life without parole. Routledge Market: Forensic Psychiatry May 2017: 229 x 152: 360pp Hb: 978-1-138-95795-4: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95794-7: £43.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66144-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138957947

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Culture and Psychopathology

Guide to Forensic Evaluations for Immigration Court

A Guide To Clinical Assessment

Ethical and Evidence-Based Practice

Edited by Jon Streltzer Since the first edition of Culture and Psychopathology was published, a growing national and international interest in how culture impacts mental disorders and how psychopathology is influenced by culture has become a rising field of focus. In this extensive revision, chapters have been updated with new material and now incorporate the DSM-5’s classification system of mental disorders. This book is international in scope, focusing on how cultural context affects the presentation and the process of assessment of different types of psychopathology. This edition highlights case studies and practical guidelines to support clinicians who assess patients of any cultural background. Routledge Market: Cross Cultural Psychiatry October 2016: 229 x 152: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-92591-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92592-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67455-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138925922

Barton Evans, George Washington University School of Medicine, Washington, DC, USA and Giselle A Hass, Georgetown University Law Center, Washington, D.C., USA Immigration evaluations differ in many ways from other types of forensic assessments because the psycholegal issues extend beyond the psychological state of the individual, including family dynamics, social context, and cross cultural concerns. For example, some immigrants come from countries where they have already been abused or exploited without legal or community protections and have difficulty trusting an authority figure and articulating victimization. Further, clients often have limited mastery of English and understanding of United States society. These factors combine to make a specialized guide to evaluation a necessity to clinicians who work with immigrants. Routledge Market: Forensic Psychiatry May 2017: 229 x 152 Hb: 978-1-138-65772-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65773-1: £27.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62119-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138657731

2nd Edition • READER • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Diagnosis Made Easier, Second Edition

Handbook of Clinical QEEG and Neurotherapy

Principles and Techniques for Mental Health Clinicians James Morrison, Oregon Health and Science University, Portland, USA Series: 100 Cases This popular practitioner guide and course text takes the reader step by step through diagnostic decision making in mental health. Acclaimed for both the clarity of his writing and his clinical expertise, James Morrison provides principles and decision trees for evaluating information from multiple sources and constructing a valid, clinically useful working diagnosis. More than 100 vivid vignettes--from the straightforward to the toughest cases--illustrate the practical application of these methods. Essential topics include developing a differential diagnosis, dealing with comorbidity, and determining when physical illness may be the cause of mental health symptoms. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry January 2017: 229 x 152: 322pp Hb: 978-1-462-51335-2: £31.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52984-1: £21.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529841

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by Thomas F Collura, Brainmaster Technologies, Inc., Ohio, USA and Jon A. Frederick, Department of Psychology, Middle Tennessee State University,Murfreesboro, TN, USA This book is an essential resource describing a wide range of approaches and technologies in the areas of quantitative EEG (QEEG) and neurotherapy including neurofeedback and neuromodulation approaches. It emphasizes practical, clinically useful methods, reported by experienced clinicians who have developed and used these approaches first hand. These chapters describe how the authors approach and use their particular combinations of technology, and how clients are evaluated and treated. This resource provides a valuable and broad, yet sufficiently detailed account, to help clinicians guide the future directions in client assessment and neurotherapeutic treatment. Routledge Market: Neurofeedback November 2016: 254 x 178: 588pp Hb: 978-1-138-80264-3: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-75409-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138802643

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHIATRY AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY - ADULT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Handbook of Forensic Mental Health Services

Individual Psychological Therapies in Forensic Settings

Edited by Ronald Roesch, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, BC, Canada and Alana N. Cook, Department of Psychology ,Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, BC Series edited by Ronald Roesch Series: International Perspectives on Forensic Mental Health

Research and Practice Edited by Jason Davies and Claire Nagi, ABM University Health Board, Swansea, UK

Handbook of Forensic Mental Health Services focuses on assessment, treatment, and policy issues regarding juveniles and adults in the criminal and civil systems. Uniquely, this volume is designed for professionals who deliver mental health services, rather than researchers. Just like its parent series, its goal revolves around improving the quality of mental health care services in forensic settings. It achieves this by integrating the findings related to clinical practice, administration, and policy from trends and best practice internationally that mental health professionals can implement.

Offender rehabilitation has evolved in recent years, shifting away from solely group based intervention work to the inclusion of individual therapies. This important book is the first to provide a comprehensive overview of the individual therapies available within forensic settings. Each chapter includes: an assessment of the evidence base for effectiveness; the adaptations required in a forensic setting; whether the therapy is aimed at recidivism or psychological change; the client characteristics it is aimed at, and a case study of the therapy in action. This book will be essential reading for anyone working in a forensic setting, or students of forensic or clinical psychology.

Routledge Market: Forensic Psychiatry May 2017: 229 x 152: 640pp Hb: 978-1-138-64594-3: £185.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64595-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-62782-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138645950

Routledge Market: Forensic Psychology Practice May 2017: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-138-95571-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95572-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66613-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138955721

Dummy text to keep placeholder

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Handbook of Positive Emotions and Clinical Science

Legal Issues in Clinical Practice with Victims of Violence

Edited by Anthony Papa, University of Nevada, Reno, Reno NV, U.S.A, William T. O'Donohue, University of Nevada, Reno, USA and Alan E Fruzzetti, University of Nevada, Reno, Reno, Nevada, U.S.A In this volume, 32 leading authorities explain key dimensions of positive emotions as they relate to psychology and clinical practice throughout 4 sections. The 1st deals with general issues in positive emotions such as how to define, measure, and assess their role in clinical practice. The 2nd covers the integration of positive emotions in evidence based therapy paradigms such as cognitive behavior therapy, DBT, and ACT. The 3rd considers applications of positive emotions with families, elderly, health issues, integrated care, behavioral health, therapeutic relationship, and PTSD treatment. The final section deals with positive emotions that have specific application in therapy. Routledge Market: Positive Psychology December 2017: 254 x 178 Hb: 978-1-138-68374-7: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-54438-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138683747

John E.B. Myers From a leading expert on interpersonal violence, this book explains what mental health clinicians need to know about the legal system and their role in it, particularly when working with victims of child abuse, neglect, or domestic violence. John E. B. Myers provides an accessible overview of the criminal and civil justice systems, focusing on laws, cases, and procedures that are relevant to clinical practice. The book examines how interpersonal violence is proven in court and offers practical guidance for responding to subpoenas, interacting with legal personnel, testifying as an expert witness or fact witness, and managing liability and malpractice risks. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry December 2016: 229 x 152: 300pp Hb: 978-1-462-52859-2: £27.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528592

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Handbook of Psychological Assessment in Primary Care Settings, Second Edition

Multiple Relationships in Psychotherapy and Counseling

Edited by Mark E. Maruish, President, Southcross Consulting, Burnsville, MN The second edition Handbook of Psychological Assessment in Primary Care Settings offers an overview of the application of psychological screening and assessment instruments in primary care settings. This indispensable reference addresses current psychological assessment needs and practices in primary care settings to inform psychologists, behavioral health clinicians, and primary care providers the clinical benefits that can result from utilizing psychological assessment and other behavioral health care services in primary care settings. Routledge Market: behavioral health April 2017: 279 x 216: 824pp Hb: 978-1-138-99932-9: £149.99 Pb: 978-1-138-99931-2: £81.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65840-7 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-138-01252-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138999312

Unavoidable, Common, and Mandatory Dual Relations in Therapy Edited by Ofer Zur, Zur Institute, Inc.,Sebastopol, CA, USA This first of a kind analysis will focus exclusively on unavoidable and mandated multiple relationships between clients and psychotherapists. The book will cover the ethics of a range of venues and situations where dual relationships are mandated, such as in the military, prisons/jails, and police departments, and settings where multiple relationships are unavoidable, such as rural communities; graduate schools and training institutions; faith, spiritual, recovery or 12-step, minority and disabled communities, total institutions and sport psychology. Finally, the book will discuss the complexities multiple roles that inevitably emerge in supervisory relationships. Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology November 2016: 229 x 152: 230pp Hb: 978-1-138-93778-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93777-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67613-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138937772

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHIATRY AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY - ADULT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Practical Psychopharmacology

The ISSP Manual of Sport Psychiatry

Basic to Advanced Principles

Ira D. Glick, Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry, Dept. of Psychiatry & Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Dan Begal, private practice, Stanford CA. and Danielle Kamis, Stanford University School of Medicine

Edited by Thomas L. Schwartz, SUNY Upstate Medical University, USA Series edited by Bret A. Moore Series: Clinical Topics in Psychology and Psychiatry Practical Psychopharmacology writes at beginning, intermediate, and advanced levels to give the practicing psychopharmacologist a tailored experience. At the first level, the book teaches novice prescribers practical diagnostic skills and provides an overview of pertinent genetic and neuroimaging findings. Next, it provides mid-level clinicians with intermediate techniques for more difficult cases. The final level provides nuanced guidance for advanced practitioners who see the most treatment-resistant patients. This approach allows a clinician to gradually progress through more advanced psychopharmacological techniques for making accurate diagnoses.

The field of sport psychiatry has rapidly developed over the last thirty years. This book covers both team and individual sports, from childhood through late adulthood. The focus is broad from psychologic aspects, performance enhancement, cheating, team chemistry, organizational interventions, league issues, etc. This manual details the role of sports in our culture and describes the psychiatric problems and interventions associated with sports. Routledge Market: Psychiatry October 2017: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-79248-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-79250-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-21166-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415792509

Routledge Market: Psychopharmacology July 2017: 229 x 152: 260pp Hb: 978-1-138-90252-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90253-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69738-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138902534

READER • NEW IN PAPERBACK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychopathology

The Routledge International Handbook of Forensic Psychology in Secure Settings

From Science to Clinical Practice Edited by Louis Castonguay, Penn State University, State College, PA, USA and Thomas F Oltmanns, Washington University, USA This authoritative text gives students and practicing psychotherapists a rich understanding of the connections between psychopathology research and clinical practice. Chapters thoroughly describe the etiology, DSM-5 classification, symptoms and clinical features, course, epidemiology, and associated comorbidities of prevalent psychological disorders. What sets this tightly edited volume apart are insightful discussions of how current empirical findings can inform assessment, case formulation, the therapeutic relationship, and intervention strategies (regardless of theoretical orientation). Each chapter is written collaboratively by leading psychopathology and psychotherapy researchers. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling November 2016: 254 x 178: 447pp Hb: 978-1-462-50803-7: £44.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52881-3: £30.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528813

Edited by Jane L. Ireland, University of Central Lancashire, UK, Carol A. Ireland, University of Central Lancashire, UK, Martin Fisher and Neil Gredecki Series: Routledge International Handbooks The Routledge International Handbook of Forensic Psychology in Secure Settings is the first volume to identify, discuss and analyse the most important psychological issues within prisons and high security hospitals. Including contributions from leading researchers and practitioners from UK, US, Australia and Canada, the book covers not only the key groups that forensic psychologists work with, but also the treatment options available to them, workplace issues unique to secure settings, and some of the wider topics that impact upon offender populations. This is a unique resource that will be essential reading for any student, researcher or practitioner of forensic psychology or criminology. Routledge Market: Forensic Psychology May 2017: 246x174: 420pp Hb: 978-1-138-94257-8: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67307-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138942578

4th Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The First Interview, Fourth Edition

Women and Psychosis

James Morrison, Oregon Health and Science University, Portland, USA This trusted practitioner resource and course text is grounded in James Morrison's experience with more than 15,000 mental health patients. Morrison provides a complete framework for interviewing adult patients about their current symptoms, personal and family history, mental status, behavioral risks, and other relevant issues. He offers guidance for selecting the best strategy for any clinical situation, building rapport, overcoming common challenges, and communicating findings. Appendices include a detailed semistructured interview and a self-assessment tool for interviewers, both with permission to photocopy. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry January 2017: 229 x 152: 369pp Hb: 978-1-462-51555-4: £33.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52983-4: £22.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529834

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Social, psychological, and lived perspectives Edited by Marie Hansen and Marilyn Charles Series: The International Society for Psychological and Social Approaches to Psychosis Book Series This collection explores the relationship between womanhood and psychosis from a variety of perspectives including anthropological, spiritual, psychological, biological and social. Chapter themes include explorations of medieval mystics and witches, postpartum psychosis, cross-cultural homeless women, disordered eating, Jungian complex theory, art and literature, feminism, transsexual women, psychoanalysis, and gender differences in respect to what is commonly termed ‘schizophrenia’. Grounding this conversation in everyday life, personal accounts are offered by psychotherapists, traditional healers, and women with lived experience of psychosis. Routledge Market: Psychiatry September 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-21987-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21988-5: £27.99 eBook: 978-1-315-41437-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138219885

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHIATRY AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY - ADULT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Working with Sex Offenders A Guide for Practitioners Edited by Daniel Wilcox, Wilcox Psychological Associates (WPA), Marguerite Donathy, Wilcox Psychological Associates (WPA, Rosie Gray, Wilcox Psychological Associates (WPA) and Clark Baim, Birmingham Institute for Psychodrama Working with Sex Offenders provides a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to working with sex offenders. Bringing together leading practitioners in the field, it covers risk assessment, therapeutic skills and models, settings, types of offender, safety and, finally, directions for future practice. Using case examples throughout, the book will be essential reading for all mental health professionals involved in the management and treatment of sex offenders. Routledge Market: Forensic Psychology/Psychiatry February 2017: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-138-93352-1: ÂŁ100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93354-5: ÂŁ29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67346-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138933545

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOANALYSIS

A Womb of Her Own Women's Struggle for Sexual and Reproductive Autonomy Edited by Ellen Toronto, private practice, Ann Arbor, Michigan, Joann Ponder, psychologist/psychoanalyst, private practice, Austin, Texas, Kristin Davisson, clinical psychologist, private practice, Chicago and Maurine Kelber Kelly, Training and Supervising Analyst, Contemporary Freudian Society Gender and body-based distinctions continue to be a defining component of women’s identities, both in psychoanalytic treatment and in life. Although females have made progress in many areas, their status within the human community has remained unstable and subject to societal whim. A Womb of Her Own brings together a distinguished group of contributors to explore, from a psychoanalytic perspective, the ways in which women’s sexual and reproductive capabilities, and their bodies, are regarded as societal and patriarchal property, not as the possession of the individual woman, and how as the "other", they can be the focus of mistreatment such as rape, sexual slavery, restriction of reproduction rights, and ongoing societal repression. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis February 2017: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-19496-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19497-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53257-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138194977

Advances in Contemporary Psychoanalytic Field Theory Concept and Future Development Edited by S. Montana Katz, National Psychological Association for Psychoanalysis, New York, Roosevelt Cassorla, private practice in Campinas, Brazil and Training Analyst, Brazilian Psychoanalytic Society, São Paulo and Psychoanalytic Study Group, Campinas and Giuseppe Civitarese, Psychoanalyst in private practice Series: Psychoanalytic Field Theory Book Series Field Theory is a powerful and growing paradigm within psychoanalysis, but at present is split between various schools of thought with little overlap between them. In this book, Montana Katz and a very distinguished group of contributors drawn from across all the perspectives on Field Theory examine the uniting factors within Field Theory as a whole, and set out future developments and directions for the paradigm within psychoanalysis.

Attachment Across Clinical and Cultural Perspectives A Relational Psychoanalytic Approach Edited by Sonia Gojman-de-Millan, Executive Committee member, International Federation of Psychoanalytic Societies (IFPS) and in private practice, Mexico City., Christian Herreman, Director of ENSO and private practice, Mexico City. and L. Alan Sroufe, Professor Emeritus, Institute of Child Development, University of Minnesota. Series: Psychoanalytic Inquiry Book Series Attachment theory has made a huge contribution to psychoanalysis, and in this book, a distinguished group of contributors explore its important in cultural, clinical and social contexts. They explore how attachment can be understood across a range of different cultural contexts, identifying what is common across cultures and can vary within the range of secure attachment. This understanding of cultural variation is then applied to a range of clinical contexts, to enable psychoanalysts to work more effectively with patients from various backgrounds. The book also explores how differences in attachment can be reflected in changes in the brain, and how this can affect clinical practice. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis September 2016: 234x156: 262pp Hb: 978-1-138-99967-1: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-99968-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65810-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138999688

Beyond Doer and Done to Recognition Theory, Intersubjectivity and the Third Jessica Benjamin, New York University, USA Beyond Doer and Done to integrates new clinical developments in relational analysis while reformulating crucial themes such as the development of intersubjectivity, the splitting of gender complementarity, and recognizing difference in relation to the other. Bringing together Benjamin’s ground-breaking concepts, Beyond Doer and Done to will be an essential reading for those interested in contemporary intersubjective work, both psychoanalysts and psychotherapists as well as theorists in the humanities and social sciences. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis April 2017: 234x156: 290pp Hb: 978-1-138-21841-3: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21842-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-43769-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138218420

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis October 2016: 234x156: 212pp Hb: 978-1-138-88462-5: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-88463-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71597-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138884632

Art, Creativity, and Psychoanalysis Perspectives from Analyst-Artists Edited by George Hagman, psychoanalyst and clinical social worker practicing in New York City and Connecticut. Perspectives on Art, Creativity and Psychoanalysis: Analyst and Artist collects personal reflections by therapists who are also professional artists. It explores the relationship between art and analysis through accounts by practitioners who identify themselves as dual-profession artists and analysts. The book illustrates the numerous areas where analysis and art share common characteristics using first-hand, in-depth accounts. These vivid reports from the frontier of art and psychoanalysis shed light on the day-to-day struggle to succeed at both of these demanding professions. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis December 2016: 234x156: 194pp Hb: 978-1-138-85911-1: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-85912-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71749-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138859128

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOANALYSIS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Bion in Film Theory and Analysis

Celebrating the Wounded Healer Psychotherapist

The Retreat in Film

Pain, Post-Traumatic Growth and Self-Disclosure Carla Ambrósio Garcia, Kings College London, UK Bion in Film Theory and Analysis introduces the rich potential of the thinking of British psychoanalyst Wilfred Bion for film theory. Rethinking the space of the cinema as a space of retreat, and bringing new insights into the representation of retreat in film, the book seeks to deepen our understanding of the film experience and psychical growth. Through its investigation of the retreat in cinema, the book challenges common understandings of retreat as a regressive movement by presenting it as a gesture and space that can also be future-oriented. This books will be of significant interest to academics and students of psychoanalysis, psychotherapy, and film and media studies.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis November 2016: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-1-138-19303-1: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19304-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63960-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138193048

Edited by Sharon Klayman Farber, private practice in Hastings-on-Hudson, New York Psychoanalysts and psychotherapists are often drawn to their future professions as a result of early traumatic experiences. However, traditionally, disclosure of these personal traumas has not been encouraged, either in clinical settings or sometimes even between colleagues. In this book, Farber and a distinguished range of contributors examine how the role of the ‘wounded healer’ was instrumental in the formulation of psychoanalysis, and how utilising personal experiences can help today’s clinicians work more effectively with their patients, and advance theory in a more informed manner. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Psychotherapy October 2016: 234x156: 226pp Hb: 978-1-138-92672-1: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92673-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68305-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138926738

Dummy text to keep placeholder

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Black and White

Cognitive Processing Therapy for PTSD

Cinema, politics and the arts in Zimbabwe

A Comprehensive Manual

Agnieszka Piotrowska, University of Bedfordshire, UK In Black and White Agnieszka Piotrowska presents a unique insight into the contemporary arts scene in Zimbabwe – an area that has received very limited coverage in research and the media. The book combines theory with literature, film, politics and culture and takes a psychosocial and psychoanalytic perspective to achieve a truly interdisciplinary analysis. Piotrowska uses her experiences to analyse concepts of trauma and post-colonialism in Zimbabwe and interrogates her position as a stranger there, questioning patriarchal notions of belonging and authority. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Film Studies October 2016: 234x156: 220pp Hb: 978-1-138-81785-2: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81786-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74547-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138817869

Patricia A. Resick, Candice M. Monson and Kathleen M. Chard The culmination of more than 25 years of clinical work and research, this is the authoritative presentation of cognitive processing therapy (CPT) for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Written by the treatment's developers, the book includes session-by-session guidelines for implementation, complete with extensive sample dialogues and 40 reproducible client handouts. It explains the theoretical and empirical underpinnings of CPT and discusses how to adapt the approach for specific populations, such as combat veterans, sexual assault survivors, and culturally diverse clients. The large-size format facilitates photocopying and day-to-day use. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling January 2017: 312pp Pb: 978-1-462-52864-6: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528646

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Body-Mind Dissociation in Psychoanalysis

Contacting the Autistic Child

Development after Bion

Five successful early psychoanalytic interventions

Riccardo Lombardi, Roman Psychoanalytic Institute of the International Psychoanalytic Association (IPA) Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series The conflict and dissociation between the Body and the Mind have determinant implications in the context of our current clinical practice, and are an important source of internal and relational disturbances. Body-Mind Dissociation in Psychoanalysis proposes the concept as a new hypothesis, different from traumatic dissociation or states of splitting. This approach opens the door to a clinical confrontation with extreme forms of mental disturbance, such as psychosis or borderline disorders, and strengthens the relational power of the analytic encounter, through a focus on the internal sensory/emotional axis in both analyst and analysand. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis November 2016: 234x156: 226pp Hb: 978-1-138-10004-6: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-10005-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65784-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138100053

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Jorge L. Ahumada, Argentine Psychoanalytic Association, Argentina and Luisa C. Busch de Ahumada, Member of Buenos Aires Psychoanalytic Association, IPA-certified child psychoanalyst. Contacting the Autistic Child explores the clinical process in the early psychoanalytic treatment of autistic children. Organised around five detailed clinical case studies, and drawing on the ideas of major clinicians in child analysis such as Tustin, Winnicott and Alvarez, this book sets out a clear programme for working with and understanding autistic children in a psychoanalytic setting, with a particular focus on issues of clinical technique but also conceptual matters. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Psychotherapy March 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-21166-7: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21167-4: £27.99 eBook: 978-1-315-45241-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138211674

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOANALYSIS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Contemporary Psychoanalysis and Modern Jewish Philosophy

Dreams, Neuroscience, and Psychoanalysis Mind, Body, and the Question of Time Keramat Movallali, private practice, Paris, France

Two Languages of Love

Dreams, Neuroscience, and Psychoanalysis sets out to give a scientific consistency to the question of time and find out how time determines brain functioning. Neurological investigations th into dreams and sleep since the mid-20 century have challenged our scientific conception of living beings. On this basis, Kéramat Movallali reviews the foundations of modern neurophysiology in the light of other trends in this field that have been neglected by the cognitive sciences, trends that seem to be increasingly confirmed by recent research.

Michael Oppenheim, Department of Religion, Concordia University, Montreal, Canada Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series Relational psychoanalysis and Jewish philosophy have much to say on the dynamics of human relationships, but this is the first book to explore the many similarities between these two disciplines. Oppenheim draws on the major relational theorists such as Loewald, Mitchell and Benjamin, and the three Jewish philosophers of encounter, Rosenzweig, Buber and Levinas, exploring the many complementary ways in which they explore the features and obstacles of relationships. Covering such central analytic concepts as the maternal dyad, transformation and intersubjectivity, he casts new light on both the analytic and philosophical understanding of how relationships work and fail. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis October 2016: 234x156: 214pp Hb: 978-1-138-11942-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-11943-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65232-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138119437

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis February 2017: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-85824-4: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-85825-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71815-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138858251

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Deconstructing Normativity?

Everyday Evils

Re-reading Freud’s 1905 Three Essays

A psychoanalytic view of evil and morality

Edited by Philippe Van Haute, Radboud University, The Netherlands and Herman Westerink, Radboud University, The Netherlands The book has three aims: the contextualization of the text, the reconstruction of its central ideas, and the further philosophical reflection of the contemporary relevance and critical potential of the 1905 edition. The authors challenge mainstream interpretations of the Three Essays, generally based on readings of the final 1924 edition of the text, and of the development of Freudian thought: including, most importantly, the centrality of the Oedipus complex and the developmental approach relative to a tendency towards heteronormativity. Deconstructing Normativity? makes an important contribution in rethinking Freudian psychoanalysis and reopening the discussion on its central paradigms. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis February 2017: 234x156: 152pp Hb: 978-1-138-23257-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-23259-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-31225-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138232594

Coline Covington, Jungian analyst, private practice, London Everyday Evils takes a psychoanalytic look at the evils committed by "ordinary" people in different contexts – from the Nazi concentration camps, to Stockholm Syndrome, to the atrocities publicized by Islamic State– and presents new perspectives on how such evil deeds come about as well as the extreme ways in which we deny the existence of evil.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis November 2016: 234x156: 186pp Hb: 978-1-138-81919-1: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81920-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74474-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138819191

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Developments in Object Relations Controversies, Conflicts, and Common Ground Lavinia Gomez Developments in Object Relations provides a highly accessible account of how British Object Relations developed in the second half of the twentieth century, focusing on the generation who took up where Freud and Klein left off. Complementing and building on its predecessor, An Introduction to Object Relations, it gives an overview of the development of OR with special reference to the Independent and Kleinian traditions.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis March 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-62917-1: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-62918-8: £27.99 eBook: 978-1-315-31664-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415629188

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOANALYSIS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Field Theory in Child and Adolescent Psychoanalysis

Metapsychology for Contemporary Psychoanalysis

Understanding and Reacting to Unexpected Developments

Mind, World, and Self

Elena Molinari, psychoanalyst in private practice, Pavia and Academy of Fine Arts of Brera, Milan Series: Psychoanalytic Field Theory Book Series

Richard Sembera, Psychotherapist and Counsellor; Training Candidate, Canadian Institute of Psychoanalysis (Québec English).

Field Theory in Child and Adolescent Psychoanalysis looks at the intersection of two types of psychoanalysis that challenge the classic model; child analysis, and field theory. Children impose a faster pace on the analysis and a much less stable structure than adults, whilst psychoanalytic field theory looks at the patient-analyst relationship in a much wider context than is typical. By combining these two approaches, this book advocates the use of a set of tools and techniques that allow the psychoanalyst to understand and react much faster than normal, and to be better prepared for unexpected developments.

Metapsychology for Contemporary Psychoanalysis is a complete revision of the theoretical underpinnings of psychoanalysis and psychodynamic psychotherapy. It is an attempt to replace the traditional drive–defence model of Freudian tradition with an information processing model of the mind. Whereas Freud understood human beings as essentially pleasure seeking beings motivated by the need for drive discharge, this book argues that the central human need is for self-knowledge, and that drives are best understood as means towards this end.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis April 2017: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-68672-4: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68673-1: £27.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54258-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138686731

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis May 2017: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-138-24221-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24222-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-27889-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138242227

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Lectures on Technique by Melanie Klein

Mindfulness-Informed Relational Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis

Edited with Critical Review by John Steiner Melanie Klein and John Steiner, Retired from analytic practice, but continues to supervise candidates, conduct seminars and write, London, UK Melanie Klein’s Lectures on Technique is based on a series of six lectures given by Melanie Klein to students at the British Psychoanalytical Society in 1936 and repeated several times in subsequent years. They were discovered in the Melanie Klein Archives housed in the Wellcome Medical Library and have been previously described by Elisabeth Spillius but never before published. In this book, John Steiner explores what characterises Kleinian Technique, how her technique changed over the years, what she saw as the correct psychoanalytical attitude and also how psychoanalytic technique has changed since Klein’s death. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis January 2017: 234x156: 138pp Hb: 978-1-138-94009-3: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94010-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67448-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138940109

Inquiring Deeply Marjorie Schuman, private practice, Santa Barbara, California Mindfulness-Informed Relational Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis: Inquiring Deeply provides a refreshing new look at the emerging field of Buddhist-informed psychotherapy. Marjorie Schuman presents a cogent framework which engages the patient at the levels of narrative, affective regulation, and psychodynamic understanding. Blending knowledge of contemporary psychoanalysis with the wisdom of Buddhist view, she examines how mindfulness can be integrated into psychodynamic treatment as an aspect of self-reflection rather than as a cognitive behavioral technique or intervention. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Psychotherapy January 2017: 234x156: 202pp Hb: 978-1-138-69934-2: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69935-9: £27.99 eBook: 978-1-315-51705-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138699359

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Metapsychology and the Foundations of Psychoanalysis

Needed Relationships and Psychoanalytic Healing

Attachment, neuropsychoanalysis and integration Simon Boag, Senior Lecturer, Department of Psychology, Macquarie University, Australia Metapsychology and the Foundations of Psychoanalysis redresses faults in Freud’s original conception to develop a coherent theoretical basis for psychodynamic theory. Simon Boag demonstrates that Freud’s much maligned ‘metapsychology’, once revised, can provide a foundation for evaluating and integrating the plethora of psychodynamic perspectives, by developing a philosophically-informed position that addresses the embodied, interconnected relationship between motivation, cognition and affects. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis October 2016: 234x156: 164pp Hb: 978-1-138-92675-2: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92676-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68303-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138926769

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

A Holistic Relational Perspective on the Therapeutic Process Steven Stern, private practice, Portland, Maine Series: Psychoanalysis in a New Key Book Series Needed Relationships and Psychoanalytic Healing is both a personal analytic credo and a multidimensional approach to thinking about clinical interaction. The book’s central theme is that of analytic needed relationships—the science and art of co-creating unique, evolving relational experiences fitted to each patient’s implicit therapeutic aims and needs. It offers diverse clinical examples in which you will find Stern engaging with each of his patients in idiomatic, spontaneous ways as he attempts to contour interventions to the evolving analytic situation. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis February 2017: 234x156: 258pp Hb: 978-0-415-70787-9: £120.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70789-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26831-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415707893

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOANALYSIS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Positive Psychoanalysis

Psychoanalysis, Society, and the Inner World

Meaning, Aesthetics and Subjective Well-Being

Embedded Meaning in Politics and Social Conflict

Mark Leffert, in private practice, California, USA

David P. Levine, Professor Emeritus, University of Denver, USA

Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy have, in one way or another, focused on the amelioration of the negative. This has only done half the job; the other half being to actively bring Positive Experience into patients’ lives. Positive Psychoanalysis moves away from this traditional focus on negative experience and problems, and instead looks at what makes for a positive life experience, bringing a new clinical piece to what psychoanalysts do: Positive Psychoanalysis and the interdisciplinary theory and research behind it.

This book examines social processes and institutions from a psychoanalytic perspective. Drawing on the work of major analytic thinkers such as Klein, Winnicott, Fairbairn and Bion, it offers a framework for thinking about the way social processes and institutions form part of the individual’s inner world, and how the imperatives of our inner worlds in turn shape our social and political lives. This allows us to gain an understanding of the role of the self in driving social conflict, and how social institutions can either force the hiding of the true self, or facilitate creative living.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis February 2017: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-1-138-96086-2: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-96087-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66013-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138960879

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Social Theory/Politics February 2017: 234x156: 150pp Hb: 978-1-138-21736-2: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21822-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-43797-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138218222

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychoanalysis and Holocaust Testimony

Psychoanalysis, Trauma, and Community

Unwanted Memories of Social Trauma

History and Contemporary Reappraisals

Edited by Dori Laub, Yale University School of Medicine and Andreas Hamburger, International Psychoanalytic University, Berlin Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series Psychoanalytic work with socially traumatised patients is an increasingly popular vocation, but remains extremely demanding and little covered in the literature. In Psychoanalysis and Holocaust Testimony, a range of contributors draw upon their own clinical work, and on research findings from work with seriously disturbed Holocaust survivors, to illuminate how best to conduct clinical work with such patients in order to maximise the chances of a positive outcome, and to reflect transferred trauma for the

Edited by Judith L. Alpert, Professor of Applied Psychology and Co-Director of Trauma, Violence Transdisciplinary Studies Program, NYU and Elizabeth R. Goren, Adjunct Clinical Professor, New York University and Pace University Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series

clinician.

Trauma is one of the hottest contemporary topics within psychoanalysis, whilst many psychoanalysts are increasingly interested in applying their skills outside the traditional setting of the consulting room, especially in response to disasters, wars and serious social issues. Psychoanalysis, Trauma, and Community seeks to correct the misconceptions of what analysts do and how they do it and debunk the stereotype of psychoanalysts stuck in their offices plying their wares on the worried well.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis April 2017: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-138-85920-3: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-85921-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71745-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138859210

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis November 2016: 234x156: 262pp Hb: 978-1-138-92822-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92823-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68194-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138928237

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychoanalysis in Hong Kong

Death and Fallibility in the Psychoanalytic Encounter

The Absent, the Present, and the Reinvented Diego Busiol, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Series: Routledge Studies in Asian Behavioural Sciences While psychoanalysis is raising some interest in Mainland China and in Taiwan, it remains only marginally relevant in Hong Kong. This book attempts to explain why. Addressing the subject from an East to West approach, this study proposes an experience of displacement, as it is argued that the chance for psychoanalysis today is not just to be exported to the East, but asking how psychoanalysis can be re-invented after experiencing the culture in Hong Kong. What remains of psychoanalysis, after this? How to re-invent and innovate psychoanalysis today? This study also debunks the myth that psychoanalytic research cannot be led by adopting a quantitative/statistical methodology. Routledge Market: Psychology October 2016: 234x156: 194pp Hb: 978-1-138-90965-6: £90.00 eBook: 978-1-315-69388-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138909656

Mortal Gifts Ellen Pinsky, Faculty, Boston Psychoanalytic Society and Institute, USA Series: Psychological Issues This book considers psychoanalysis from a fresh perspective: the therapist’s mortality—in at least two senses of the word. That the therapist can die, and is also fallible, can be seen as necessary or even defining components of the therapeutic process. At every moment, the analyst's vulnerability and human limitations underlie the work, something rarely openly acknowledged. Covering a broad range of psychoanalytic paradigms, Death and Fallibility in the Analytic Encounter brings fresh understanding of the nature, benefits and pitfalls of psychoanalysis. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis May 2017: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-1-138-92868-8: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92869-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68139-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138928695

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOANALYSIS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Conflict

Reading Klein

Edited by Christopher Christian, Assistant Professor, Clinical Psychology Department, New School for Social Research, Morris N. Eagle, Distinguished Educator-in-Residence, California Lutheran University Professor emeritus, Derner Institute of advanced Psychological Studies, Adelphi University. and David L Wolitzky, Department of Psychology, New York University Series: Psychological Issues From the very beginning, psychoanalysis has been defined as primarily a psychology of conflict. Mental conflict was seen as the central role of conflict in mental life. As psychoanalysis has developed and broadened into the various schools of thought, the understanding of the importance of mental conflict has broadened and changed, and can be understood in a variety of different ways. In this book, a highly distinguished group of authors outline the main contemporary theoretical understandings of the role of conflict in psychoanalysis, and what this can teach us for everyday psychoanalytic practice. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis January 2017: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-1-138-79520-4: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-79521-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-75858-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138795211

Margaret Rustin, private practice, London, UK and Michael Rustin, University of East London, UK Series: New Library of Psychoanalysis Teaching Series Reading Klein provides an introduction to the work of one of the twentieth century’s greatest psychoanalysts, known in particular for her contribution in developing child analysis and for her vivid depiction of the inner world. This book makes Melanie Klein’s works highly accessible, providing both substantial extracts from her writings, and material by the authors exploring their significance. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis December 2016: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-45293-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45294-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54461-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452946

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Identity and Difference

Rorschach Assessment of Psychotic Phenomena

Navigating the Divide Edited by Brent Willock, Toronto Institute and Society for Contemporary Psychoanalysis, Canada, Lori C. Bohm, The William Alanson White Institute, New York, USA and Rebecca Coleman Curtis, Adelphi University, USA. Every day, clinicians encounter challenges to empathy and communication while struggling to assist patients with diverse life histories, character, sexuality, gender, psychopathology, cultural, religious, political, racial, and ethnic backgrounds. Most writing pertaining to ideas of similarity, discrepancy, and ‘the Other’ has highlighted differences. Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Identity and Difference: Navigating the Divide offers a different focus, emphasising points of contact, connection, and how divisions between people can be transcended. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis November 2016: 234x156: 220pp Hb: 978-1-138-19254-6: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19253-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54385-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138192539

Clinical, Conceptual, and Empirical Developments James H. Kleiger, psychologist-psychoanalyst, private practice, Bethesda, Maryland Rorschach Assessment of Psychotic Phenomena takes the reader beyond where James Kleiger’s original work, Disordered Thinking and the Rorschach, left off. This new book offers readers a number of conceptual bridges between Rorschach characteristics commonly associated with psychotic phenomena and a range of psychological, neurocognitive, and psychoanalytic constructs that help psychologists move beyond static, test-bound interpretations of scores and indices.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis February 2017: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-83767-5: £120.00 Pb: 978-0-415-83768-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-27138-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415837682

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Women and Power in Contemporary Fiction

Talking about Evil

Malice, the Victim, and the Couple Rossella Valdrè This book helps students get internships in the broadcast news and entertainment field and teaches them how to make the most of their experience. It not only explains how to get an internship in the industry, but how to avoid being a ‘go-fer’ and instead become an asset to the company. As both a professional broadcaster and a college professor, the author approaches the topic from both sides: from what the student hopes to gain and what the intern site wants to gain. Various valuable perspectives are provided: student assessments on their internship experiences, case studies of those who have turned their internships into careers, and interviews with internship site coordinators. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis June 2017: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-65329-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65937-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-20511-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138659377

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Psychoanalytic, Social, and Cultural Perspectives Edited by Rina Lazar, lecturer and supervisor at the Psychotherapy Program, Sackler School of Medicine, Tel Aviv University Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series Psychoanalysis has been slow to account for the existence of evil, and other disciples such as philosophy and the social sciences have neglected the psychological aspects of evil in their theories. The book offers a multidisciplinary perspective on the nature and occurrence of evil, drawing on psychoanalysis, as well as law, religion, literature and cinema, sociology and ethics. In doing so, the contributors give a broad understanding of what evil is; how it manifests itself in a range of settings, including clinical psychoanalysis; how we might recognise and act against it when we do encounter it. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis October 2016: 234x156: 226pp Hb: 978-1-138-10056-5: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-10059-6: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65756-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138100596

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOANALYSIS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Age of Perversion

The Digital Age on the Couch

Desire and Technology in Psychoanalysis and Culture

Psychoanalytic Practice and New Media

Danielle Knafo, Long Island University, New York, USA and Rocco Lo Bosco, teacher, novelist, writer, editor and ghost-writer Series: Psychoanalysis in a New Key Book Series We have entered the age of perversion, an era in which we are becoming more like machines and they more like us. The Age of Perversion explores the sea changes occurring in sexual and social life, made possible by the ongoing technological revolution, and demonstrates how psychoanalysts can understand and work with manifestations of perversion in clinical settings. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis November 2016: 234x156: 284pp Hb: 978-1-138-84920-4: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84921-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-72387-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138849211

Alessandra Lemma, Tavistock and Portman NHS Foundation Trust, London, UK The Digital Age on the Couch seeks to understand more about how new technologies interact with the prerogatives of an individual’s internal world, how they may alter psychic structure itself in fundamental ways and the implications this may have for the individual’s functioning and for the operation of society. This book attempts, from the perspective of a working clinician, to make some sense of this. The impact of mediation via technology and the consequent disintermediation of the body represent central themes throughout, as they impact on the experience of embodiment, on the ‘work of desire’ and on the way new media influences psychoanalytic practice. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Psychotherapy/Counselling April 2017: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-79112-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-79113-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-21252-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415791137

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Anti-Oedipus Complex

The Discovery of the Self

Lacan, Critical Theory and Postmodernism

A study in psychological cure

Rob Weatherill, Psychoanalytic Psychotherapist in private practice This book explores the changes in attitude in psychoanalysis, critical theory and philosophy to the Oedipus Complex since 1968. Beginning with Lacan’s total rejection of the Complex, it assesses the contributions of Deleuze, Zizek, Derrida and Levinas in exploring how the Oedipus Complex has been understood and regarded by analytical, political, literary and theological scholars. Drawing on his own research and clinical practice, Weatherill argues that, while the Complex is a concept which has helped us to explore questions of family, power and authority, and sexuality, it is no more than a useful metaphor, and should not be regarding as clinically valid or culturally meaningful. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Philosophy February 2017: 234x156: 242pp Hb: 978-1-138-69234-3: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69235-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53249-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138692350

Elizabeth Severn and Peter L. Rudnytsky, Professor of English, University of Florida and Head of the Department of Academic and Professional Affairs, American Psychoanalytic Association Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series Elizabeth Severn, known as "R.N." in Sandor Ferenczi’s Clinical Diary, was Ferenczi’s analysand for eight years, the patient with whom he conducted his controversial experiment in mutual analysis, and a psychoanalyst in her own right who had a transformative influence on his work. The Discovery of the Self is the distillation of that experience and allows us to hear the voice of one of the most important patients in the history of psychoanalysis. This book is a reissue of Severn’s landmark work of 1933, together with an introduction by Peter L. Rudnytsky that sets out the unrecognized importance of her thinking both for the development of psychoanalysis and for contemporary theory. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis March 2017: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-82884-1: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-82885-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73803-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138828858

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Anti-Oedipus Complex

The Interpersonal Perspective in Psychoanalysis, 1960s-1990s

Lacan, Critical Theory and Postmodernism Rob Weatherill, Psychoanalytic Psychotherapist in private practice This book explores the changes in attitude in psychoanalysis, critical theory and philosophy to the Oedipus Complex since 1968. Beginning with Lacan’s total rejection of the Complex, it assesses the contributions of Deleuze, Zizek, Derrida and Levinas in exploring how the Oedipus Complex has been understood and regarded by analytical, political, literary and theological scholars. Drawing on his own research and clinical practice, Weatherill argues that, while the Complex is a concept which has helped us to explore questions of family, power and authority, and sexuality, it is no more than a useful metaphor, and should not be regarding as clinically valid or culturally meaningful. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Philosophy February 2017: 234x156: 242pp Hb: 978-1-138-69234-3: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69235-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53249-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138692343

Rethinking transference and countertransference Edited by Donnel B. Stern, William Alanson White Institute, New York, USA and Irwin Hirsch, The Manhattan Institute for Psychoanalysis; The William Alanson White Institute; The NYU Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis and The National Institute for the Psychotherapies, National Program, USA Series: Psychoanalysis in a New Key Book Series North American psychoanalysis has long been deeply influenced and substantially changed by clinical and theoretical perspectives first introduced by interpersonal psychoanalysis. Yet even today, despite its origin in the 1930s, many otherwise well-read psychoanalysts and psychotherapists are not well informed about the field. The Interpersonal Perspective in Psychoanalysis, 1960s to 1990s provides a superb starting point for those who are not as familiar with interpersonal psychoanalysis as they might be. For those who already know the literature, the book will be useful in placing a selection of classic interpersonal articles and their writers in key historical context. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis March 2017: 234x156: 310pp Hb: 978-0-415-71428-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28193-6: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-47197-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138281936

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOANALYSIS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Mother in Psychoanalysis and Beyond

The Origins and Organization of Unconscious Conflict

Matricide and Maternal Subjectivity Edited by Rosalind Mayo, psychoanalytic psychotherapist in private practice, King's Lynn, Norfolk and Christina Moutsou, Psychoanalytic psychotherapist, supervisor, trainer and writer The question of what it means to be a mother is a very contentious topic in psychoanalysis and in wider society. In this book, the authors explore the maternal role through perspectives from psychoanalysis, art, philosophy, political and gender studies. In particular, they examine the way issues of personal and gender identity are shaped by how patients manage to separate from their mother figures, how this has, at times, led psychoanalysis and society to hold mothers responsible for various personal and social problem, and how maternal vulnerability has been overlooked. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis September 2016: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-88504-2: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-88505-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71530-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138885042

The Selected Works of Martin S. Bergmann Martin S. Bergmann, (1913-2014) Freudian psychoanalyst, author and educator formerly at New York University. Series: World Library of Mental Health The Origins and Organization of Unconscious Conflict provides a comprehensive set of contributions by Martin S. Bergmann to psychoanalytic theory, technique, and its applications. Following a general approach, Bergmann synthesizes Freud’s major contributions, the development of his thinking, the ramifications to present day psychoanalytic theory and practice and finally, discusses unresolved problems requiring further work.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis November 2016: 234x156: 204pp Hb: 978-1-138-93864-9: £110.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67262-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138938649

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Neuropsychodynamic Treatment of Self-Deficits

The Psychoanalysis of Career Choice, Job Performance, and Satisfaction

Searching for Complementarity Joseph Palombo, Institute for Clinical Social Work, Chicago, USA Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series The Neuropsychodynamic Treatment of Self-Deficits examines how to work psychoanalytically with patients to address the problems that result from neuropsychological impairments, exploring the latest advances in understanding and treatment, whilst also addressing the concerns that clinicians may have in providing treatment.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Psychology/Psychotherapy January 2017: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-138-22914-3: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-22915-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-39020-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138229150

How to Flourish in the Workplace Paul Marcus, National Psychological Association for Psychoanalysis, New York City This book is the first to explore fully the psychoanalysis of work. It addresses the crucial questions concerning work; how does one choose the right career, what qualities contribute to excellent in performance, how best to implement and cope with organizational change, and what capacity and skills one needs to enjoy everyday work. Drawing not just on psychoanalytic thinking but also on vocational counselling, organizational psychology, and business studies, this book should be invaluable in clinical psychoanalytic work and for any psychoanalytically minded person looking for a deeper understanding of work-based issues. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Psychology/Business January 2017: 234x156: 254pp Hb: 978-1-138-21164-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21165-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-45253-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138211650

The Neuropsychodynamic Treatment of Self-Deficits

The Purloined Self

Searching for Complementarity

Interpersonal Perspectives in Psychoanalysis

Joseph Palombo, Institute for Clinical Social Work, Chicago, USA Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series The Neuropsychodynamic Treatment of Self-Deficits examines how to work psychoanalytically with patients to address the problems that result from neuropsychological impairments, exploring the latest advances in understanding and treatment, whilst also addressing the concerns that clinicians may have in providing treatment.

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edgar A. Levenson, William Alanson White Institute and NYU Graduate Studies Division, New York City and Alan Slomowitz, William Alanson White Institute and private practice, New York City Series: Psychoanalysis in a New Key Book Series The Purloined Self: Interpersonal Perspectives in Psychoanalysis brings together nineteen essays in updated form, still as relevant, witty and informative today as when the book originally published. With a new foreword by Donnel Stern, himself a major name in current Interpersonal analysis, this book gives a comprehensive overview of Levenson’s work, and its continued relevance in contemporary psychoanalytic thought. The Purloined Self is highly readable: the author’s witty essayist style and original perspective on its material has made it appealing across a wide range of readerships. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis October 2016: 234x156: 274pp Hb: 978-1-138-10167-8: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-10166-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65678-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138101661

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOANALYSIS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Torture, Psychoanalysis, and Human Rights

Trans-generational Trauma and the Other

Monica Luci, psychologist and Jungian psychotherapist, private practice, Rome

Dialogues across history and difference

Torture, Psychoanalysis, and Human Rights contributes to the development of that field of study called ‘psycho-social’ that is presently more and more committed to provide understanding of social phenomena, making use of the explicative perspective of psychoanalysis. The book seeks to develop a concise and integrated framework of understanding of torture as a socio-political phenomenon based on psychoanalytic thinking, through which different dimensions of the subject of study become more comprehensible. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis March 2017: 234x156: 238pp Hb: 978-1-138-90859-8: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90860-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69432-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138908604

Edited by Sue Grand, NYU Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis and Jill Salberg, NYU Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis, USA Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series This book examines the transgenerational effects of trauma on both personal and collective psyches. The authors argues that personal/collective trans-generational healing requires an ongoing dialogue with the ‘Other’; the heroes, allies, enemies and victims of our own personal and collective stories. By learning how to identify the narratives we inherit, and questioning the roles in which the ‘Other’ is cast in those narratives, we learn to move beyond repeating the same dysfunctional behaviours in our individual lives and in society more generally. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis December 2016: 234x156: 246pp Hb: 978-1-138-20581-9: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20582-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46629-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138205819

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Torture, Psychoanalysis, and Human Rights Monica Luci, psychologist and Jungian psychotherapist, private practice, Rome Torture, Psychoanalysis, and Human Rights contributes to the development of that field of study called ‘psycho-social’ that is presently more and more committed to provide understanding of social phenomena, making use of the explicative perspective of psychoanalysis. The book seeks to develop a concise and integrated framework of understanding of torture as a socio-political phenomenon based on psychoanalytic thinking, through which different dimensions of the subject of study become more comprehensible. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis March 2017: 234x156: 238pp Hb: 978-1-138-90859-8: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90860-4: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69432-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138908598

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Trans-generational Trauma and the Other Dialogues across history and difference Edited by Sue Grand, NYU Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis and Jill Salberg, NYU Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis, USA Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series This book examines the transgenerational effects of trauma on both personal and collective psyches. The authors argues that personal/collective trans-generational healing requires an ongoing dialogue with the ‘Other’; the heroes, allies, enemies and victims of our own personal and collective stories. By learning how to identify the narratives we inherit, and questioning the roles in which the ‘Other’ is cast in those narratives, we learn to move beyond repeating the same dysfunctional behaviours in our individual lives and in society more generally. With rich clinical material, this book is an invaluable guide to expanding the application of trans-generational transmission in psychoanalysis. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis December 2016: 234x156: 246pp Hb: 978-1-138-20581-9: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20582-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46629-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138205826

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Trauma and Countertrauma, Resilience and Counterresilience Insights from Psychoanalysts and Trauma Experts Edited by Richard B. Gartner, Training and Supervising Analyst, Faculty and Founding Director, Sexual Abuse Service, William Alanson White Psychoanalytic Institute Series: Psychoanalysis in a New Key Book Series Treating traumatized patients famously takes its toll on the treating clinician, giving rise over time to a countertrauma in the psychoanalyst or therapist. Gartner has gathered a distinguished group of clinicians whose personal reflections do what clinicians do all too rarely; disclose their own traumatic material, and discuss how they have developed models for acknowledging, articulating and synthesizing the countertrauma that arises from long term exposure to patients’ trauma. The book also covers how patients’ resilience evokes counterresilience in the therapist, allowing the clinician to benefit from ongoing contact with patients who deal bravely with their own personal difficulties. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis October 2016: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-86090-2: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-86091-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71621-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138860919

Understanding Classical Psychoanalysis Freudian concepts in contemporary practice Ahmed Fayek, Retired training and supervising psychoanalyst and clinical psychologist This book gives a clear overview of the key tenets of classical Freudian psychoanalysis, and offers a guide to how these might best to understood and applied to contemporary psychoanalytic theory and practice. Covering such essential concepts as the Oedipal complex, narcissism and metapsychology, Fayed explores what Freud’s thinking has to offer psychoanalysts of all schools of thought today, and what key facets of his work can usefully be built on to develop future theory.

Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Psychotherapy January 2017: 234x156: 156pp Hb: 978-1-138-21826-0: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21827-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-43789-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138218277

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOANALYSIS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Unknowable, Unspeakable, and Unsprung Psychoanalytic Perspectives on truth, scandal, secrets, and lies Edited by Jean Petrucelli, Director and Co-Founder of the Eating Disorders, Compulsions & Addictions Service; Supervising Analyst, Teaching Faculty, William Alanson White Institute, NYC; and Adjunct Clinical Professor of Psychology at NYU’s Postdoctoral Program, USA and Sarah Schoen, Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis, New York University, USA Series: Psychoanalysis in a New Key Book Series Unknowable, Unspeakable and Unsprung delves into the mysteries of scandalous behavior- behavior that can seem shocking, unfathomable, or self-destructive-that is outrageous and offensive on the one hand, yet fascinating and exciting on the other. In the process, this anthology asks fundamental questions about the self: what the self is allowed to be and do, what must be disallowed, and what remains unknown. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis November 2016: 234x156: 260pp Hb: 978-1-138-68900-8: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68901-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53793-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138689015

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Working in the Dark Understanding the pre-suicide state of mind Donald Campbell, Portman clinic and Rob Hale, Portman Clinic Working in the Dark focuses on the authors’ understanding of an individual’s pre-suicide state of mind, based on their work with many suicidal individuals, with special attention to those who attempted suicide while in treatment. The book explores how to listen to a suicidal individual’s history, the nature of their primary relationships, and their conscious and unconscious communications.It will be of interest to social workers, probation officers, nurses, psychologists, counsellors, psychotherapists, psychoanalysts and doctors who work with those who have attempted suicide, or are about to do so. Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis/Psychotherapy/Counselling March 2017: 216x138: 116pp Hb: 978-0-415-64542-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-64543-0: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73149-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415645430

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Wounds of History Repair and Resilience in the Trans-Generational Transmission of Trauma Edited by Jill Salberg, New York University Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis and Sue Grand, NYU Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series The notion of the trans-generational effects of trauma is something which has gained increased popularity in psychoanalysis in recent decades, both in terms of research and in clinical practice. In this book, the very distinguished list of contributors examine how psychoanalytic theory and practice can move forward in this new era beyond the psychoanalytic dyad. Can psychoanalysis absorb this new thinking, as it did findings for attachment theory and neuroscience, or will it be changed itself radically? Routledge Market: Psychoanalysis December 2016: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-138-80749-5: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-80750-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-75106-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138807501

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDERS Dummy text to keep placeholder

3rd Edition • NEW EDITION

Art Therapy for Psychosis

Eating Disorders and Obesity, Third Edition

Theory and Practice

A Comprehensive Handbook Edited by Katherine Killick, Training Analyst of the Society of Analytical Psychology, UK Series: The International Society for Psychological and Social Approaches to Psychosis Book Series

The contributors present a diverse range of current theoretical perspectives on the subject, derived from the fields of neuroscience, phenomenology and cognitive analytic theory, as well as from different schools of psychoanalysis. Collectively, they offer insights into the specific potentials of art therapy as a psychotherapeutic approach to psychosis, and describe some of the specialised approaches developed with individuals and with groups over the past 20 years. Throughout the book, the meaning and relevance of art-making as a medium for holding and containing unbearable, unthinkable and unspeakable experiences within the psychotherapeutic setting becomes apparent. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy March 2017: 234x156: 210pp Hb: 978-1-138-79209-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-79210-4: £27.99 eBook: 978-1-315-76234-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138792104

Edited by Kelly D. Brownell and B. Timothy Walsh Acclaimed for its encyclopedic coverage, this is the only handbook that synthesizes current knowledge and clinical practices in the fields of both eating disorders and obesity. Like the prior editions, the significantly revised third edition features more than 100 concise, focused chapters with lists of key readings in place of extended references. All aspects of eating disorders and obesity are addressed by foremost clinical researchers: classification, causes, consequences, risk factors, and pathophysiology, as well as prevention, treatment, assessment, and diagnosis. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry March 2017: 254 x 178: 684pp Hb: 978-1-462-52906-3: £57.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-572-30688-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529063

Dummy text to keep placeholder

CBT for Managing Non-cardiac Chest Pain

Families Bereaved by Alcohol or Drugs

An Evidence-based Guide

Coping and support

Elizabeth Marks, University College London Hospital, Myra Hunter, Institute of Psychiatry, King's College London, UK and John Chambers, Guy's and St. Thomas' Hospitals, London, UK This book is an evidence-based guide and workbook for clinicians working with people with non-cardiac chest pain (NCCP). Non-cardiac chest pain affects around 25–30% of people in the UK, USA, and Europe and is associated with high levels of health care use and compromised quality of life. The authors have developed and researched a novel approach that demonstrates how physiological, cognitive, behavioural and social factors all contribute to the negative experience of chest pain. With the help of exercises and handouts for the patient, this book aims to provide the necessary information and clinical skills and approaches for clinicians to use to in health care settings. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Clinical Psychology January 2017: 297x210: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-11900-0: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-11901-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62925-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138119017

Edited by Christine Valentine, University of Bath, UK Series: Explorations in Mental Health This book is the first to examine, in-depth, the experiences of bereaved family members following a drug and/or alcohol related death. Drawing upon a substantial research project, chapters identify the issues faced by a sizeable, yet often stigmatised and vulnerable group, which make these deaths particularly hard to grieve. These include the stresses and strains of having lived with another’s substance use, as well as the stigma that often extends to those left behind, and the difficulties of memorialising a life that may be considered unfulfilled. The book also explores the responses of service personnel and the importance of sensitive treatment to each family’s individual experience. Routledge Market: Bereavement/Addiction July 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-94708-5: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67029-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138947085

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dialectical Behavior Therapy for Binge Eating and Bulimia

Innovations in Family Therapy for Eating Disorders

Debra L. Safer and Christy F. Telch This groundbreaking book gives clinicians a new set of tools for helping people overcome binge-eating disorder and bulimia. It presents an adaptation of dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) developed expressly for this population. The treatment is unique in approaching disordered eating as a problem of emotional dysregulation. Featuring vivid case examples and 32 reproducible handouts and forms, the book shows how to put an end to binge eating and purging by teaching clients more adaptive ways to manage painful emotions. Step-by-step guidelines are provided for implementing DBT skills training, including a specially tailored skill, mindful eating. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry February 2017: 254 x 178: 244pp Hb: 978-1-606-23265-1: £28.99 Pb: 978-1-462-53037-3: £17.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462530373

Novel Treatment Developments, Patient Insights, and the Role of Carers Edited by Stuart Murray, University of California San Diego Eating Disorders Center for Treatment and Research, Leslie Anderson, University of California San Diego Eating Disorders Center for Treatment and Research and Leigh Cohn Innovations in Family Therapy for Eating Disorders brings together the voices of the most-esteemed, international experts to present conceptual advances, preliminary data, and patient perspectives on family-based treatments for eating disorders. This innovative volume is based partly on a special issue of Eating Disorders: The Journal of Treatment and Prevention and includes a section on the needs of carers and couples, "Tales from the Trenches," and qualitative studies of patient, parent, and carer experiences. Cutting edge and practical, this compendium will appeal to clinicians and researchers involved in the treatment of eating disorders. Routledge Market: Eating Disorders December 2016: 229 x 152: 308pp Hb: 978-1-138-64898-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64899-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62608-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138648999

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDERS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Mental Illness Defined

Prevention and Recovery from Eating Disorders in Type 1 Diabetes

Continuums, Regulation, and Defense Brad Bowins, Centre For Theoretical Research In Psychiatry & Clinical Psychology, TORONTO, ONTARIO, CANADA Understanding the true nature of mental illness is essential for interpreting disparate research results, establishing accurate diagnostic profiles, setting robust research agendas, and optimizing therapeutic interventions. Psychopathology currently lacks a unifying framework. Mental Illness Defined: Continuums, Regulation, and Defense provides such a framework by filling the knowledge gap. The model presented aligns with neuroscience and other relevant data, thereby placing psychopathology on a more scientific foundation to advance the aims of both researchers and treatment providers. Routledge Market: Psychological Disorders November 2016: 229 x 152: 234pp Hb: 978-1-138-20059-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20060-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-51413-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138200609

Injecting Hope Ann Goebel-Fabbri, Harvard Medical School Prevention and Recovery from Eating Disorders in Type 1 Diabetes sheds light on an often overlooked and misunderstood issue: the prevalence of eating disorders in women with type 1 diabetes– specifically diabulimia, a disorder characterized by insulin restriction as a means of of weight management. Drawing on a series of recent interviews and over fifteen years of research and clinical experience with this unique disorder, it provides insight into the lives of women who have lived through diabulimiam, exploring its origins, its effects on the lives of those affected, possible paths to recovery, preventative measures, and inspirational advice from now recovered former-patients. Routledge Market: Eating Disorders February 2017: 229 x 152: 126pp Hb: 978-1-138-89061-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-89065-7: £21.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138890657

Dummy text to keep placeholder

PEERS® for Young Adults

The Aesthetics of Self-Harm

Social Skills Training for Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Other Social Challenges

Visual Rhetoric and Community Formation

Elizabeth A. Laugeson, University of California - Los Angeles, USA PEERS for Young Adults presents the first evidence-based group treatment program for young adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder as well as other developmental disorders and social challenges. Readers will find a critical step forward in the dissemination of effective behavioral interventions for young adults in sixteen engaging group session outlines that are both user-friendly and backed by empirical research. Each session is accompanied by homework assignments and practice suggestions designed to reinforce the group’s understanding of the skills learned during each meeting. This resource will prove to be an invaluable reference for any clinician or educator working with this population.

Zoe Alderton, University of Sydney, Australia There has been a great deal of research concerning self-harm behaviour, especially in youths, but there have been no substantial sociological investigations of the manner in which community formation and identity may encourage this behaviour. The Aesthetics of Self Harm is a new approach to understanding parasuicidal behaviour, based upon an examination of online communities that promote performances of self-harm in the pursuit of an idealised beauty. Routledge Market: Mental Health/Sociology August 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-63831-0: £90.00 eBook: 978-1-315-63785-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138638310

Routledge Market: Autism & Aspergers January 2017: 279 x 216: 520pp Hb: 978-1-138-23868-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-23871-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-29705-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138238718

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Perinatal Mental Health and the Military Family

Women's Drug and Substance Abuse

Identifying and Treating Mood and Anxiety Disorders

A Comprehensive Assessment and Analysis

Edited by Melinda A. Thiam, Staff Psychiatrist

Louis A. Pagliaro and Anne Marie Pagliaro

This multidisciplinary resource provides an overview of perinatal mental and physical health issues within the military population. Perinatal mental health has far-reaching implications for military readiness. The text provides insights to the effects of military culture on identification, evaluation, and treatment of perinatal mood and anxiety disorders and is an invaluable resource for military and civilian primary and behavioral health providers.

This newly revised and expanded edition of Women's Drug and Substance Abuse offers a unique synthesis of theory, empirical research, and clinical guidance for treating substance abuse among women in the new millennium. Written with both students as well as professionals in health and social care in mind, authors Lou Pagliaro and Ann Marie Pagliaro explore the most up-to-date knowledge and research while offering their own empirically-based assessment model as well as strategies for diagnosis and treatment. Also included is an extensive directory of agencies and useful resources as well as a comprehensive list of references.

Routledge Market: Military Families February 2017: 229 x 152: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-92477-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92478-9: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67485-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138924789

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Routledge Market: Mental Health and Womens Studies July 2017: 229 x 152: 475pp Hb: 978-1-138-90902-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90838-3: £39.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138908383

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOTHERAPY

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A Feminist Perspective on Human Trafficking of Women and Girls

Brief Therapy and Beyond

Characteristics, commonalities and complexities

Michael Hoyt, Staff Psychologist, Kaiser Permanente Medical Center, San Rafael, CA (ret)

Edited by Nancy M. Sidun and Deborah L. Hume, University of Missouri, USA Critical aspects of the current epidemic of human trafficking are examined from a feminist therapeutic perspective in this book. Topics explored include assessment and treatment, reintegration, intra-country adoption, brokered marriages, international sex trafficking, sexual exploitation of children, and racial and cultural oppression. This book was originally published as a special issue of Women & Therapy. Routledge Market: Trauma Studies / Human Trafficking April 2017: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-70175-5: £105.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138701755

Stories, Language, Love, Hope, Time

Brief Therapy and Beyond is a collection of client-therapist vignettes of time-sensitive treatment to relieve psychological distress and/or promote growth. The stories involve a plot in which characters have experiences and employ imagination to resolve problems over time. From this perspective, therapy can be understood as the purposeful development of a more functional story; “better” stories are those that bring more of what is desired and less of what is not desired. A “good” story does more than merely relate the evidence of effective therapy; a “good story” invigorate both client and therapist. Routledge Market: Counseling Techniques March 2017: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-63670-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-63671-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-20582-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138636712

Dummy text to keep placeholder

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Art Therapy with Military Populations

Buddhist Psychology and Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy

History, Innovation, and Applications Edited by Paula Howie, School of Visual Arts, New York, USA Florida State University, USA

A Clinician's Guide Dennis Tirch, Weill Cornell Medical College, USA, Laura Silberstein and Russell L. Kolts

For decades, art therapy has proved to be practical treatment for veterans and other military populations suffering from trauma. Art Therapy with Military Populations provides an in-depth overview of both the theoretical and historical bases of art therapy with these groups while also chronicling the latest trends in treatment and the continued expansion of treatment settings. Edited by an art therapist with over 25 years’ experience working with the military and including chapters by a variety of seasoned and innovative clinicians, this comprehensive new volume provides professionals with cutting edge knowledge and interventions for working with military service members and

This user-friendly guide to the basics of Buddhist psychology presents a roadmap specifically designed for cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) practitioners. It explains central Buddhist concepts and how they can be applied to clinical work, and features numerous experiential exercises and meditations. Downloadable audio recordings of the guided meditations are provided at the companion website. Essential topics include the relationship between suffering and psychopathology, the role of compassion in understanding and treating psychological problems, and how mindfulness fits into evidence-based psychotherapy practice.

their families. Routledge Market: Art Therapy June 2017: 229 x 152: 254pp Hb: 978-1-138-94863-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94866-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66952-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138948662

Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling January 2017: 229 x 152: 266pp Hb: 978-1-462-52324-5: £27.99 Pb: 978-1-462-53019-9: £17.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462530199

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Brief Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Cancer Patients

CBT Strategies for Anxious and Depressed Children and Adolescents

Re-Visioning the CBT Paradigm

A Clinician's Toolkit

Scott Temple, University of Iowa, USA Brief Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Cancer Patients is a practical, clinical guide that allows for the integration of techniques from multiple newer CBT models, organized around a clear conceptual foundation and case conceptualization. The book targets those cognitive, emotional, and behavioral processes that research suggests are instrumental in the maintenance of human psychological suffering. Author Scott Temple also draws on newer models that build on strengths and resilience and brings clinical work to life through vivid case examples, worksheets, and case conceptualization forms. Routledge Market: CBT/Cancer February 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-94262-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94263-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67076-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138942639

Eduardo Bunge, Eduardo L. Bunge, PhD, Clinical Psychology PhD Program, Palo Alto University, CA; Codirector, Fundación Equipo de Terapia Cognitiva Infantojuvenil, Buenos Aires, Argentina, Javier Mandil, Javier Mandil, Lic., Codirector, Fundación Equipo de Terapia Cognitiva Infantojuvenil, Buenos Aires, Argentina; Department of Clinical Psychology, Favaloro University, Andres Consoli and Martin Gomar, Martín Gomar, Lic., Director, Fundación para el Desarrollo de Abordajes Científicos para las Problemáticas de Salud Mental; Department of Clinical Psychology, Universidad Argentina de la Empresa, Buenos Aires Series: 21st Century Business Management In a large-size format for easy photocopying, this book provides many dozens of engaging full-color reproducible tools for use in cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) with 7- to 18-year-olds. Beautifully designed handouts and worksheets are presented for each phase of treating anxiety and depression, organized in a state-of-the-art modular framework that encourages therapeutic flexibility. Introductions to each module offer vital clinical pointers and describe when and how to use the various forms, illustrated with vivid case examples. The authors provide tips for sequencing treatment, troubleshooting common difficulties, and addressing developmental and cultural considerations. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling May 2017: 262pp Pb: 978-1-462-52899-8: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528998

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOTHERAPY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Cognitive Behavior Therapy in Counseling Practice

Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Sexual Dysfunction

Jon Sperry, Lynn University,Boca Raton, Florida, USA and Len Sperry, Florida Atlantic University,Boca Raton, Florida, USA This Cognitive Behavior Therapy text is brief, practical, comprehensive, and tailored just for counselors. Evidence-based CBT techniques are specifically adapted to counseling including core-counseling concepts such as social justice, strengths, wellness, and diversity (e.g., ethnicity, culture, sexual orientation, gender, disability) which are interwoven throughout the book’s content. Each chapter includes case vignettes that reflect the work of professional counselors in school, clinical mental health, marital and family, and rehabilitation settings. Routledge Market: Cognitive Behavior Therapy June 2017: 229 x 152: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-64866-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64867-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62628-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138648678

Michael E. Metz, University of Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA, Norman Epstein, University of Maryland - College Park, Maryland, USA and Barry Mccarthy, American University, Washington D.C., USA Cognitive-Behavioral Couple Therapy for Sexual Dysfunction (CBCST) provides clinicians and graduate students with a comprehensive biopsychosocial model of useful, practical, empirically-based strategies and techniques to address common sexual dysfunctions. Each chapter carefully incorporates research and theoretical foundations and includes discussions of the issues that commonly arise when working with clients with sexual problems. This volume will include clinical assessment and intervention, case studies, client handouts, psychosexual skill exercises, and client education materials. Routledge Market: Counseling & Psychotherapy August 2017: 229 x 152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87407-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87408-3: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86345-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415874083

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Cognitive Behavioral Therapy of Social Anxiety Disorder

Collaborative Therapy and Neurobiology

Stefan G. Hofmann, Boston University, Massachusetts, USA and Michael W. Otto, Boston University, Massachusetts, USA Series: Practical Clinical Guidebooks Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (CBT) has proven to be the most effective form of treatment for social phobia. This revision of a highly regarded treatment manual presents an original treatment approach that includes specifically designed interventions to strengthen the relevant CBT strategies. This extensively revised volume builds upon empirical research to address the psychopathology and heterogeneity of social phobia, creating a series of specific interventions with numerous case examples and four new chapters on patients on medication, cultural factors, individual therapy, and on-track monitoring. Routledge Market: Cognitive Behavior Therapy June 2017: 229 x 152: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-67142-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67143-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61703-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138671430

Evolving Practices in Action Edited by Marie-Nathalie Beaudoin, Skills for Kids, Parents, and Schools (SKIPS), San Francisco, CA, USA and Jim Duvall, director of the JST Institute, Texas This book is what many clinicians have been waiting for: an integration of twenty years of scientific and therapeutic cutting-edge ideas into concrete clinical practices. Interpersonal neurobiology and the development of exciting new technologies that allow us to better understand the brain have provided us with an enriched perspective on human experience. Yet, many clinicians wonder how to use this knowledge to actually benefit their clients. Containing transcripts and clinical stories, this book offers a collection of writings which provide theory, research evidence, and most importantly hands-on, concrete clinical ideas to enrich therapists’ work with a variety of clients. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy April 2017: 229 x 152: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-65544-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65545-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62248-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138655454

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Cognitive Therapy Techniques, Second Edition

Compassion

A Practitioner's Guide

Concepts, Research and Applications

Robert L. Leahy

Edited by Paul Gilbert

This indispensable book has given many tens of thousands of practitioners a wealth of evidence-based tools for maximizing the power of cognitive therapy and tailoring it to individual clients. Leading authority Robert L. Leahy describes ways to help clients identify and modify problematic thoughts, core beliefs, and patterns of worry, self-criticism, and approval-seeking; evaluate personal schemas; cope with painful emotions; and take action to achieve their goals. Each technique includes vivid case examples and sample dialogues.

Paul Gilbert brings together an international line-up of leading scholars and researchers in the field to provide a state-of-the-art exploration of key areas in compassion research and applications. Compassion can be seen as a core element of prosocial behaviour, and explorations of the concepts and value of compassion have been extended into different aspects of life including physical and psychological therapies, schools, leadership and business. This book will be essential reading for professionals, researchers and scholars interested in compassion and its applications in psychology and psychotherapy.

Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling April 2017: 470pp Pb: 978-1-462-52822-6: £37.99 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-572-30905-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528226

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Routledge Market: Psychology / Psychotherapy May 2017: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-138-95718-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95719-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56429-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138957183

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOTHERAPY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Conscience and Critic

Deliberate Practice for Psychotherapists

The selected works of Keith Tudor

A Guide to Improving Clinical Effectiveness

Keith Tudor, Auckland University of Technology, Aotearoa New Zealand Series: World Library of Mental Health

Tony Rousmaniere, Member of the Clinical Psychology faculty University of Washington, Seattle, USA This text explores how psychotherapists can use deliberate practice to improve their clinical effectiveness. By sourcing through decades of research on how experts in diverse fields achieve skill mastery, the author proposes it’s possible for any therapist to dramatically improve their effectiveness. This volume presents a step-by-step program to engage readers in deliberate practice to improve clinical effectiveness across the therapists’ entire career span, from beginning training for graduate students to continuing education for licensed and advanced clinicians.

Conscience and Critic: The selected works of Keith Tudor brings together thirty five years of Keith Tudor’s finest contributions to the field of mental health. Covering a wide range of subjects that encompass psychotherapy, social policy and positive mental health or wellbeing, Keith reflects on practice and theory from his wealth of experience in various fields of practice, including probation, counselling, field, hospital and psychiatric social work, psychotherapy, supervision, and education and training. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy November 2016: 234x156: 238pp Hb: 978-1-138-68236-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-46097-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138682368

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy December 2016: 229 x 152: 220pp Hb: 978-1-138-20318-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20320-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-47225-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138203204

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Constructivist, Critical, And Integrative Approaches To Couples Counseling

Delivering CBT for Insomnia in Psychosis

Edited by Michael D. Reiter, Nova Southeastern University, Florida, USA and Ronald J. Chenail, Nova Southeastern University, Florida, USA Constructivist, Critical, and Integrative Approaches to Couples Counseling is unique in that it addresses how to conceptualize various theories around a single case. By discussing only one case, the reader is more readily able to compare and contrast the theoretical ideas of each theory, as well as the pragmatics of techniques. Five theories are discussed around four consistent parts: history, theory of problem formation, theory of problem resolution, and case transcript. This book follows the same format as its companion Behavioral, Humanistic-Existential, and Psychodynamic Approaches to Couples Counseling. Routledge Market: Couples Therapy February 2017: 229 x 152: 186pp Hb: 978-1-138-23397-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-23398-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-30831-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138233980

A Clinical Guide Flavie Waters, University of Western Australia and North Metro Health Service Mental Health, Western Australia, Melissa Ree, The Marian Centre and Sleep Matters, Western Australia. and Vivian Chiu, University of Western Australia and North Metro Health Service Mental Health, Western Australia. Series: Practical Clinical Guidebooks Individuals with psychiatric disorders such as schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and major depression with psychotic features usually experience insomnia, which can significantly impede with recovery, worsen symptoms, and reduce quality of life. This volume presents a detailed theoretical rationale and session-by-session CBT-Insomnia treatment manual for use with these individuals. Information regarding the efficacy of the program is presented, along with resources offering information on complicating factors, avoiding relapse, managing stress, and restoring lifestyle balance. Routledge Market: Cognitive Behavior Therapy April 2017: 254 x 178: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-18651-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18652-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64379-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138186521

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dance Movement Psychotherapy with People with Learning and Developmental Disabilities

Dialectical Behavior Therapy with Adolescents

Out of the shadows, into the light

K. Michelle Hunnicutt Hollenbaugh, Texas A&M University-Corpus Christi, USA and Michael S. Lewis, Ohio Dominican University, USA

Edited by Geoffery Unkovich, He is a senior lecturer in DMP at the University of Roehampton, Céline Butté, Creative Approaches to Supervision training with the London Centre for Psychodrama. and Jacqueline Butler This book provides an overview of dance movement psychotherapy for young people and adults with learning disabilities. Contributors from a variety of backgrounds examine their work with clients from across the disabilities spectrum, ranging from mild to complex needs.The book chapters present theory and practice relating to the client group and subsequent therapy processes. This comprises psychotherapeutic interventions, dance movement interventions, theoretical constructs, case study material, practitioner care, and practitioner learning and development related to individual and group therapy work. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy May 2017: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-96331-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-96332-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-18327-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138963313

Settings, Treatments, and Diagnoses

Dialectical Behavior Therapy with Adolescents is a remarkably user-friendly book designed to help clinicians implement DBT in specific settings. Each chapter addresses a different method of implementation and is accompanied by handouts relevant to that method. Additional handouts help clinicians customize their treatments strategies for different diagnoses (borderline personality disorder, substance use disorders, eating disorders, behavioral disorders) and in different settings, including school, college, forensic, inpatient, outpatient, and more. Routledge August 2017: 254 x 178: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-90602-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90603-7: £24.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138906037

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOTHERAPY 2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dialectical Behaviour Therapy

Forensic Psychotherapy

Distinctive Features

Edited by Jessica Yakeley, Tavistock and Portman NHS Foundation Trust, UK. and Gill McGauley

Michaela A. Swales, University of Wales, Bangor, UK and Heidi L. Heard, Consultant and Supervisor, St. Louis, USA Series: CBT Distinctive Features Dialectical Behaviour Therapy highlights 30 distinctive features of this treatment and uses extensive clinical examples to demonstrate how the theory translates into practice. In part I, the authors introduce us to the three foundations on which the treatment rests and how these integrate. In part II, they describe how the therapy applies these principles to the treatment of clients. This new edition has been updated throughout to reflect changes in research and practice, providing a clear and structured overview of a complex treatment, for both practicing clinicians and students wishing to learn more about DBT.

The relatively recently created field of forensic psychotherapy explores the roots of violent, sexual and antisocial behaviour, and applies psychoanalytic knowledge to the assessment, management and treatment of mentally disordered offenders. In this collection, leading international experts present the shaping of the emerging discipline in Europe and the United States; detail working therapeutically with high-risk offenders in prisons and secure hospitals; explore female violence and working with incarcerated mothers and babies; and analyse the latest developments in forensic psychotherapy training. This book was originally published as two special issues of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy. Routledge Market: Forensic Psychotherapy / Offending Behaviours March 2017: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-78953-0: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415789530

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy November 2016: 186x123: 162pp Hb: 978-1-138-94273-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94274-5: £14.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54454-0 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-44458-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138942745

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Disclosure and Concealment in Psychotherapy

Good Practice in Working with Interpreters in Psychological Therapy

Edited by Sarah Knox, Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI, USA and Clara Hill, University of Maryland, USA Although clients disclose many of their concerns to therapists, they do choose to conceal some concerns. Equally, therapists occasionally reveal something of themselves to clients via therapist self-disclosure. Disclosure is often fraught with questions as to what, how much, and why to disclose, as well as concerns about the consequences of disclosure. This book examine various aspects of the disclosure and concealment phenomena, whether from client or therapist perspective, and offers insights into the disclosure, or lack of disclosure, in psychotherapy, from the therapist or client perspective. This book was originally published as a special issue of Counselling Psychology Quarterly. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counselling February 2017: 246x174: 124pp Hb: 978-0-415-36656-4: £90.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415366564

Judith Boyles and Nathalie Talbot This book is a practical and helpful guide for therapists that outlines best practice in working with interpreters. It provides an accessible tool for therapists working in a range of settings from small unfunded therapy teams in the voluntary sector to primary care work, and supports teams/therapists to do the best they can with the resources they have access to. The author, a bilingual therapist who is also an interpreter, uses her extensive experience to make this essential reading for therapists working in this field, as well as the organisations in which they work. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Counselling June 2017: 216x138: 128pp Hb: 978-1-138-22290-8: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-27215-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138222908

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Evidence-Based Practice of Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy, Second Edition

Handbook of Child and Adolescent Group Therapy

Deborah Dobson and Keith S. Dobson Synthesizing the evidence base for cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and translating it into practical clinical guidelines, this book has enhanced the knowledge and skills of thousands of therapists and students. The authors--an experienced clinician and a prominent psychotherapy researcher--discuss how to implement core CBT techniques, why and how they work, and what to do when faced with gaps in scientific knowledge. Vivid case examples illustrate what evidence-based strategies look like in action with real-world clients who may have multiple presenting problems. The authors also separate CBT myths from facts and discuss ways to manage common treatment challenges. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling / CBT January 2017: 229 x 152: 354pp Hb: 978-1-462-52845-5: £30.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-606-23020-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528455

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

A Practitioner’s Reference Craig Haen, New York University, Lesley University, The Kint Institute, and Private Practice, New York, USA and Seth Aronson, William Alanson White Institute and Private Practice, New York, USA This handbook describes in detail different contemporary approaches to group work with children and adolescents. Further, this volume illustrates the application of these models to work with the youth of today, whether victims of trauma, adolescents struggling with LGBT issues, or youth with varying common diagnoses such as autism spectrum disorders, depression, and anxiety. It offers chapters presenting a variety of clinical approaches written by experts in these approaches, from classic to cutting-edge. Because of its broad scope, the book is suitable for a wide audience, from students to group leaders to seasoned practitioners. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy October 2016: 254 x 178: 472pp Hb: 978-1-138-95457-1: £165.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95458-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-66686-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138954588

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOTHERAPY 2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Implementing Therapeutic Residential Care with Children and Adolescents

Interpersonal Conflict An Existential Psychotherapeutic and Practical Model Karen Weixel Dixon, Re-Solution Partnership

Translating Research into Practice

This book provides a psychotherapeutic and philosophical understanding of the nature of interpersonal conflict. Arguing that facilitating conflict resolution has little to do with objective logic or rationale, and everything to do with personal (and cultural) values and aspirations, Karen Weixel-Dixon uses the lens of existential psychotherapy to provide innovative practical skills for conflict management. The book will be an engaging and informative guide for professionals in psychotherapy, health and HR working with conflict, and students taking courses involving conflict resolution.

James P Anglin, University of Victoria, Canada This book presents a framework for well-functioning residential care, based on quantitative outcome measures and qualitative data gathered over three years and across eight intervention sites. The book’s framework is geared towards those working at various levels in the child welfare system, from direct care to policy formulation, and promotes a “children’s best interests” culture. Specific examples and illustrations connect the conceptual ideas and considerations with day-to-day activities for staff, and it examines the adult mindset development in relation to how agencies can promote systemic care for their residents. Routledge Market: Child & Adolescent Psychotherapy October 2017: 229 x 152: 198pp Hb: 978-1-138-78243-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-138-78242-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-76914-1 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-789-02141-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138782426

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy November 2016: 216x138: 136pp Hb: 978-1-138-19530-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19531-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62643-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138195318

Dummy text to keep placeholder

4 Volume Set

Innovations in Cognitive Behavioral Therapy

Mindfulness Edited by Brandon Gaudiano, Brown University, USA Series: Major Themes in Mental Health

Strategic Interventions for Creative Practice Amy Wenzel, Wenzel Consulting, Pennsylvania, USA Innovations in Cognitive Behavioral Therapy provides clinicians with a powerful arsenal of contemporary, creative, and innovative strategic interventions for use in cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT). This book goes well beyond standard CBT texts by highlighting new developments in the field and advancing a new definition of CBT that reflects the field’s evolution. Throughout these pages, clinicians will find empirical research to back up recommended strategies and discussion of ways to translate this research into their clinical practice. Readers can also turn to the book’s website for valuable handouts, worksheets, and other downloadable tools. Routledge Market: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy June 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-77982-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-77983-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-77102-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138779839

As mindfulness research and practice briskly accelerates, this four-volume collection provides an authoritative reference work that makes sense of a vast—and growing—literature. With a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, Mindfulness is an essential one-stop resource for advanced students, scholars, researchers, and clinicians interested in gaining a thorough understanding of this increasingly popular topic. Routledge Market: Mindfulness June 2017: 234x156: 1736pp Hb: 978-1-138-96189-0: £850.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138961890

NEW IN PAPERBACK

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Integrated Treatment for Personality Disorder

Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy

A Modular Approach

Distinctive Features

Edited by W. John Livesley, W. John Livesley, MD, PhD, Department of Psychiatry, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada, Giancarlo Dimaggio, Giancarlo Dimaggio, MD, Center for Metacognitive Interpersonal Therapy, Rome, Italy and John F. Clarkin, John F. Clarkin, PhD, Department of Psychiatry, Weill Cornell Medical College, NY; Co-Director, Personality Disorders Institute, New York Presbyterian Hospital, White Plains Rather than arguing for one best approach for treating personality disorder, this pragmatic book emphasizes the benefits of weaving together multiple well-established intervention strategies to meet each patient's needs. A framework is provided for constructing a comprehensive case formulation, planning treatment, and developing a strong therapeutic alliance. The clinician is guided to utilize techniques from all major therapeutic orientations to address transdiagnostic personality symptoms and problems involving emotion regulation, interpersonal functioning, and self and identity. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling January 2017: 235 x 156: 478pp Hb: 978-1-462-52288-0: £40.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52985-8: £27.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529858

Rebecca Crane, University of Wales, Bangor, UK Series: CBT Distinctive Features This new edition of Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy provides a, concise, straightforward overview of MBCT, fully updated to include recent developments. The book provides a basis for understanding the key theoretical and practical features of MBCT and retains its accessible and easy-to-use format that made the first edition so popular, with 30 distinctive features that characterise the approach. Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy: Distinctive Features will be essential reading for professionals and trainees in the field. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy April 2017: 186x123: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-64320-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64322-2: £14.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62722-9 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-44502-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138643222

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

PSYCHOTHERAPY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Mindfulness-based Interventions with Children and Adolescents

Neuroscience, Psychotherapy and Clinical Pragmatism

Research and practice

William Borden Series: Explorations in Mental Health

Edited by Nirbhay Singh, Georgia Regents University, Augusta and Subhashni Devi Singh Joy, PRA Health Sciences, USA Series: The Mental Health and Well-being of Children and Adolescents With contributions from internationally-renowned clinicians and scholars, this book draws upon current research in the field in order to explore topics such as the fundamentals of teaching mindfulness to children and adolescents; assessment of mindfulness in this population; use of mindfulness in educational settings; and clinical applications in mental health populations, including substance abuse, hyperactivity, and intellectual and developmental disabilities. The book will present a synthesis of extant research on how to develop mindfulness in children and adolescents, whilst also highlighting that carers’ own practice of mindfulness is essential as the basis of teaching mindfulness to children and adolescents. Routledge Market: Mental Health/Education July 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-68046-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56386-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680463

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

This volume explores how conceptions of pragmatism set forth in American philosophy serve as orienting perspectives in psychotherapy. Drawing on the influential contributions of William James and John Dewey, the author demonstrates how realistic, comparative approaches to understanding strengthen everyday therapeutic practice. By following a clinical pragmatism, psychotherapy can be viewed as an instrumental project that is governed by results rather than a commitment to particular theoretical perspectives, empirical findings, or technical strategies. Routledge Market: Psychotheraphy November 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-82572-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-73976-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138825727

5th Edition • NEW EDITION

Motivational Interviewing in the Treatment of Psychological Problems, Second Edition Edited by Hal Arkowitz, University of Arizona, USA, William R. Miller, University of New Mexico, USA and Stephen Rollnick, Cardiff University, UK Series: Applications of Motivational Interviewing

Paper Office for the Digital Age, Fifth Edition Forms, Guidelines, and Resources to Make Your Practice Work Ethically, Legally, and Profitably Edward L. Zuckerman and Keely Kolmes Series: The Clinician's Toolbox

This authoritative guide, now significantly revised and expanded, has given tens of thousands of clinicians proven tools for helping clients resolve ambivalence and mobilize their energy, commitment, and personal resources for change. Leading experts describe ways to combine motivational interviewing (MI) with other treatments for a wide range of psychological problems, including depression, anxiety disorders, eating disorders, posttraumatic stress disorder, and others. Chapters illustrate the nuts and bolts of intervention, using vivid clinical examples, and review the empirical evidence base.

Significantly revised and updated to include online and computerized aspects of private practice, this essential manual has given many tens of thousands of clinicians the complete record-keeping and risk-reduction tools that every psychotherapy practice needs. The book provides effective methods for obtaining informed consent, planning treatment and documenting progress, managing HIPAA compliance, maintaining clinical and financial records, communicating with clients and third-party payers, and reducing malpractice risk. Drawing from the professional literature, it features key guidance and easy-to-digest pointers about the ethical, legal, and business aspects of practice.

Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling / Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry January 2017: 229 x 152: 400pp Hb: 978-1-462-52103-6: £37.99 Pb: 978-1-462-53012-0: £21.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462530120

Guilford Press Market: Psychology December 2016: 502pp Pb: 978-1-462-52800-4: £53.99 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-593-85835-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528004

READER • NEW IN PAPERBACK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Music Therapy Handbook

Parent-Led CBT for Child Anxiety

Edited by Barbara L. Wheeler, Montclair State University, USA (Retired)

Helping Parents Help Their Kids Cathy Creswell, Monika Parkinson, Kerstin Thirlwall and Lucy Willetts

Rich with case material, this groundbreaking volume provides a comprehensive overview of music therapy, from basic concepts to emerging clinical approaches. Experts review psychodynamic, humanistic, cognitive-behavioral, and developmental foundations and describe major techniques, including the Nordoff-Robbins model and the Bonny Method of Guided Imagery and Music. An expansive section on clinical applications examines music therapy with children and adults, as well as its recognized role in medical settings. Topics include autism spectrum disorder, school interventions, brain injury, and trauma. The companion website features audio downloads illustrative of the Nordoff-Robbins model. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling November 2016: 254 x 178: 507pp Hb: 978-1-462-51803-6: £57.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52972-8: £30.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529728

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Parents can play a strong role in helping their children overcome anxiety disorders--given the right tools. This innovative, research-based book shows clinicians how to teach parents cognitive-behavioral therapy techniques to use with their 5 to 12-year-old. Session-by-session guidelines are provided for giving parents the skills to promote children's flexible thinking and independent problem solving, help them face specific fears, and tackle accompanying difficulties, such as sleep problems and school refusal. User-friendly features include illustrative case studies, sample scripts, advice on combining face-to-face sessions with telephone support, and pointers for overcoming roadblocks. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling November 2016: 229 x 152: 210pp Hb: 978-1-462-52778-6: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527786

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOTHERAPY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Parent-Teen Therapy for Executive Function Deficits and ADHD

Positive Psychotherapy for Psychosis A Clinician's Guide and Manual Mike Slade, University of Nottingham, Tamsin Brownell, King's College London, Tayyab Rashid, University of Toronto Scarborough (UTSC), Canada and Beate Schrank, Karl Landsteiner University for Health Sciences, Austria

Building Skills and Motivation Margaret H. Sibley This user-friendly manual presents an innovative, tested approach to helping teens overcome the frustrating organizational and motivation problems associated with executive function deficits and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). The Supporting Teens' Autonomy Daily (STAND) approach uses motivational interviewing (MI) to engage teens and their parents in building key compensatory skills in organization, time management, and planning. Parent training components ease family conflict and equip parents to support kids' independence. Ready-to-use worksheets and rating scales are provided; the book has a large-size format for easy photocopying. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2016: 242pp Pb: 978-1-462-52769-4: £20.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527694

This book presents a new, positive psychotherapy (PPT) intervention for psychosis. WELLFOCUS PPT is a 13-session group psychological therapyy aimed at increasing wellbeing in people with psychosis. The book presents the theoretical basis for the intervention, before going on to provide a structured, step-by-step manual for use with clients. With downloadable handouts, session materials and activities, the manual will be a practical, positive and innovative resource for mental health professionals working with this client group. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Clinical Psychology December 2016: 297x210: 218pp Hb: 978-1-138-18286-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18287-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54577-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138182868

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Perfectionism

Posttraumatic Play in Children

A Relational Approach to Conceptualization, Assessment, and Treatment

What Clinicians Need to Know

Paul L. Hewitt, Gordon L. Flett and Samuel F. Mikail

Eliana Gil

Grounded in decades of influential research, this book thoroughly examines perfectionism: how it develops, its underlying mechanisms and psychological costs, and how to target it effectively in psychotherapy. The authors describe how perfectionistic tendencies--rooted in early relational and developmental experiences--make people vulnerable to a wide range of clinical problems. They present an integrative treatment approach and demonstrate ways to tailor interventions to the needs of individual clients. A group treatment model is also detailed. State-of-the-art assessment tools are discussed (and provided at the companion website).

From leading expert Eliana Gil, this book provides child clinicians with essential knowledge and tools for evaluating and working with posttraumatic play. Such play, which is often repetitive and disturbing, may help resolve traumatic experiences--but can also become toxic. The book guides the clinician to determine what is going on with a given child and intervene sensitively and effectively. Evocative case material is interwoven with up-to-date information on the developmental impact of trauma and ways to facilitate children's natural reparative capacities.

Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling March 2017: 229 x 152: 336pp Hb: 978-1-462-52872-1: £30.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528721

Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling February 2017: 229 x 152: 210pp Hb: 978-1-462-52883-7: £47.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52882-0: £16.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528820

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Positive Psychotherapy for Psychosis

Practicing Psychodynamic Therapy

A Clinician's Guide and Manual

A Casebook

Mike Slade, University of Nottingham, Tamsin Brownell, King's College London, Tayyab Rashid, University of Toronto Scarborough (UTSC), Canada and Beate Schrank, Karl Landsteiner University for Health Sciences, Austria

Edited by Richard F. Summers, School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania,USA and Jacques P. Barber, Derner Institute of Advanced Psychological Studies, Adelphi University, Garden City, New York, USA

This volume presents 12 highly instructive case studies grounded in the evidence-based psychodynamic therapy model developed by Richard F. Summers and Jacques P. Barber. Bringing clinical concepts vividly to life, each case describes the patient's history and presenting problems and takes the reader through psychodynamic formulation, treatment planning, and the entire course of therapy, including the challenges of termination. The cases address a variety of core psychodynamic problems, with outcomes ranging from very successful to equivocal. The emotional experience of the therapist is explored throughout.

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy / Clinical Psychology December 2016: 297x210: 218pp Hb: 978-1-138-18286-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18287-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54577-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138182875

Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling October 2016: 229 x 152: 266pp Hb: 978-1-462-51718-3: £26.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52803-5: £16.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528035

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

100

PSYCHOTHERAPY

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Real Life Heroes

Single-Session Integrated CBT (SSI-CBT)

Toolkit for Treating Traumatic Stress in Children and Families, 2nd Edition

Distinctive features Windy Dryden, Emeritus Professor of Psychotherapeutic Studies at Goldsmiths, University of London Series: CBT Distinctive Features

Richard Kagan, Author, SC, USA Real Life Heroes: Toolkit for Treating Traumatic Stress in Children and Families, Second Edition is an easy-to-use reference for practitioners providing therapy to children with traumatic stress. This step-by-step guide is an accompanying text to the workbook Real Life Heroes: A Life Story Book for Children, Third Edition and provides professionals with structured tools for helping children to reintegrate painful memories and to foster healing from traumatic experiences. The book is a go-to resource for practitioners in child and family service agencies and treatment centers to implement trauma-informed, resiliency-centered and evidence-supported services for children with traumatic stress. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy December 2016: 279 x 216: 298pp Hb: 978-1-138-96347-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-51807-9: £39.95 eBook: 978-0-203-12353-9 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-789-02952-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415518079

Based on his extensive work demonstrating single-session CBT to public and professional audiences, Windy Dryden has now developed a single session approach for work in the therapy and coaching fields: Single Session Integrated CBT (SSI-CBT). Comprising 30 key points, and divided into two parts – Theory and Practice – this concise book covers the key features of SSI-CBT. It will offer essential guidance for students and practitioners who require an accessible guide to the distinctive theoretical and practical features of this exciting new approach. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling December 2016: 186x123: 236pp Hb: 978-1-138-63952-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-63959-1: £14.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62312-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138639591

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Resource Focused Counselling and Psychotherapy

Solution Focused Practice in Asia Edited by Debbie Hogan, Academy of Solution Focused Training, Singapore, Dave Hogan, Academy of Solution Focused Training, Singapore, Jane Tuomola, James Cook University, Singapore and Alan K. L. Yeo, Temasek Polytechnic, Singapore

An introduction Michael Wilson, Psychotherapist (UKCP reg.) in private practice in Edinburgh and Berwick-upon-Tweed, UK An important focus in counselling and psychotherapy is to enable clients to develop self-resources for greater resilience and wellbeing, as well as increased effectiveness, in their lives. This book provides professionals with a comprehensive and integrative model of resource focused therapy, drawing upon the current range of research and theory of this emerging approach, and covering a range of perspectives and traditions. The book also provides a range of self-resourcing exercises and practices for each part of the integrative model, illustrated with clinical examples, and is an essential resource for the practising psychotherapist or counsellor. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy March 2017: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-91579-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91581-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68384-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138915817

This book is a collection of solution focused practice across Asia, offering case examples from the fields of therapy, education, supervision, coaching and organisation/consulting. It demonstrates the usefulness of the solution focused approach in the Asian context by providing practice based evidence, and highlights the diversity of application. The examples offer exciting and creative ways in which solution focused practice can be used – with the hope that more practitioners will be curious enough to give solution focused practice serious consideration as a viable, evidence-based practice. It is the aim of this book to stimulate the curious and inspire the converted. Routledge Market: Mental Health December 2016: 246x174: 284pp Hb: 978-1-138-18811-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18812-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64269-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138188129

Dummy text to keep placeholder

School Bullying and Mental Health

Stories from Child & Adolescent Psychotherapy

Risks, intervention and prevention

A Curious Space

Edited by Helen Cowie, University of Surrey, UK and Carrie-Anne Myers, City University, London, UK Series: The Mental Health and Well-being of Children and Adolescents Bullying amongst young people is a serious and pervasive problem and recent rapid advances in electronic communication technologies have provided even more tools for bullies to exploit in their pursuit of such behaviour. School Bullying and Mental Health aims to collate, in one volume, current research evidence and theoretical perspectives about school bullying in order to identify the nature and extent of bullying and cyberbullying at school and its impact on children and young people’s emotional health and well-being. Routledge Market: Mental Health/Education July 2017: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-138-67412-7: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-53773-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138674127

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Henry Kronengold, in private practice In Stories from Child & Adolescent Psychotherapy author Henry Kronengold explores the unpredictable world of child and adolescent psychotherapy through a series of engaging and innovative clinical vignettes. The ups, downs, and dilemmas of therapeutic work are considered in each realistic narrative as readers are offered a unique view of what happens between the therapist and child, as well as the therapist’s own process during the therapy. This captivating new resource is intended to spark a conversation within the reader, regardless of professional experience, regarding which therapeutic factors are ultimately most helpful to children and adolescents. Routledge Market: Child Therapy October 2016: 229 x 152: 122pp Hb: 978-1-138-91286-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91287-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69173-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138912878

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOTHERAPY Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

The College Counselor’s Guide to Group Psychotherapy

The Group Therapist's Notebook, 2nd Edition

Michele D. Ribeiro, Oregon State University, Joshua Gross, Florida State University and Marcee M. Turner, Arizona State University

Edited by Dawn Viers, New River Family Community Services, USA

The College Counselor’s Guide to Group Psychotherapy aims to provide practical, step-by-step instructions for creating a thriving group program and culture in any college or university counseling center. While group psychotherapy continues to thrive as a popular approach to working with college students, there continues to be a lack of comprehensive resources for group psychotherapists working with this unique population. This exciting new volume draws on the most current knowledge on group psychotherapy while paying particular attention to issues and ethical dilemmas that are unique to working with college students in a university setting. Routledge Market: College Counseling October 2017: 229 x 152 Hb: 978-1-138-68195-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68196-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54545-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138681965

Homework, Handouts, and Activities for Use in Psychotherapy The Second Edition of The Group Therapist’s Notebook offers an all new collection of innovative ideas and proven interventions accompanied by handouts, homework, and activities that will enhance any group therapy practice. With an added emphasis on instruction, real-world examples, and extension activities, this new resource will be a valuable asset for both beginning and seasoned mental health practitioners, including counselor educators, social workers, marriage and family therapists, guidance counselors, prevention educators, peer support specialists, and other group facilitators. Also covered are timely topics such as trauma informed care, mindfulness, and integrative health care. Routledge September 2017: 279 x 216: 278pp Hb: 978-1-138-20950-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20952-7: £30.99 eBook: 978-1-315-45705-5 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-789-02851-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138209527

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Comprehensive Resource Model

The Resilient Mental Health Practice

Effective therapeutic techniques for the healing of complex trauma

Nourishing Your Business, Your Clients, and Yourself

Lisa Schwarz, Psychologist, consultant and international educator, Pittsburgh, USA., Frank Corrigan, Argyll & Bute Hospital, UK, Alastair Hull, Psychiatrist and psychotherapist, Tayside , UK and Rajiv Raju, Argyll & Bute Hospital, UK Series: Explorations in Mental Health Severe complex trauma and dissociative disorders are frequently misdiagnosed and neglected. The Comprehensive Resource Model (CRM) was developed in response to the need for an integrative therapeutic model, which engages resources and offers effective interventions. Drawing from a range of tools and techniques, the book presents a streamlined, multi-layered approach to resourcing during the processing of trauma memories. Demonstrating a nested model and employing brain-based physiological safety as the foundation of healing, chapters include three primary categories of targeted processing, Survival Terror, ‘Little Truths’ and ‘Big Truths’, which often reappear in trauma work. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy/Trauma Studies October 2016: 234x156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-138-91600-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68990-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138916005

Jennifer M. Ossege, Union Institute & University, Ohio, USA and Richard W. Sears, University of Cincinnati Center for Integrative Medicine, Ohio, USA The Resilient Mental Health Practice is a fundamental resource for mental health professionals, designed to serve as a comprehensive yet parsimonious handbook to inspire and inform novice, developing, and experienced mental health professionals. Replete with case studies, The Resilient Mental Health Practice gives readers a big-picture view of private practice, including detailed explorations of various topics related to therapist self-care and preventing burnout. Chapters provide a range of ways in which clinicians can build a resilient and sustainable practice while also taking care of their clients and themselves. Routledge Market: Practice Management February 2017: 229 x 152: 186pp Hb: 978-1-138-93588-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93589-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67303-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935891

Dummy text to keep placeholder

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

The Evolution of CBT

Theoretical Models of Counseling and Psychotherapy

A Personal and Professional Journey with Don Meichenbaum Donald Meichenbaum The Evolution of Cognitive Behavior Therapy: A Personal and Professional Journey with Don Meichenbaum explores the "untold story" of how Cognitive Behavior Therapy emerged and discusses the controversies encountered along the way. This volume will feature a personal account of Don Meichenbaum's contributions from his initial work on self-instructional training with schizophrenics and impulsive children, through his work on Stress inoculation training, and his most recent works with traumatized individuals. These previously published papers are complemented with updated papers and accompanying commentary. Routledge Market: Cognitive Behavior Therapy February 2017: 229 x 152: 280pp Hb: 978-1-138-81221-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81222-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74893-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138812222

101

Kevin A. Fall, Texas State University, USA, Janice Miner Holden, University of North Texas, USA and Andre Marquis, University of Rochester, New York, USA With new information on multiculturalism, diversity, and cutting-edge theories, the third edition of Theoretical Models of Counseling and Psychotherapy offers a detailed description of the philosophical basis for each theory as well as historical context and biographical information on each theory’s founder. The book is accompanied by a companion website where professors and students will find exercises and course material that will further deepen their understanding of counseling theory and allow them to easily bridge classroom study to future practice. Available for free download for each chapter: PowerPoint slides and a testbank of 21 multiple-choice questions Routledge Market: Counseling/Psychotherapy February 2017: 254 x 178: 550pp Hb: 978-1-138-83927-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-83928-1: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73353-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138839281

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

102

PSYCHOTHERAPY

Dummy text to keep placeholder

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Therapy as a Performance Art

Trauma-Focused CBT for Children and Adolescents

Henry Abramovitch

Treatment Applications

Abramovitch explores the performance aspects of therapy and analysis, going against the tradition of therapeutic discourse in which a narrative is based on specific vignettes chosen to present a theoretical agenda. This view of the therapeutic experience allows random or chance-based occurrences to come to the fore, and challenges the participants to think in new and unexpected ways. Covering aspects of the encounter including nonverbal behaviour, creating a part in the therapeutic drama, setting the stage for therapy and moving the clinic, and including case material throughout, Abramovitch’s book enriches our view of the therapeutic experience. Routledge Market: Analytical Psychology August 2017 Hb: 978-1-138-65624-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65625-3: £27.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62199-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138656253

Edited by Judith A. Cohen, Allegheny General Hospital, Pittsburgh, USA, Anthony P. Mannarino, Allegheny General Hospital, Pittsburgh, USA and Esther Deblinger Featuring a wealth of clinical examples, this book facilitates implementation of Trauma-Focused Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (TF-CBT) in a range of contexts. It demonstrates how assessment strategies and treatment components can be tailored to optimally serve clients' needs while maintaining overall fidelity to the TF-CBT model. Coverage includes ways to overcome barriers to implementation in residential settings, foster placements, and low-resource countries. Guilford Press Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health November 2016: 229 x 152: 308pp Hb: 978-1-462-50482-4: £30.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52777-9: £18.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527779

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Tools for Effective Therapy with Children and Families

Treating Somatic Symptoms in Children and Adolescents Sara E. Williams and Nicole E. Zahka

A Solution-Focused Approach Pamela K. King, Private practice in Logan, UT, USA Tools for Effective Therapy with Children and Families provides mental health professionals with step-by-step tools and strategies for effective therapeutic outcomes with children and their families. An integration of solution-focused brief therapy and play therapy, this groundbreaking book is uniquely suited to clinicians working with school-aged children and their parents. Session transcripts and technique illustrations throughout the chapters allow clinicians to see the solution-focused approach in action.

Routledge Market: Child & Adolescent Psychotherapy February 2017: 229 x 152: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-12616-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12617-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64704-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138126176

Persistent physical symptoms that may not be associated with a known medical disease can be perplexing and distressing for children and families. This book gives mental health professionals a complete understanding of somatic symptoms in 6- to 18-year-olds and presents an innovative treatment approach grounded in cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT). Numerous case examples and sample dialogues illustrate how to collaborate with health care and school professionals and conduct effective assessment, psychoeducation, and intervention, within a biopsychosocial framework. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling April 2017: 254 x 178: 302pp Hb: 978-1-462-52952-0: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529520

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Towards a Mental Health System that Works

Treating Trauma and Traumatic Grief in Children and Adolescents, Second Edition

A professional guide to getting psychological help Michael J Scott, Consultant Psychologist, Liverpool, UK Research has established that there are efficacious psychological therapies for most common mental disorders. In this book, psychologist Michael J Scott details the reforms necessary to ensure that consumers of services receive an evidence-based treatment. It is a valuable resource for therapists and mental health practitioners,enabling them to critically evaluate service provision, and chart a new direction. It also serves as a guide to consumers of mental health services, allowing them to understand what they are likely to experience and what they can demand. Routledge Market: Mental Health December 2016: 234x156: 177pp Hb: 978-1-138-93295-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93296-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67769-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138932968

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Judith A. Cohen, Anthony P. Mannarino and Esther Deblinger This authoritative guide has introduced many tens of thousands of clinicians to Trauma-Focused Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (TF-CBT), a leading evidence-based treatment for traumatized children and their parents or caregivers. Preeminent clinical researchers provide a comprehensive framework for assessing posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), other trauma-related symptoms, and traumatic grief in 3- to 18-year-olds; building core coping skills; and directly addressing and making meaning of children's trauma experiences. Implementation is facilitated by sample scripts, case examples, troubleshooting tips, and reproducible client handouts. Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling February 2017: 229 x 152: 356pp Hb: 978-1-462-52840-0: £30.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-593-85308-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528400

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PSYCHOTHERAPY NEW IN PAPERBACK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Treating Trauma in Adolescents

When Therapists Cry

Development, Attachment, and the Therapeutic Relationship

Reflections on Therapists’ Tears in Therapy

Martha B. Straus This book presents an innovative and empathic approach to working with traumatized teens. It offers strategies for getting through to high-risk adolescents and for building a strong attachment relationship that can help get development back on track. Martha B. Straus draws on extensive clinical experience as well as cutting-edge research on attachment, developmental trauma, and interpersonal neurobiology. Vivid case material shows how to engage challenging or reluctant clients, implement interventions that foster self-regulation and an integrated sense of identity, and tap into both the teen's and the therapist's moment-to-moment emotional experience.

Edited by Amy Blume-Marcovici, private practice, Oregon, USA When Therapists Cry explores the complex phenomenon of therapists’crying in therapy. The use of in-depth clinical examples and conceptualizations from expert contributors illustrate what the experience of therapist crying looks and feels like: why therapists cry, how crying impacts the therapist and the treatment, what therapists feel about their tears, and the many ways in which therapists may engage with their own tears in order to facilitate therapeutic progress, ensure appropriate professional conduct, and deepen their clinical work.

Guilford Press Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling January 2017: 229 x 152: 284pp Hb: 978-1-462-52854-7: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528547

Routledge Market: Psychotherapy/Countertransference March 2017: 229 x 152: 244pp Hb: 978-1-138-92730-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92731-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67305-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138927315

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Twin Dilemmas

Working with Relational and Developmental Trauma in Children and Adolescents

Changing Relationships Throughout the Life Span

103

Barbara Klein, Private Practice in Los Angeles, California, USA

Karen Treisman, director of Safe Hands and Thinking Minds Psychological Services

The development of how twins relate to each other and their single partners is explored through life stories and clinical examples in this study of twin interconnections. While the quality of a nurturing family life is crucial, Dr. Klein has found there are often issues with separation anxiety, loneliness, competition with each other, and finding friendships outside of twinship. When twin lives are entwined because of inadequate parenting, estrangement and twin loss is possible and traumatic, creating a crippling fear of expansiveness—an inability to be yourself. Therapists and twins seeking an understanding of twin relationships will find this clinically compelling book a valuable

This is an engaging, informative and accessible book for mental health professionals working with children who have experienced relational and developmental trauma. Bringing together therapeutic findings, recent literature, and clinical expertise, Karen Treisman takes on the challenges of working with this client group within social care and educational settings. A number of underrepresented and underdocumented areas such as working with gangs and unaccompanied asylum seeking young people, are also examined, making this essential reading for professionals in the field.

resource. Routledge Market: Psychodynamic psychotherapy May 2017: 229 x 152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-69356-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69357-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53041-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138693579

Routledge Market: Clinical Psychology October 2016: 234x156: 242pp Hb: 978-1-138-93527-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93529-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67276-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935297

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Uncovering the Resilient Core A Workbook on the Treatment of Narcissistic Defenses, Shame, and Emerging Authenticity Patricia Gianotti, The Wayne Institute for Advanced Psychotherapy at Bellarmine University, Kentucky. and Jack Danielian, The American Institute for Psychoanalysis of the Karen Horney Center, New York, NY, USA Uncovering the Resilient Core guides the therapist into the nuances and complexities of the therapeutic relationship throughout the entire course of treatment. With a psychodynamic/relational orientation, this workbook is unique in that it begins with character pathology in its widest spectrum and moves in depth to understanding and treating corrosive shame, dissociation, trauma and narcissism. The applied nature of this text draws from a wide variety of case examples as well as progressive therapeutic techniques designed to help deepen therapeutic listening skills. Transcripts, analyses, and videos allow the reader an active engagement with the clinical application of theories and concepts. Routledge Market: Relational Psychotherapy/Psychoanalysis February 2017: 279 x 216: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-18327-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18328-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64592-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138183285

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

104

SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Schools

Group Interventions in Schools

A Tiered Approach to Youth Mental Health Services

A Guide for Practitioners

Linda Raffaele Mendez, University of South Florida In recent years, many U.S. schools have implemented tiered models of support to address a range of student needs, both academic and behavioral, while cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) has gained popularity as a means of supporting the mental health needs of students. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Schools provides school-based practitioners with the skills to determine students' mental health needs; establish a tiered, CBT-based system of supports; select appropriate programs at Tiers 1, 2, and 3; deliver CBT using various formats to students who are at risk or demonstrating problems; monitor multiple tiers of service; and work collaboratively with teachers, administrators, and families. Routledge Market: School Pyschology November 2016: 229 x 152: 292pp Hb: 978-1-138-90847-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90848-2: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69439-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138908482

Jennifer P. Keperling, Dana Marchese, Wendy M. Reinke and Nicholas Ialongo Series: The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series Numerous group interventions have been shown to be effective for helping K-8 students who are struggling with--or at risk for--a wide range of mental health and behavior problems. This unique book gives school practitioners indispensable tools for making any evidence-based group intervention more successful. It addresses the real-world implementation challenges that many manuals overlook, such as how to engage children and parents and sustain their participation, manage behavior in groups, and troubleshoot crisis situations. User-friendly features include case examples, reflection questions, role-play scenarios, and 30 reproducible forms and handouts. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry March 2017: 196pp Pb: 978-1-462-52945-2: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529452

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Effective Math Interventions

Lifescaping Practices in School Communities

A Guide to Improving Whole-Number Knowledge

Implementing Action Research and Appreciative Inquiry

Robin S. Codding, Robert J. Volpe and Brian C. Poncy Series: The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series

Rolla E. Lewis, California State University, East Bay, USA and Peg Winkelman, California State University, East Bay, USA

Building foundational whole-number knowledge can help put K-5 students on the path to academic success and career readiness. Filling a gap for school practitioners, this book presents step-by-step guidelines for designing and implementing classwide, small-group, and individual interventions for mathematics difficulties. Effective procedures for screening, assessment, intervention selection, and progress monitoring are described and illustrated with detailed case vignettes. User-friendly features include 20 reproducible handouts and forms; the print book has a large-size format with lay-flat binding for easy photocopying.

Lifescaping Practices in School Communities is a guide for school administrators and helping professionals (school counselors, school psychologists, school social workers, and other stakeholders) looking to promote relational wellness and student success in their school. This informative new resource will introduce readers to an ecological approach by using action research and appreciative inquiry to guide and engage school-wide change. Also offered are first-hand models of conceptual lifescaping projects using action research and appreciative inquiry by first-time practitioners from different school communities.

Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry March 2017: 258pp Pb: 978-1-462-52828-8: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462528288

Routledge Market: School Counseling November 2016: 229 x 152: 252pp Hb: 978-1-138-20947-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20948-0: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-45713-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138209480

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Emotional and Behavioral Problems of Young Children, Second Edition

Motivational Interviewing in Schools Conversations to Improve Behavior and Learning Stephen Rollnick, Sebastian G. Kaplan and Richard Rutschman

Effective Interventions in the Preschool and Kindergarten Years Melissa L. Holland, Jessica Malmberg and Gretchen Gimpel Peacock Series: Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Presenting interventions that are practical, effective, and easy to implement in educational and clinical settings, this book addresses the most frequently encountered emotional and behavioral problems in 3- to 6-year-olds. Strategies for collaborating with parents are emphasized. Practitioners are taken step by step through assessing and treating conduct problems, anxiety and other internalizing problems, toileting difficulties, picky eating and related concerns, and sleep problems. User-friendly features include 36 reproducible parent handouts, assessment forms, and other clinical tools; the print book has a large-size format with lay-flat binding for easy photocopying. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry March 2017: 228pp Pb: 978-1-462-52934-6: £23.99 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-572-30861-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529346

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

The first teacher's guide to the proven counseling approach known as motivational interviewing (MI), this pragmatic book shows how to use everyday interactions with students as powerful opportunities for change. MI comprises skills and strategies that can make brief conversations about any kind of behavioral, academic, or peer-related challenge more effective. Extensive sample dialogues bring to life the "dos and don'ts" of talking to K–12 students (and their parents) in ways that promote self-directed problem solving and personal growth. User-friendly features include learning exercises and reflection questions; additional helpful resources are available at the companion website. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry November 2016: 229 x 152: 222pp Hb: 978-1-462-52728-1: £47.99 Pb: 978-1-462-52727-4: £16.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462527274

New in Paperback

Companion Website

SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY

105

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Publishing in School Psychology and Related Fields An Insider's Guide Edited by Randy Floyd, University of Memphis, Tennessee, USA Publishing in School Psychology and Related Fields aims to help students, early career professionals, and seasoned practitioners alike better understand the process of peer-review and publishing in journals, books, and other professional-oriented forums. Edited by a former editor of the Journal of School Psychology, and containing chapters from insiders who have operated as productive authors, reviewers, and editors, this informative new resource contains practical and invaluable advice for anyone looking to increase their scholarly productivity and jump start their career. Routledge Market: School Psychology August 2017: 229 x 152: 300pp Hb: 978-1-138-64596-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64599-8: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62781-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138645998

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Transforming Schools A Problem-Solving Approach to School Change Rachel Cohen Losoff and Kelly Broxterman Series: The Guilford Practical Intervention in the Schools Series Presenting a unique team-based problem-solving model, this book shows how to turn K-8 school change from a daunting prospect into an achievable goal supported by a concrete plan. A framework is provided for addressing any schoolwide academic or behavior issue, from reading or math problems to concerns about school safety or tardiness. Four clear-cut steps are described: problem identification, problem analysis, plan development, and plan implementation/evaluation. User-friendly features include procedures for navigating each step, extended case examples, frequently asked questions, and 12 reproducible forms; the large-size format and lay-flat binding facilitate photocopying. Guilford Press Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry June 2017: 234pp Pb: 978-1-462-52957-5: £23.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.guilfordpress.co.uk/9781462529575

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

106

TRAUMA STUDIES

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Computer Application in Fire Protection Engineering

Dissociation, Mindfulness, and Creative Meditations Trauma-Informed Practices to Facilitate Growth Christine C. Forner, Private practice, Alberta, Canada

Edited by Paul R DeCicco Series: Applied Fire Science in Transition A collection of papers that address such issues as model limits and reliability, emerging expert systems and integrated gas and solid phase combustion simulation models. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy/Trauma December 2016: 229x152: 166pp Hb: 978-0-415-78520-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-895-03224-9: £59.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415785204

Christine Forner explores the potential of mindfulness and explains why this level of developmental human achievement is so precarious within traumatic stress. Chapters discuss the connection and disconnection between mindfulness and dissociative disorders and highlight the importance of gently creating a mindfulness practice for traumatized individuals. Readers will learn how to exercise the part of the brain that is responsible for mindfulness and how to regulate the part that is responsible for dissociation, and they’ll come away from the book with tips that will help even the most dissociative client can use to reap the benefits of mindfulness practices. Routledge Market: Trauma and Dissociation/Mindfulness March 2017: 229 x 152: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-83830-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-83831-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73443-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138838314

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Cop Doc

Healing the Fragmented Selves of Trauma Survivors

The Police Psychologist's Casebook--Narratives From Police Psychology

Overcoming Internal Self-Alienation

Daniel Rudofossi, Chief Psychologist NY & NJ Detectives Crime Clinic & Administrative Clinician for US DOJ, DEA & EAP, USA Cop Doc delivers a unique map of police psychology. Daniel Rudofossi’s vision delivers compelling inside scoops: the first-grade detective who nailed the Times Square bomber, intelligence enigmas unraveled by the DEA intelligence chief, wisdom culled from a best-selling novelist, a NYPD detective captain’s narrative of the Palm Sunday Massacre, and much more. Routledge Market: Trauma/Criminal Justice January 2017: 229 x 152: 292pp Hb: 978-1-138-29042-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-29043-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26620-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138290433

Janina Fisher, The Trauma Center, Boston, MA Healing the Fragmented Selves of Trauma Survivors integrates a neurobiologically informed understanding of trauma, dissociation, and attachment with a practical approach to treatment, all communicated in straightforward language accessible to both client and therapist. Readers will be exposed to a model that emphasizes "resolution"—a transformation in the relationship to one’s self, replacing shame, self-loathing, and assumptions of guilt with compassionate acceptance. Its unique interventions have been adapted from a number of cutting-edge therapeutic approaches, including Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, Internal Family Systems, mindfulness-based therapies, and clinical hypnosis. Routledge Market: Trauma studies March 2017: 229 x 152: 262pp Hb: 978-0-415-70822-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70823-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-88616-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415708234

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Disaster Mental Health Interventions

Hypnosis and Imagination

Core Principles and Practices

Robert G. Kunzendorf, Nicholas P. Spanos and Benjamin Wallace Series: Imagery and Human Development Series

James Halpern, State University of New York at New Paltz, USA and Karla Vermeulen, State University of New York at New Paltz, USA Disaster Mental Health Interventions uses DSM-5 diagnostic criteria and the latest research to help build disaster mental health intervention skills that will last a lifetime. Students and emerging professionals across the fields of mental health counseling, social work, school counseling, spiritual care, and emergency management will appreciate the accessible tone, level of detail, and emphasis on practice. Case studies and anecdotes from experienced professionals add an additional level of depth and interest for readers.

Discuses that three different factors turn imagination into hypnosis. This book explores the hypnotic and the clinical significance of absorption in imagination. It examines the role of compliance and imagination in various hypnotic phenomena. It focuses on negative hallucinating, which reportedly "blocks out" perceptual reality. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy/Trauma January 2017: 316pp Hb: 978-0-895-03139-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78378-1: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415783781

Routledge Market: Trauma & Crisis Counseling March 2017: 229 x 152: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-64455-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64458-8: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62382-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138644588

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

TRAUMA STUDIES

107

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Work Stress Studies of the Context, Content and Outcomes of Stress: A Book of Readings Chris Peterson Sociologists and health experts from the U.K., Scandinavia, Australia, and the U.S. discuss issues surrounding stress in the workplace, including its causes and ways in which jobs can be designed to minimize it. The book is intended for professionals and students in occupational health and safety. Routledge Market: Psychotherapy/Trauma January 2017: 285pp Hb: 978-0-895-03280-5: ÂŁ100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78481-8: ÂŁ34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415784818

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

108

SOCIAL NEUROSCIENCE

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

The Student's Guide to Social Neuroscience Jamie Ward Social neuroscience is an expanding field which, by investigating the neural mechanisms that inform our behavior, explains our ability to recognize, understand, and interact with others. Concepts such as trust, revenge, empathy, prejudice, and love are now being explored and unraveled by the methods of neuroscience. The first and only textbook to provide an introduction to this increasingly important topic, the new edition of The Student’s Guide to Social Neuroscience has been thoroughly updated and revised to take account of the latest wave of research in the area. Coherent, broad, and easy to read, the content is presented in full colour and accompanied by a new and comprehensive website. Psychology Press Market: Social Psychology/Neuroscience December 2016: 246x189: 422pp Hb: 978-1-138-90861-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90862-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69430-6 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-848-72005-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138908628

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

INDEX BY TITLE 109 101 Stories for Enhancing Happiness and Well-Being ............................................................................. 76

A Abnormal Child and Adolescent Psychology ............................................................................ 16 Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Christian Clients ...................................................................................... 59 Acquired Language Disorders in Adulthood and Childhood ............................................................................. 34 Adaptable Interventions for Counseling Concerns ................................................................................ 59 Addiction, Behavioral Change and Social Identity .................................................................................... 28 Adolescence and the Brain ............................................ 16 Adolescent Brain, The ....................................................... 22 Adolescent Literacies ........................................................ 25 Adopted Women and Biological Fathers ................ 15 Advanced and Multivariate Statistical Methods ................................................................................. 37 Advances in Contemporary Psychoanalytic Field Theory ..................................................................................... 81 Advancing Developmental Science ........................... 16 Adverse Impact Analysis ................................................. 53 Aesthetics of Self-Harm, The .......................................... 95 African American Relationships, Marriages, and Families .................................................................................. 71 African Americans and Jungian Psychology .......... 68 Against Religion .................................................................. 32 Age of Perversion, The ...................................................... 88 Aggression and Violence ................................................ 43 Aging and Development ................................................ 16 Alternatives to Domestic Violence .............................. 59 Ancient Egypt and Modern Psychotherapy ............ 68 Animal-Assisted Therapy in Counseling .................. 59 Anti-Oedipus Complex, The ........................................... 88 Anti-Oedipus Complex, The ........................................... 88 Aphasia .................................................................................. 34 Applied Exercise Psychology .......................................... 51 Applied Multivariate Statistical Concepts ............... 37 Art and Science of Personality Development, The ............................................................................................ 49 Art of Holding in Therapy, The ...................................... 22 Art of Jewish Pastoral Counseling, The ..................... 63 Art Therapy for Psychosis ................................................ 94 Art Therapy for Social Justice ........................................ 65 Art Therapy in the Early Years ....................................... 65 Art Therapy Materials and Methods .......................... 65 Art Therapy with Military Populations ...................... 96 Art, Creativity, and Psychoanalysis ............................. 81 Arts Therapies and New Challenges in Psychiatry .............................................................................. 65 Ask a Sport Psychologist ................................................. 51 Attachment Across Clinical and Cultural Perspectives .......................................................................... 81 Process .................................................................................... 81 Auditory and Visual Pattern Recognition ................... 3 Autonomous Learning in the Workplace ................ 53

B Basic Processes in Reading ............................................... 3 Becoming a Kink Aware Therapist .............................. 71 Behavioral and Technological Addictions .............. 28 Behavioral Economics and Healthy Behaviors ............................................................................... 24 Beyond Doer and Done to .............................................. 81 Big Data in Cognitive Science ......................................... 3

Biological Psychology ......................................................... 2 Bion in Film Theory and Analysis ................................ 83 Black Adolescent Development ................................... 16 Black and White .................................................................. 83 Body-Mind Dissociation in Psychoanalysis ............ 83 Brain Injury Rehabilitation Workbook, The ............. 36 Brief Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Cancer Patients ................................................................................... 96 Brief Therapy and Beyond .............................................. 96 Buddhist Psychology and Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy .................................................................................. 96

C CBT for Managing Non-cardiac Chest Pain ........... 94 CBT Strategies for Anxious and Depressed Children and Adolescents ................................................................. 96 Celebrating the Wounded Healer Psychotherapist .................................................................. 83 Challenges of Cultural Psychology, The ................... 49 Children's Agency ............................................................... 17 Children, Adolescents, and Death .............................. 59 CIPP Evaluation Model, The ........................................... 41 Circle of Security Intervention, The ............................. 57 Clean Coaching .................................................................. 59 Coaching Comes of Age ................................................. 63 Coding and Documentation Compliance for the ICD and DSM ................................................................................ 60 Cognitive and Computational Aspects of Face Recognition ............................................................................. 3 Cognitive Behavior Therapy in Counseling Practice ................................................................................... 97 Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Schools .............. 107 Cognitive Behavioral Therapy of Social Anxiety Disorder .................................................................................. 97 Cognitive Processing Therapy for PTSD .................... 83 Cognitive Stimulation Therapy for Dementia ............................................................................... 56 Cognitive Therapy Techniques, Second Edition ..................................................................................... 97 Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Sexual Dysfunction .......................................................................... 97 Collaborative and Indigenous Mental Health Therapy .................................................................................. 77 Collaborative Therapy and Neurobiology ............... 97 College Counselor’s Guide to Group Psychotherapy, The ......................................................................................... 104 College Student Leadership Development .............. 53 Community Mental Health ........................................... 58 Compassion ......................................................................... 97 Compassion-Focused Therapy ....................................... 3 Comprehensive Resource Model, The ..................... 104 Computer Application in Fire Protection Engineering ........................................................................ 109 Conceptual Metaphor in Social Psychology ........... 43 Conflict Narratives in Middle Childhood .................. 17 Conscience and Critic ....................................................... 98 Consciousness in Jung and Patañjali ........................ 68 Constructing Pain .............................................................. 28 Constructivist, Critical, And Integrative Approaches To Couples Counseling .................................................... 98 Contact and Context ........................................................ 60 Contacting the Autistic Child ........................................ 83 Contemplative Prayer for Christians with Chronic Worry ....................................................................................... 60 Contemporary Families at the Nexus of Research and Practice ................................................................................... 71 Contemporary Psychoanalysis and Modern Jewish Philosophy ............................................................................ 84 Context and Cognition in Consumer Psychology ............................................................................ 13

Cop Doc ............................................................................... 109 Coping with Lack of Control in a Social World ....................................................................................... 43 Counselling and Coaching in Times of Crisis and Transition .............................................................................. 60 Counselling Psychology .................................................. 14 Criminal Psychology ......................................................... 43 Critical Introduction to Sport Psychology, A ........... 51 Cross-Cultural Psychology ............................................. 43 Culture and Psychopathology ..................................... 77

D Dance Movement Psychotherapy with People with Learning and Developmental Disabilities ............... 98 Data Analysis ....................................................................... 37 Data Presentation with SPSS Explained ................... 37 Death and Fallibility in the Psychoanalytic Encounter .............................................................................. 86 Deconstructing Developmental Psychology .......... 17 Deconstructing Normativity? ....................................... 84 Deliberate Practice for Psychotherapists ................. 98 Delivering CBT for Insomnia in Psychosis ................ 98 Designing and Leading a Successful SAR ................ 71 Developing Empathy ....................................................... 57 Developing Minds .............................................................. 44 Developing Organizational Simulations ................. 53 Developing Trauma-Informed Practice ................... 60 Developing Unrelenting Drive, Dedication, and Determination ..................................................................... 60 Development of Perception, Cognition and Language, The ............................................................................................ 10 Developmental Disorders of the Brain ...................... 34 Developments in Object Relations ............................. 84 Diagnosis Made Easier, Second Edition ................... 77 Dialectical Behavior Therapy for Binge Eating and Bulimia ................................................................................... 94 Dialectical Behavior Therapy with Adolescents ........................................................................... 98 Dialectical Behaviour Therapy ..................................... 99 Different Childhoods ........................................................ 17 Digital Advertising ............................................................. 13 Digital Age on the Couch, The ...................................... 88 Digital Health ...................................................................... 28 Disability and Sexual Health ......................................... 28 Disaster Mental Health Interventions ..................... 109 Disclosure and Concealment in Psychotherapy ..................................................................... 99 Discovering Psychology across Borders ................... 44 Discovery of the Self, The ................................................. 88 Discrimination in Childhood and Adolescence ......................................................................... 17 Dissociation, Mindfulness, and Creative Meditations ........................................................................ 109 Doing Couple Therapy, Second Edition .................... 71 Dreams, Neuroscience, and Psychoanalysis ........... 84 Dreams, Neuroscience, and Psychoanalysis ........... 84 Dynamic Risk Factors ....................................................... 32

E E-Health Technology ........................................................ 28 Early Childhood Intervention ........................................ 17 Early Intervention for Reading Difficulties, Second Edition ..................................................................................... 25 Early Word Learning ............................................................ 3

Eating Disorders and Obesity, Third Edition ........... 94 Economic Evaluation in Dementia Research ................................................................................. 56 Effective Math Interventions ....................................... 107 Embodiment in Qualitative Research ....................... 37 Embracing Humanity ...................................................... 44 Emerging Perspectives in Art Therapy ....................... 65 Emotional and Behavioral Problems of Young Children, Second Edition .............................................. 107 Emotional Development ................................................... 4 Emotionally Focused Family Therapy ....................... 71 Encounters with John Bowlby ...................................... 18 Encyclopedia of Counseling .......................................... 61 Enhancing Culturally Integrative Family Safety Response in Muslim Communities ............................. 61 Essential Theories, Ideas and Skills for Effective Social Work Practice ....................................................................... 58 Essentials of Dance Movement Psychotherapy ..................................................................... 66 Ethics and Professional Issues in Couple and Family Therapy .................................................................................. 72 Ethics and Values in Industrial-Organizational Psychology, Second Edition ........................................... 53 Ethnocentrism ..................................................................... 44 Evaluating Juvenile Transfer and Disposition ............................................................................ 77 Even Odder Perceptions ..................................................... 4 Everyday Evils ....................................................................... 84 Evidence-Based Practice of Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy, Second Edition ................................................. 99 Evolution of CBT, The ..................................................... 104 Existential Psychology and the Way of the Tao ........................................................................................... 76 Exploring Cultural Identities .......................................... 44 Exploring Desire and Intimacy ..................................... 72 Exploring Ethical Dilemmas in Art Therapy ............ 66 Exploring Immigrant and Sexual Minority Mental Health ..................................................................................... 72 Expressive Therapies ......................................................... 24 Eye Guidance in Natural Scenes ..................................... 4 Eye Movements ..................................................................... 4 Eye Movements and Psychological Processes .................................................................................. 4 Eye Movements and the Higher Psychological Functions ................................................................................. 4

F False and Distorted Memories ........................................ 5 Families and Forgiveness ............................................... 72 Families Bereaved by Alcohol or Drugs .................... 94 Family, Self, and Human Development Across Cultures .................................................................................. 18 Female-Perpetrated Sex Abuse .................................... 44 Feminist Perspective on Human Trafficking of Women and Girls, A ............................................................................ 96 Feminist Spirituality under Capitalism ..................... 27 Feminist Views from Somewhere ................................ 68 Field Theory in Child and Adolescent Psychoanalysis .................................................................... 85 First Interview, Fourth Edition, The ............................. 79 Flow at Work ........................................................................ 53 Focused Genograms, 2nd Edition ............................... 61 Forensic Psychologists’ Report Writing Guide, The ............................................................................................ 56 Forensic Psychotherapy .................................................. 99 Foundations for Couples' Therapy .............................. 72 Frames of Mind ...................................................................... 5 Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders ...................... 29 Fundamentals of Social Psychology .......................... 48

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

110

INDEX BY TITLE

Future of Child Development Lab Schools, The ............................................................................................ 22

G Gender .................................................................................... 45 Genealogy, Psychology and Identity ......................... 32 Geography of Urban Transportation, Fourth Edition, The ............................................................................................ 33 Girls and Boarding School ............................................. 18 Global Portrait of Counselling Psychology, A ................................................................................................. 14 Good Practice in Working with Interpreters in Psychological Therapy ..................................................... 99 Grandparenting ................................................................. 18 Grandparents ...................................................................... 68 Group Interventions in Schools ................................. 107 Group Therapist's Notebook, 2nd Edition, The ......................................................................................... 104 Growth Modeling ............................................................... 38 Guide to Forensic Evaluations for Immigration Court ........................................................................................ 77

H Handbook of Career and Workforce Development, The ............................................................................................ 63 Handbook of Child and Adolescent Group Therapy .................................................................................. 99 Handbook of Child Language Disorders ................. 34 Handbook of Childhood Behavioral Issues ............. 57 Handbook of Children's Rights ..................................... 19 Handbook of Clinical QEEG and Neurotherapy ...................................................................... 77 Handbook of Competence and Motivation, Second Edition ..................................................................................... 45 Handbook of Consumer Psychology ......................... 13 Handbook of Employee Selection ............................... 54 Handbook of Forensic Mental Health Services ................................................................................... 78 Handbook of Gerontology Research Methods ................................................................................. 19 Handbook of Humility ..................................................... 76 Handbook of Pediatric Psychology, Fifth Edition ..................................................................................... 29 Handbook of Positive Emotions and Clinical Science .................................................................................... 78 Handbook of Preschool Mental Health, Second Edition ..................................................................................... 57 Handbook of Psychological Assessment in Primary Care Settings, Second Edition ....................................... 78 Handbook of Research on Reading Comprehension, Second Edition .................................................................... 25 Handbook of Social and Emotional Learning ................................................................................. 25 Handbook of the Sociology of Death, Grief, and Bereavement ........................................................................ 67 Handbook of Traumatic Loss ....................................... 67 Handbook of Writing Research, Second Edition ....................................................................................... 5 Healing the Fragmented Selves of Trauma Survivors .............................................................................. 109 Health and Medical Geography, Fourth Edition ..................................................................................... 29 Healthy Aging ...................................................................... 19 Heart of Couple Therapy, The ....................................... 74 Helping Teens Who Cut, Second Edition .................. 61 Hidden Worldviews of Psychologyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Theory, Research, and Practice, The ................................................................ 41 Hidden Youth and the Virtual World ......................... 57 History and Evolution of Psychology, The ............... 31 How Animals Help Students Learn ............................. 61 How to Become a Counselling Psychologist ........... 14

Complimentary Exam Copy

BY TITLE How to Become a Forensic Psychologist ................. 32 How to become a Sport and Exercise Psychologist ......................................................................... 51 How to become an educational psychologist ......................................................................... 32 How to Rethink Mental Illness ...................................... 45 Human Awareness ............................................................ 19 Human Development and International Development ....................................................................... 19 Human Development from Middle Childhood to Middle Adulthood .............................................................. 18 Human Memory ................................................................... 5 Humour and Chinese Culture ....................................... 45 Hypnosis and Imagination ......................................... 109

I Imagining the Future .......................................................... 5 Impact of Parenthood on the Therapeutic Relationship, The ................................................................ 74 Implementing the Expressive Therapies Continuum ........................................................................... 66 Implementing Therapeutic Residential Care with Children and Adolescents ............................................ 100 Individual Differences in Judgement and Decision-Making ................................................................... 5 Individual Psychological Therapies in Forensic Settings ................................................................................... 78 Individualizing Psychological Assessment .............. 45 Innocence Destroyed ........................................................ 19 Innovations in Cognitive Behavioral Therapy ................................................................................ 100 Innovations in Family Therapy for Eating Disorders ................................................................................ 94 Innovations in Interventions to Address Intimate Partner Violence .................................................................. 72 Integrated Treatment for Personality Disorder ............................................................................... 100 Intergroup Contact Theory ............................................ 45 Internal Family Systems Therapy with Children .................................................................................. 73 International Handbook of Positive Aging ............. 20 Internet Psychology ........................................................... 46 Interpersonal Conflict .................................................... 100 Interpersonal Perspective in Psychoanalysis, 1960s-1990s, The ................................................................ 88 Introduction to Art Therapy Research, An ............... 65 Introduction to Human Development and Family Studies .................................................................................... 20 Introduction to Psychological Tests and Scales, An .............................................................................................. 37 Introduction to Real World Statistics ......................... 38 Introduction to the Counseling Profession ............. 61 Introduction to the New Statistics .............................. 38 Introduction to Vygotsky ................................................ 20 Invariant Measurement with Raters .......................... 52 Invitation to the Psychology of Religion, Third Edition ..................................................................................... 46 ISSP Manual of Sport Psychiatry, The ........................ 79

J Japanese Jungian Perspective on Mental Health and Culture, A ............................................................................... 68 Jung and Kierkegaard ...................................................... 69 Jung and Sex ........................................................................ 69 Jungian Film Studies ........................................................ 69 Jungian Perspectives on Rebirth and Renewal .................................................................................. 69

e-Inspection

L Language Brokering in Immigrant Families ........... 20 Latent Variable Models .................................................... 38 Launching a Successful Research Program at a Teaching University ........................................................... 38 Learning & Behavior ............................................................ 6 Learning Disabilities ......................................................... 34 Lectures on Technique by Melanie Klein .................. 85 Legacy of Edith Kramer, The .......................................... 66 Legal Issues in Clinical Practice with Victims of Violence .................................................................................. 78 Lifescaping Practices in School Communities ..................................................................... 107 Literacy in the Disciplines ............................................... 25 Literacy Learning Clubs in Grades 4-8 ....................... 25

M Majority and Minority Influence .................................. 46 Making Maps, Third Edition .......................................... 32 Managing for Resilience ................................................. 29 Managing Workplace Diversity and Inclusion ................................................................................. 54 Marital Relationships and Parenting: Intimate relations and their correlates ........................................ 73 Marxism and Psychoanalysis ....................................... 15 Mastering the Financial Dimension of Your Psychotherapy Practice ................................................... 56 Memory and Miscarriages of Justice ............................ 6 Memory, Attention, and Aging ....................................... 6 Mental Illness Defined ...................................................... 95 Mentoring Diverse Leaders ............................................ 54 Meta-analysis Using R ...................................................... 38 Metapsychology and the Foundations of Psychoanalysis .................................................................... 85 Metapsychology for Contemporary Psychoanalysis .................................................................... 85 Mindfulness ........................................................................ 100 Mindfulness in Social Psychology ............................... 46 Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy ................... 100 Mindfulness-based Interventions with Children and Adolescents ........................................................................ 101 Mindfulness-Informed Relational Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis .................................................................... 85 Modern Psychometrics ....................................................... 6 Moral and Ethical Development ................................. 20 Moral Inferences .................................................................... 6 Morality and the Regulation of Social Behavior ................................................................................. 46 Mother in Psychoanalysis and Beyond, The ........... 89 Mothering Babies in Domestic Violence .................. 14 Motivated Cognition in Relationships ...................... 46 Motivational Interviewing in Schools ..................... 107 Motivational Interviewing in the Treatment of Psychological Problems, Second Edition ............... 101 Multi-generational Family Therapy ........................... 73 Multilevel Analysis ............................................................. 39 Multiple Relationships in Psychotherapy and Counseling ............................................................................ 78 Music Therapy Handbook ........................................... 101

N Natural Hazards, Second Edition ................................ Nature and Development of Mathematics, The ............................................................................................ Needed Relationships and Psychoanalytic Healing ................................................................................... Neglected Perspectives on Science and Religion ...................................................................................

New in Paperback

33 10 85 31

Neurobehavioural Disability and Social Handicap Following Traumatic Brain Injury ............................... 34 Neurobiology of Motherhood, The ............................. 27 Neuropsychodynamic Treatment of Self-Deficits, The ............................................................................................ 89 Neuropsychodynamic Treatment of Self-Deficits, The ............................................................................................ 89 Neuropsychological Evaluation of Somatoform and Other Functional Somatic Conditions ...................... 35 Neuropsychological Rehabilitation ........................... 35 Neuropsychology of Visual Perception ....................... 6 Neuroscience for the Mental Health Clinician, Second Edition ..................................................................................... 35 Neuroscience, Psychotherapy and Clinical Pragmatism ....................................................................... 101 New Psychology of Health, The .................................... 30 Non-Suicidal Self-Injury ................................................... 62 Nonverbal Learning Disabilities .................................. 35 Nurturing Natures .............................................................. 20

O Obese Humans and Rats ................................................... 2 Odd Perceptions .................................................................... 7 On the Blissful Islands with Nietzsche & Jung ......................................................................................... 69 On the Way to Collaborative Psychological Assessment ........................................................................... 52 Online Consumer Behavior, 2nd Edition .................. 13 Optimizing Learning Outcomes .................................. 62 Organizational Justice ..................................................... 47 Origins and Organization of Unconscious Conflict, The ............................................................................................ 89 Ostracism, Exclusion, and Rejection .......................... 47 Overcoming the Stigma of Intimate Partner Abuse ....................................................................................... 62

P Palliative Care ...................................................................... 29 Paper Office for the Digital Age, Fifth Edition .................................................................................. 101 Paranoia ................................................................................ 69 Parapsychology .................................................................. 47 Parent-Led CBT for Child Anxiety .............................. 101 Parent-Teen Therapy for Executive Function Deficits and ADHD .......................................................................... 102 Parenting Through the Storm ...................................... 62 Parents Are Our Other Client ......................................... 73 Peer Abuse Among Young People .............................. 21 Peer Guide to Applied Sport Psychology for Consultants in Training, The ......................................... 51 Peer Support for Chronic Disease ................................ 29 PEERSÂŽ for Young Adults ................................................. 95 People in Crisis ..................................................................... 62 Perceiving, Acting and Knowing .................................... 7 Perception ................................................................................ 7 Perception and Information ............................................ 7 Perception and Understanding in Young Children .................................................................................. 21 Perception of Causality, The .......................................... 10 Perception of Print ................................................................ 7 Perception Through Experience ..................................... 7 Perceptions and Representations .................................. 8 Perceptual Organization ................................................... 8 Perfectionism ..................................................................... 102 Perinatal Mental Health and the Military Family ..................................................................................... 95 Personality, Cognition and Social Interaction ............................................................................ 47 Personnel Psychology ...................................................... 54

Companion Website

INDEX BY TITLE Perspective in Perspective ................................................. 8 Perspectives on Mental Representation ...................... 8 Phenomenology of Practice .......................................... 39 Poetry Out Loud and Learning to Read .................... 21 Political Psychology .......................................................... 47 Positive Psychoanalysis ................................................... 86 Positive Psychology and its Discontents .................. 76 Positive Psychology in Art Therapy ............................. 66 Positive Psychotherapy for Psychosis ...................... 102 Positive Psychotherapy for Psychosis ...................... 102 Positive Youth Development in Global Contexts of Social and Economic Change ...................................... 21 Posttraumatic Play in Children .................................. 102 Practical Psychopharmacology .................................. 79 Practicing Psychodynamic Therapy ........................ 102 Prevention and Recovery from Eating Disorders in Type 1 Diabetes ................................................................... 95 Primer of Public Relations Research, Third Edition ..................................................................................... 39 Principles of Pleasure, The .............................................. 74 Proactivity at Work ............................................................ 54 Problem Solving .................................................................... 8 Process of Highly Effective Coaching, The ............... 64 Programming Behavioral Experiments with MATLAB and Psychtoolbox .............................................................. 39 Promoting Cultural Sensitivity in Supervision ........................................................................... 62 Psycho-Criminological Perspective of Criminal Justice in Asia ...................................................................................... 47 Psychoanalysis and Holocaust Testimony .............. 86 Psychoanalysis in Hong Kong ...................................... 86 Psychoanalysis of Career Choice, Job Performance, and Satisfaction, The ........................................................ 89 Psychoanalysis, Society, and the Inner World ....................................................................................... 86 Psychoanalysis, Trauma, and Community ............. 86 Psychoanalytic Defense Mechanisms in Cognitive Multi-Agent Systems ........................................................... 8 Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Conflict .................. 87 Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Identity and Difference .............................................................................. 87 Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Women and Power in Contemporary Fiction ................................................. 87 Psychodrama with Children ......................................... 66 Psychogeography and Psychology ............................ 15 Psychological Autopsy, The ........................................... 67 Psychological Inquiry into the Meaning and Concept of Forgiveness, A ................................................................. 43 Psychological Metaphysics ............................................ 48 Psychological Representations in Mind and World ......................................................................................... 9 Psychology and Neoliberalism ..................................... 48 Psychology as the Discipline of Interiority ............... 70 Psychology Library Editions: Perception ..................... 9 Psychology of Attention (4-vol. set), The .................. 10 Psychology of Effective Management, The ............. 54 Psychology of Emotion ...................................................... 9 Psychology of Fashion, The ........................................... 13 Psychology of Human Values, The ............................. 49 Psychology of Humor at Work, The ............................ 55 Psychology of Influence, The ......................................... 49 Psychology of Job Interviews, The ............................... 55 Psychology of Music ............................................................ 9 Psychology of Perception, The ...................................... 11 Psychology of Person Identification, The ................. 11 Psychology: The Basics ..................................................... 33 Psychometric Methods .................................................... 39 Psychopathology ............................................................... 79 Psychopathology and personality dimensions .............................................................................. 9

Psychopharmacology ........................................................ 2 Publishing in School Psychology and Related Fields ..................................................................................... 108 Purloined Self, The .............................................................. 89 Python for Experimental Psychologists .................... 39

Q Qualitative Inquiry in Neoliberal Times .................... 40

R Raising a Secure Child ...................................................... 63 Reading Klein ....................................................................... 87 Real Life Heroes ................................................................. 103 Real Life Heroes Life Storybook, 3rd Edition ............ 63 Recent History of Lesbian and Gay Psychology, A ................................................................................................. 31 Reciprocity of Perceiver and Environment, The ............................................................................................ 11 Recognising Faces ................................................................ 9 Regression Analysis and Linear Models .................... 40 Relational Family Therapy ............................................. 73 Religion and Families ....................................................... 21 Research Design ................................................................. 40 Research Design in Aging and Social Gerontology ......................................................................... 56 Research Methods for Applied Psychologists .......... 40 Research Methods for Public Administrators .......... 40 Resilient Mental Health Practice, The ...................... 104 Resource Focused Counselling and Psychotherapy .................................................................. 103 Rethinking Obesity ............................................................ 30 Revenge Pornography ..................................................... 48 Revisiting the Cultural Scaffolding of Rape ............ 27 Rorschach Assessment of Psychotic Phenomena .......................................................................... 87 Rorschach in Multimethod Forensic Assessment, The ............................................................................................ 52 Routledge International Handbook of Consumer Psychology ............................................................................ 13 Routledge International Handbook of Critical Positive Psychology, The .................................................................. 14 Routledge International Handbook of Forensic Psychology in Secure Settings, The ............................. 79 Routledge International Handbook of Psychobiology ........................................................................ 2 Routledge International Handbook of Psychosocial Epidemiology, The ............................................................. 30 Routledge International Handbook of Sandplay Therapy, The ......................................................................... 70 Routledge International Handbook of Self-Control in Health and Wellbeing ...................................................... 10

S School Bullying .................................................................... 63 School Bullying and Mental Health ......................... 103 Science of Psychology, The ............................................ 33 Searching for an Autoethnographic Ethic .............. 33 Self and Social Identity in Educational Contexts ................................................................................. 26 Self-Determination Theory ............................................ 48 Sensate Focus in Sex Therapy ....................................... 73 Sex, God, and the Conservative Church ................... 74 Sibling Loss Across the Lifespan ................................... 67 Simply Psychology ............................................................. 33 Single-Session Integrated CBT (SSI-CBT) ................ 103 Skilled Interpersonal Communication ...................... 48

Sleep and Cognition ............................................................ 2 Social Cognition ................................................................. 21 Social Work and K-12 Schools Casebook, The ............................................................................................ 58 Solution Focused Practice in Asia ............................. 103 SPSS Basics ............................................................................ 40 Stories from Child & Adolescent Psychotherapy .................................................................. 103 Strengthening Family Resilience, Third Edition ..................................................................................... 74 Student's Guide to Social Neuroscience, The ........ 111 Stuttering and Cluttering ................................................ 35 Successful Academic Writing ........................................ 41 Surrogacy, Psychology and Health ............................ 30

T Talking about Evil .............................................................. 87 Talking the Talk ................................................................... 10 Teachers, Learners, Modes of Practice ...................... 22 Teaching Emergent Bilingual Students .................... 26 Teaching Overweight Students in Physical Education .............................................................................. 51 Teaching Visual Methods in the Social Sciences .................................................................................. 41 Terror, Love and Brainwashing .................................... 49 Textbook of Clinical Neuropsychology ..................... 35 Theoretical Models of Counseling and Psychotherapy .................................................................. 104 Theories of Culture ............................................................. 50 Theory of Mind Development in Context ................ 22 Therapy as a Performance Art ................................... 105 Thinking Mind, The ............................................................ 11 Time and the Psyche ......................................................... 70 Tools for Effective Therapy with Children and Families ................................................................................ 105 Torture, Psychoanalysis, and Human Rights .......... 91 Torture, Psychoanalysis, and Human Rights .......... 91 Touch in Child Counseling and Play Therapy .................................................................................. 64 Towards a Deeper Understanding of Consciousness ..................................................................... 11 Towards a Mental Health System that Works .................................................................................... 105 Trans and Sexuality ........................................................... 14 Trans-generational Trauma and the Other ........... 91 Trans-generational Trauma and the Other ........... 91 Transforming Schools ................................................... 108 Trauma and Countertrauma, Resilience and Counterresilience ............................................................... 91 Trauma-Focused CBT for Children and Adolescents ........................................................................ 105 Trauma-Informed Care ................................................... 64 Treating Somatic Symptoms in Children and Adolescents ........................................................................ 105 Treating Trauma and Traumatic Grief in Children and Adolescents, Second Edition ....................................... 105 Treating Trauma in Adolescents ............................... 106 Twin Dilemmas ................................................................ 106 Twin-Track Mind, The ....................................................... 49

111

Using Sources Effectively ................................................. 41

V Very Brief Cognitive Behavioural Coaching (VBCBC) ................................................................................... Violence in America .......................................................... Vision Without Space ....................................................... Visual Allusions ................................................................... Visual Object Processing ................................................. Visual Phenomenology ................................................... Visual World of the Child, The ....................................... Vocational Interests in the Workplace ...................... Vygotsky ................................................................................. Vygotsky and Marx ............................................................ Vygotsky at Work and Play ............................................

55 50 11 12 12 41 22 55 23 23 23

W When Gay Parents Divorce ............................................ 74 When Therapists Cry ...................................................... 106 Why Siblings Matter .......................................................... 23 Womb of Her Own, A ....................................................... 81 Women and Psychosis ..................................................... 79 Women's Drug and Substance Abuse ...................... 95 Womenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Mental Health Across the Lifespan .................................................................................. 50 Work Stress ......................................................................... 110 Work-Family Interface in Global Context, The ............................................................................................ 55 Working in the Dark .......................................................... 93 Working Memories ............................................................ 12 Working with Co-Parents ............................................... 75 Working with High-Risk Adolescents ......................... 75 Working with Relational and Developmental Trauma in Children and Adolescents ....................................... 106 Working with Sex Offenders .......................................... 80 Workshops in Perception ................................................ 12 Wounds of History ............................................................. 93 Writing Literature Reviews ............................................. 42

Y Young People, Employment and Work Psychology ............................................................................ 55 Youth Comprehensive Risk Assessment ................... 58

U Uncovering the Resilient Core .................................... 106 Understanding Child Development ........................... 23 Understanding Classical Psychoanalysis ................ 91 Understanding your Toddler ......................................... 23 Unknowable, Unspeakable, and Unsprung ........... 93 Urban Poverty, Inequality and Health ...................... 24 Using Mindfulness Skills in Everyday Life ................. 64

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

112

INDEX BY AUTHOR

A Abramovitch, Henry ...................................................... 105 Adams, John ......................................................................... 10 Ahumada, Jorge ................................................................. 83 Akita, Iwao .............................................................................. 68 Alderton, Zoe ....................................................................... 95 Alpert, Judith L. ................................................................... 86 Ambrósio Garcia, Carla ................................................... 83 Amichai-Hamburger, Yair ............................................. 46 Andolfi, Maurizio ................................................................ 73 Andrew, Stephen ............................................................... 33 Anglin, James P ................................................................ 100 Aoyagi, Mark W. .................................................................. 51 Arfken, Michael ................................................................... 48 Arkowitz, Hal ...................................................................... 101 Augusta-Scott, Tod ........................................................... 72 Azu-Okeke, Okeke ............................................................. 44

Cohen, Judith A. .............................................................. 105 Cohen, Judith A. .............................................................. 105 Cole, Peter Hays .................................................................. 56 Coleman, Peter .................................................................... 16 Coll, Kenneth M. ................................................................. 58 Collura, Thomas F .............................................................. 77 Cook, Amy .............................................................................. 69 Cornoldi, Cesare ................................................................. 35 Courtney, Janet A. ............................................................. 64 Covington, Coline ............................................................. 84 Cowie, Helen ..................................................................... 103 Cox, Brian D ........................................................................... 31 Craik, Fergus ............................................................................ 6 Crane, Monique .................................................................. 29 Crane, Rebecca ................................................................. 100 Creswell, Cathy ................................................................. 101 Crone, Eveline A. ................................................................ 22 Cumming, Geoff ................................................................. 38

B Baddeley, Alan ..................................................................... 12 Baobaid, Mohammed ..................................................... 61 Barber, Paul J. .......................................................................... 7 Barbour, Nancy .................................................................... 22 Bassil-Morozow, Helena ................................................ 69 Beattie, Geoffrey ................................................................. 49 Beaudoin, Marie-Nathalie ............................................. 97 Beaujean, A. Alexander .................................................. 38 Benjamin, Jessica ............................................................... 81 Bergmann, Martin S. ......................................................... 89 Bishop, Paul ........................................................................... 69 Bizumic, Boris ....................................................................... 44 Blume-Marcovici, Amy ................................................. 106 Boag, Simon .......................................................................... 85 Bonnefon, Jean-François ................................................. 6 Borden, William ................................................................ 101 Bowins, Brad ......................................................................... 95 Boyles, Judith ....................................................................... 99 Brannon, Linda .................................................................... 45 Brauer Boone, Kyle ............................................................ 35 Brewster, Fanny .................................................................. 68 Bridger, Alexander ............................................................. 15 Britton, Patti ........................................................................... 71 Brodersen, Elizabeth ........................................................ 69 Brough, Paula ....................................................................... 40 Brown, Christia Spears .................................................... 17 Brown, Jason W. .................................................................... 6 Brown, Nicholas .................................................................. 14 Brown, Sarah ......................................................................... 56 Brown, Vivian B. ................................................................... 60 Brownell, Kelly D. ................................................................ 94 Browning, Scott W. ........................................................... 71 Bruce, Vicki ................................................................................ 9 Bryant, Peter .......................................................................... 21 Buchanan, Fiona ................................................................. 14 Buckingham, Sarah ........................................................... 28 Bukowski, Marcin ............................................................... 43 Bunge, Eduardo .................................................................. 96 Burman, Erica ....................................................................... 17 Burnett, Linda ....................................................................... 27 Burns, George W. ............................................................... 76 Bushman, Brad J. ................................................................ 43 Busiol, Diego ......................................................................... 86

C Campbell, Donald ............................................................. 93 Canter, David ........................................................................ 43 Cantor, Nancy ...................................................................... 47 Capuzzi, David ..................................................................... 61 Carolan, Richard .................................................................. 65 Carter, Angela ...................................................................... 55 Casey, Heather Kenyon .................................................. 25 Castonguay, Louis ............................................................. 79 Chan, Gloria ........................................................................... 57 Chan, Heng Choon (Oliver) ......................................... 47 Chandler, Cynthia K. ......................................................... 59 Chilton, Gioia ........................................................................ 66 Christian, Christopher ..................................................... 87 Claridge, Gordon .................................................................. 9 Clifford, Brian ........................................................................ 11 Close, Angeline G. ............................................................. 13 Coard, Stephanie I ............................................................. 16 Codding, Robin S. ........................................................... 107 Code, Chris ............................................................................. 34

Complimentary Exam Copy

Dalmaijer, Edwin S. ........................................................... 39 Daniels, Harry ....................................................................... 20 Dannecker, Karin ................................................................ 65 Darlington, Richard B. ..................................................... 40 Davies, Jason ........................................................................ 78 de Ridder, Denise ............................................................... 10 DeCicco, Paul ..................................................................... 109 Demaria, Rita ........................................................................ 61 Denzin, Norman ................................................................. 40 Di Maria, Audrey ................................................................. 66 Dick, Anthony S. ................................................................. 16 Dirlam, David ........................................................................ 22 Dixon, Patricia ...................................................................... 71 Dobson, Deborah .............................................................. 99 Docking, Rachael Elizabeth ......................................... 20 Dollinger, Stephanie M.C. ............................................. 16 Douglas, Ann ........................................................................ 62 Dryden, Windy ..................................................................... 55 Dryden, Windy .................................................................. 103 Dunbar, Angela ................................................................... 59 Dunkley, Christine ............................................................. 64 Dunn, Jeff ................................................................................ 29 Durlak, Joseph A. ................................................................ 25

E Einzig, Hetty .......................................................................... 63 Ellemers, Naomi .................................................................. 46 Ellingson, Jill E. ..................................................................... 53 Ellingson, Laura L. .............................................................. 37 Elliot, Andrew J. ................................................................... 45 Emch, Michael ..................................................................... 29 Engelhard Jr., George ...................................................... 52 Erard, Robert E. .................................................................... 52 Ettinger, R. H. ........................................................................... 2 Eubank, Martin .................................................................... 51 Evans, Amanda .................................................................... 64 Evans, Barton ........................................................................ 77 Eysenck, Michael W. ......................................................... 33 Ezquerro, Arturo ................................................................. 18

F Fall, Kevin A. .......................................................................... 59 Fall, Kevin A. ........................................................................ 104 Fallon, April E. ....................................................................... 74 Farber, Sharon ..................................................................... 83 Farr, James L. ......................................................................... 54 Fayek, Ahmed ...................................................................... 91 Firmin, Carlene .................................................................... 21 Fischer, Constance T ........................................................ 52 Fischer, Constance T. ....................................................... 45 Fisher, Dennis F. ..................................................................... 4 Fisher, Janina ..................................................................... 109 Fitzgerald, Jennifer ............................................................ 72 Floyd, Randy ....................................................................... 108 Forner, Christine C. ......................................................... 109 Foxall, Gordon ..................................................................... 13 Francis, Ty ............................................................................... 60 Frank, Yitzchak ..................................................................... 34 Friedman, Michelle ........................................................... 63 Fullagar, Clive ....................................................................... 53 Furrow, James ...................................................................... 71

e-Inspection

Galbraith, Niall ..................................................................... 11 Galbraith, Victoria .............................................................. 14 Galvan, Jose L. ...................................................................... 42 Gardner, Leslie ..................................................................... 68 Gartner, Richard B. ............................................................. 91 Gaudiano, Brandon ........................................................ 100 Gavey, Nicola ........................................................................ 27 Gee, Nancy R. ....................................................................... 61 Gelbard, Friedrich ................................................................. 8 Gerity, Lani ............................................................................. 66 Getty, David J. ......................................................................... 3 Gianotti, Patricia ............................................................... 106 Gil, Eliana .............................................................................. 102 Gilbert, Paul .............................................................................. 3 Gilbert, Paul ........................................................................... 97 Giuliano, Genevieve ......................................................... 33 Glick, Ira D. .............................................................................. 79 Goble, Erika ............................................................................ 41 Goddings, Anne-Lise ....................................................... 16 Goebel-Fabbri, Ann .......................................................... 95 Gojman-de-Millan, Sonia .............................................. 81 Gomez, Lavinia .................................................................... 84 Goodyear, Rodney K. ....................................................... 14 Gostečnik, Christian .......................................................... 73 Grand, Sue .............................................................................. 91 Grand, Sue .............................................................................. 91 Graves-Alcorn, Sandra .................................................... 66 Greene, Sheila ...................................................................... 17 Gregory, Richard L. ............................................................... 4 Gregory, Richard L. ............................................................... 7 Grieger, Russell .................................................................... 60 Griffiths, Mark ....................................................................... 28 Grimm, Kevin J. .................................................................... 38 Groh, Arnold ......................................................................... 50 Groome, David .................................................................... 47 Guerin, Bernard ................................................................... 45 Gullotta, Thomas P. ........................................................... 57 Gülerce, Aydan .................................................................... 44

H Haen, Craig ............................................................................ 99 Hagman, George ............................................................... 81 Hahs-Vaughn, Debbie L. ................................................ 37 Hall, Matthew ....................................................................... 48 Halpern, James ................................................................. 109 Hamlyn, D. W. ....................................................................... 11 Hanoch, Yaniv ...................................................................... 24 Hansen, Marie ...................................................................... 79 Hardy, Kenneth V. .............................................................. 62 Hargie, Owen ....................................................................... 48 Hargrave, Terry D. .............................................................. 72 Harley, Trevor A. .................................................................. 10 Harris, Robert ........................................................................ 41 Harrower, Julie ..................................................................... 32 Haslam, Catherine ............................................................. 30 Haste, Helen .......................................................................... 20 Haugtvedt, Curtis P. .......................................................... 13 Hay, Dale .................................................................................... 4 Hayen, Todd .......................................................................... 68 Hayes, Nicky .......................................................................... 48 Hays-Thomas, Rosemary ............................................... 54 Hegarty, Peter ...................................................................... 31 Heilbrun, Kirk ........................................................................ 77 Hewitt, Paul L. .................................................................... 102 Hicks, Robert F. .................................................................... 64 Hinchman, Kathleen A. ................................................... 25 Hinton, Perry R. .................................................................... 37 Hodgetts, Darrin ................................................................. 24 Hoff, Lee Ann ........................................................................ 62 Hoffman, Kent ...................................................................... 63 Hofmann, Stefan G. .......................................................... 97 Hogan, Debbie ................................................................. 103 Holcomb, Zealure .............................................................. 40 Holland, Melissa L. .......................................................... 107 Hollander, Michael ............................................................ 61 Holzman, Lois ....................................................................... 23 Horovitz, Ellen G ................................................................. 65 Horton, Caroline .................................................................... 2 Howe, Mark .............................................................................. 6 Howie, Paula ......................................................................... 96 Hox, Joop ................................................................................ 39 Hoyt, Michael ....................................................................... 96 Hudson, Liam .......................................................................... 5 Hughes, Elizabeth .............................................................. 15 Humphreys, Glyn ............................................................... 11 Humphreys, Glyn W. ........................................................ 12

New in Paperback

Hunnicutt Hollenbaugh, K. Michelle ..................... 98

I Ireland, Jane .......................................................................... 79 Israel, Susan E. ...................................................................... 25

J Jaffe, Miriam .......................................................................... 58 Jansson-Boyd, Cathrine V. ............................................ 13 Jarvis, Matt ............................................................................. 33 Jeppsen, Mary ...................................................................... 75 Jones, Carys ........................................................................... 56 Jones, Michael N. .................................................................. 3 Jovanović, Gordana .......................................................... 49 Judd, Charles M. ................................................................. 37

K Kagan, Richard ..................................................................... 63 Kagan, Richard .................................................................. 103 Kagitcibasi, Cigdem .......................................................... 18 Kapitan, Lynn ........................................................................ 65 Karremans, Johan C. ......................................................... 46 Kasket, Elaine ........................................................................ 14 Katz, S. Montana ................................................................. 81 Kendall-Tackett, Kathleen A. ....................................... 50 Kende, Hanna ....................................................................... 66 Keperling, Jennifer P. .................................................... 107 Killick, Katherine .................................................................. 94 King, Pamela K. ................................................................. 105 Kivimaki, Mika ....................................................................... 30 Kleiger, James H. ................................................................ 87 Kleiman, Karen ..................................................................... 22 Klein, Barbara ..................................................................... 106 Klein, Elise ............................................................................... 44 Klein, Melanie ....................................................................... 85 Klein, Robert .......................................................................... 50 Knabb, Joshua J. ................................................................. 59 Knabb, Joshua J. ................................................................. 60 Knafo, Danielle ..................................................................... 88 Knowles, Simon R. ............................................................. 29 Knox, Sarah ............................................................................ 99 Korabik, Karen ...................................................................... 55 Kramer, Sherianne ............................................................. 44 Kronengold, Henry ......................................................... 103 Krosnick, Jon A. ................................................................... 47 Krygier, John ......................................................................... 32 Kubovy, Michael .................................................................... 8 Kugelmann, Robert .......................................................... 28 Kunzendorf, Robert ........................................................ 109 Kuppen, Sarah ..................................................................... 23

L LaBerge, David ....................................................................... 3 Landau, Mark J. .................................................................... 43 Latham, Soosan .................................................................. 18 Laub, Dori ............................................................................... 86 Laugeson, Elizabeth ......................................................... 95 Lazar, Rina ............................................................................... 87 Leahy, Robert L. .................................................................. 97 Leavy, Patricia ....................................................................... 40 Leenaars, Antoon ............................................................... 67 Leffert, Mark .......................................................................... 86 Lefkowitz, Joel ..................................................................... 53 Lemma, Alessandra .......................................................... 88 Levenson, Edgar A. ........................................................... 89 Levine, David P. ................................................................... 86 Lewis, Rolla E. ..................................................................... 107 Li, Weidong ........................................................................... 51 Livesley, W. John ............................................................. 100 Loewenthal, Kate ............................................................... 37 Logan, Colleen .................................................................... 74 Lombardi, Riccardo .......................................................... 83 Lombardo, Thomas J. ...................................................... 11 Losoff, Rachel Cohen .................................................... 108 Luby, Joan L. ......................................................................... 57 Luci, Monica .......................................................................... 91 Luci, Monica .......................................................................... 91 Luong, Alexandra .............................................................. 54 Lupton, Deborah ............................................................... 28

M MacArthur, Charles A. ........................................................ 5

Companion Website

INDEX BY AUTHOR Maio, Gregory R .................................................................. 49 Mair, Carolyn ......................................................................... 13 Manassis, Katharina .......................................................... 57 Marcus, Paul .......................................................................... 89 MarkovĂĄ, Ivana ..................................................................... 19 Marks, Elizabeth .................................................................. 94 Marks, Loren D. .................................................................... 21 Marshall, Brenda J. ............................................................. 67 Maruish, Mark E. .................................................................. 78 Maslov, Kirill ........................................................................... 44 Mavor, Kenneth I. ............................................................... 26 Mayo, Rosalind .................................................................... 89 Mazur, James E. ...................................................................... 6 Mazza, Nicholas .................................................................. 24 McAdams, Dan P. ............................................................... 49 McDonald, Matthew ........................................................ 76 McMillan, Tom ..................................................................... 34 Meadows, Sara .................................................................... 23 Mehler, Jacques ..................................................................... 8 Meichenbaum, Donald ............................................... 104 Meier, Isabelle ...................................................................... 68 Mertler, Craig A. .................................................................. 37 Metz, Michael ....................................................................... 97 Meyerowitz-Katz, Julia .................................................... 65 Michotte, Albert .................................................................. 10 Misirlisoy, Erman ................................................................. 39 Molinari, Elena ..................................................................... 85 Moliner, Carolina ................................................................ 47 Monaghan, Lee ................................................................... 30 Monty, Richard A. ................................................................. 4 Montz, Burrell E. .................................................................. 33 Moore, Susan ........................................................................ 18 Moran, Aidan ........................................................................ 51 Morgan, Joel E. .................................................................... 35 Morris, Scott B. ..................................................................... 53 Morrison, James .................................................................. 77 Morrison, James .................................................................. 79 Movallali, Keramat ............................................................. 84 Movallali, Keramat ............................................................. 84 Murphy, Megan J. .............................................................. 72 Murphy, Philip ........................................................................ 2 Murray, Christine E ............................................................ 62 Murray, Sandra L. ................................................................ 46 Murray, Stuart ....................................................................... 94 Murrell, Audrey J. ............................................................... 54 Music, Graham ..................................................................... 20 Myers, John E.B. ................................................................... 78

N Nash, Robert A. ....................................................................... 5 NiaNia, Wiremu ................................................................... 77 Nicolson, Paula .................................................................... 32 Niedenthal, Paula M. ........................................................... 9 Nye, Christopher ................................................................ 55

O O'Dell, Lindsay ..................................................................... 17 O'Sullivan, Elizabethann ................................................ 40 Oatley, Keith ............................................................................. 8 Ogden, Gina .......................................................................... 72 Oppenheim, Michael ...................................................... 84 Orrell, Martin ......................................................................... 56 Ossege, Jennifer M. ........................................................ 104

P Pagliaro, Louis A. ................................................................ 95 Palombo, Joseph ............................................................... 89 Palombo, Joseph ............................................................... 89 Paloutzian, Raymond F. .................................................. 46 Papa, Anthony ..................................................................... 78 Papastamou, Stamos ....................................................... 46 Parker, Sharon K. ................................................................. 54 Pataki, Tamas ........................................................................ 32 Pavon-Cuellar, David ....................................................... 15 Payne, Helen ......................................................................... 66 Petersen, Anne C. .............................................................. 21 Peterson, Chris .................................................................. 110 Petrucelli, Jean ..................................................................... 93 Pigott, Terri ............................................................................ 38 Pinsky, Ellen ........................................................................... 86 Piotrowska, Agnieszka .................................................... 83 Pitchford, Nicola ................................................................. 34 Pligt, Joop ............................................................................... 49 Pliszka, Steven R. ................................................................. 35

Posner, Michael I ................................................................ Powell, Bert ............................................................................ Power, Rod ............................................................................. Prentice, Kate ....................................................................... Price, Larry R. ......................................................................... Proctor, C. Patrick ............................................................... Pulkinnen, Lea .....................................................................

10 57 12 21 39 26 18

R Rademacher, Laura ........................................................... 74 Radvansky, Gabriel A. ......................................................... 5 Raffaele Mendez, Linda ............................................... 107 Ratner, Carl ............................................................................. 23 Razon, Selen .......................................................................... 51 Reiter, Michael D. ............................................................... 98 Renvoize, Jean ..................................................................... 19 Resick, Patricia A. ................................................................ 83 Ribeiro, Michele D. ......................................................... 104 Riby, Leigh .............................................................................. 19 Richard D Gross, ................................................................ 33 Richards, Christina ............................................................. 14 Riggs, Damien ...................................................................... 30 Rinehart, Nicole J. .............................................................. 34 Robert, Christopher .......................................................... 55 Roberts, Michael C. ........................................................... 29 Robertson, S. Ian .................................................................... 8 Rodgers, Shelly .................................................................... 13 Rodriguez, Alison ............................................................... 29 Roesch, Ronald .................................................................... 78 Rohleder, Poul ..................................................................... 28 Rokach, Ami .......................................................................... 73 Rollnick, Stephen ............................................................ 107 Rosenberg, Jessica ............................................................ 58 Rosenthal, Howard ........................................................... 61 Roulin, Nicolas ..................................................................... 55 Rousmaniere, Tony ........................................................... 98 Ruck, Martin D. ..................................................................... 19 Rudofossi, Daniel ............................................................. 109 Rust, John .................................................................................. 6 Rustin, Margaret ................................................................. 87 Ryan, Richard M. ................................................................. 48 Ryan, Robert S. ..................................................................... 38

S Safer, Debra L. ...................................................................... 94 Salberg, Jill ............................................................................. 93 Sam, David L. ........................................................................ 43 Sandoval, Jennifer ............................................................. 43 Sandoval, Jennifer M. ...................................................... 70 Santana, Edward ................................................................ 69 Scanlon, Donna M. ............................................................ 25 Schacter, Stanley ................................................................... 2 Schermer Sellers, Tina ..................................................... 74 Schuman, Marjorie ............................................................ 85 Schwartz, Richard G. ........................................................ 34 Schwartz, Thomas L. ........................................................ 79 Schwarz, Lisa ...................................................................... 104 Scott, Michael J ................................................................ 105 Selekman, Matthew ......................................................... 75 Seligman, Stephen ............................................................ 81 Sembera, Richard ............................................................... 85 Senders, John W. ................................................................... 4 Sessa, Valerie ......................................................................... 53 Severn, Elizabeth ................................................................ 88 Shahbaz, Caroline .............................................................. 71 Shaw, Robert ........................................................................... 7 Sibley, Margaret H. ......................................................... 102 Sidun, Nancy M. .................................................................. 96 Singh, Anneliese A. ........................................................... 41 Singh, Nirbhay .................................................................. 101 Skott-Myhre, Kathleen .................................................... 27 Slade, Mike .......................................................................... 102 Slade, Mike .......................................................................... 102 Slaughter, Virginia ............................................................. 22 Slee, Phillip ............................................................................. 63 Slife, Brent D. ......................................................................... 41 Smith, Steven ....................................................................... 52 Sodhi, Pavna K. .................................................................... 72 Solberg, V. Scott H. ............................................................ 63 Sommerville, Jessica ........................................................ 21 Soresi, Salvatore .................................................................. 60 Sperry, Jon .............................................................................. 97 Spiegel, Lisa ........................................................................... 73 Stacks, Don ............................................................................ 39 Steele, William ..................................................................... 62

Stein, Alexandra .................................................................. 49 Stephens, Christine ........................................................... 19 Stern, Donnel B. .................................................................. 88 Stern, Steven ......................................................................... 85 Stevenson, Robert G. ....................................................... 59 Straus, Martha B. .............................................................. 106 Streltzer, Jon ......................................................................... 77 Stufflebeam, Daniel L. ..................................................... 41 Sukkar, Hanan ...................................................................... 17 Summers, Richard F. ...................................................... 102 Swales, Michaela A. ........................................................... 99 Swinson, Jeremy ................................................................ 32 Szpunar, Karl ............................................................................ 5

T Taibbi, Robert ....................................................................... 71 Talwar, Savneet ................................................................... 65 Tan, Siu-Lan .............................................................................. 9 Tardif, Twila Z. ...................................................................... 18 Tatler, Benjamin W. .............................................................. 4 Taylor, Holly A. ........................................................................ 9 Temple, Scott ....................................................................... 96 Thiam, Melinda A. .............................................................. 95 Thompson, Neil .................................................................. 67 Thompson, Neil .................................................................. 67 Thornton III, George C. ................................................... 53 Tirch, Dennis ......................................................................... 96 Toplak, Maggie E. .................................................................. 5 Toronto, Ellen ....................................................................... 81 Treisman, Karen ................................................................ 106 Tudor, Keith ........................................................................... 98 Turner, Barbara .................................................................... 70 Tzeng, Ovid J.L. ...................................................................... 7

113

Wilcox, Daniel ...................................................................... 80 Wilding, John M. ................................................................... 7 Williams, Kipling D. ........................................................... 47 Williams, Sara E. ................................................................ 105 Willock, Brent ........................................................................ 87 Wilmshurst, Linda .............................................................. 16 Wilson, Barbara .................................................................... 35 Wilson, Michael ................................................................ 103 Winn, Philip .............................................................................. 2 Winson, Rachel .................................................................... 36 Wolsey, Thomas DeVere ................................................ 25 Woolnough, Freeman ..................................................... 59 Worthington Jr., Everett L. ............................................ 76 Wright, Lawrence ................................................................. 8 Wright, Lisette ...................................................................... 60

Y Yakeley, Jessica .................................................................... Yang, Mark C. ........................................................................ Yasnitsky, Anton ................................................................. Yiassemides, Angeliki ...................................................... Yue, Xiaodong .....................................................................

99 76 23 70 45

Z Zoja, Luigi ............................................................................... 69 Zuckerman, Edward L. ................................................. 101 Zur, Ofer ................................................................................... 78

U Unkovich, Geoffery ........................................................... 98

V ValdrĂ¨, Rossella .................................................................... 87 Valentine, Christine ........................................................... 94 Valentine, Tim ......................................................................... 3 van Geert, Paul .................................................................... 10 van Gemert-Pijnen, Lisette .......................................... 28 Van Haute, Philippe .......................................................... 84 van Manen, Max ................................................................. 39 Various, ...................................................................................... 9 Velmans, Max ....................................................................... 11 Vernon, M.D. ............................................................................ 7 Vezzali, Loris .......................................................................... 45 Vieira, Jr., Edward T. ........................................................... 38 Viers, Dawn ......................................................................... 104 Viney, Wayne ........................................................................ 31 Voskoboynikov, Fred ....................................................... 54 Vurpillot, Eliane ................................................................... 22

W Wachtel, Ellen F. .................................................................. 74 Wade, Nicholas ................................................................... 12 Wagner, Daniel A ............................................................... 19 Walsh, Bridget A. ................................................................ 20 Walsh, Froma ........................................................................ 74 Walton, Marsha D. ............................................................. 17 Ward, David ........................................................................... 35 Ward, Jamie ........................................................................ 111 Ward, Tony ............................................................................. 32 Warley, Raquel ..................................................................... 58 Waters, Flavie ....................................................................... 98 Watt, Sal ................................................................................... 41 Weatherill, Rob .................................................................... 88 Weatherill, Rob .................................................................... 88 Weil, Joyce ............................................................................. 56 Weiner, Linda ....................................................................... 73 Weisskirch, Robert S. ........................................................ 20 Weixel Dixon, Karen ...................................................... 100 Wenzel, Amy ...................................................................... 100 Westbury, Tony ................................................................... 51 Wester, Kelly L. ..................................................................... 62 Westermann, Gert ................................................................ 3 Wheeler, Barbara L. ........................................................ 101 White, Naomi ....................................................................... 23 White, Peter A. ..................................................................... 48 Whitney, Leanne ................................................................ 68 Wieland, Sandra .................................................................. 73

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/psychology

Taylor & Francis Group 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon. Oxon. OX14 4RN Tel: 02070176000 â&#x20AC;¢ Fax: 02071076699 ISBN: 9781138896970